Sie sind auf Seite 1von 297

1 Engine and peripherals

DIESEL INJECTION
13B
EDC16CP33
Program No.: C4
Vdiag No.: 0C, 10, 14, 16

Fault finding – Introduction 13B - 2


Fault finding – Cleanliness guidelines 13B - 7
Fault finding – System operation 13B - 9
Fault finding – Replacement of components 13B - 17
Fault finding – Configurations and programming 13B - 19
Fault finding – Fault summary table 13B - 21
Fault finding – Interpretation of faults 13B - 25
Fault finding – Conformity check 13B - 161
Fault finding – Status summary table 13B - 196
Fault finding – Interpretation of statuses 13B - 197
Fault finding – Parameter summary table 13B - 215
Fault finding – Interpretation of parameters 13B - 217
Fault finding – Command summary table 13B - 226
Fault finding – Interpretation of commands 13B - 227
Fault finding – Customer complaints 13B - 255
Fault finding – Fault Finding Chart 13B - 256
Fault finding – Test 13B - 277

V5 Edition Anglaise
"The repair procedures given by the manufacturer in this document are based on the All rights reserved by Renault s.a.s.
technical specifications current when it was prepared.
Copying or translating, in part or in full, of this document or use of the service part
The procedures may be modified as a result of changes introduced by the reference numbering system is forbidden without the prior written authority of
manufacturer in the production of the various component units and accessories from Renault s.a.s.
which his vehicles are constructed."

© Renault s.a.s. 2009


MR-410-X83-13B000$TOC.mif
V5
EDC16CP33 DIESEL INJECTION
Program No.: C4
Vdiag No.: 0C, 10, 14, 16 Fault finding – Introduction 13B
1. SCOPE OF THIS DOCUMENT

This document presents the fault finding procedure applicable to all computers with the following specifications:

Vehicle(s): TRAFIC II phase 2 Computer name: BOSCH EDC16CP33


Engine: M9R 780, M9R 782 and M9R 784 Program No.:C4
Function concerned: Bosch Diesel Injection Vdiag No.: 0C, 10, 14 and 16

2. PREREQUISITES FOR FAULT FINDING

Documentation type
Fault finding procedures (this document):
– Assisted fault finding (integrated into the diagnostic tool), Dialogys.
Wiring Diagrams:
– Visu-Schéma (CD-ROM).

Type of diagnostic tools


– CLIP

Special tooling required

Special tooling required


Multimeter
Elé. 1681 Universal bornier

EDC16CP33_V0C_PRELI / EDC16CP33_V10_PRELI / EDC16CP33_V14_PRELI / EDC16CP33_V16_PRELI

MR-410-X83-13B000$048.mif
V5
13B-2
EDC16CP33 DIESEL INJECTION
Program No.: C4
Vdiag No.: 0C, 10, 14, 16 Fault finding – Introduction 13B
3. REMINDERS

Faults

Faults are declared present or stored (depending on whether they appeared in a certain context and have
disappeared since, or whether they remain present but are not diagnosed within the current context).

The present or stored status of faults should be taken into consideration when the diagnostic tool is switched on
following the + after ignition feed (without any system components being active).

For a present fault, apply the procedure described in the Interpretation of faults section.

For a stored fault, note the faults displayed and apply the Notes section.

If the fault is confirmed when the instructions are applied, the fault is present. Deal with the fault.

If the fault is not confirmed, check:


– the electrical lines which correspond to the fault,
– the connectors on these lines (corrosion, bent pins, etc.),
– the resistance of the component detected as defective,
– the condition of the wires (melted or split insulation, wear).

Conformity check

The aim of the conformity check is to check data that does not produce a fault on the diagnostic tool because
the data is inconsistent. Therefore, this stage is used to:
– carry out fault finding on faults that do not have a fault display, and which may correspond to a customer
complaint.
– check that the system is operating correctly and that there is no risk of a fault recurring after repairs.

This section gives the fault finding procedures for statuses and parameters and the conditions for checking them.

If a status is not behaving normally or a parameter is outside the permitted tolerance values, consult
the corresponding fault finding page.

Customer complaints - Fault finding chart

If the test with the diagnostic tool is OK but the customer complaint is still present, the fault should be processed by
customer complaints.

A summary of the overall procedure to follow is provided on the following page in the form
of a flow chart.

MR-410-X83-13B000$048.mif
V5
13B-3
EDC16CP33 DIESEL INJECTION
Program No.: C4
Vdiag No.: 0C, 10, 14, 16 Fault finding – Introduction 13B
4. FAULT FINDING PROCEDURE

Perform a pre-diagnostic on
the system

Print the system fault finding log


(available on CLIP and in
the Workshop Repair Manual
or Technical Note)

Connect CLIP

Dialogue with NO
computer? See ALP no. 1

YES

Read the faults

NO
Faults present
Conformity check

YES

Deal with present faults


The cause is still NO Fault
present solved

Deal with stored faults

Use fault finding charts (ALPs)

The cause is still NO Fault


present solved

The cause is still NO Fault


YES present solved

Contact the Techline with


the completed fault finding log

MR-410-X83-13B000$048.mif
V5
13B-4
EDC16CP33 DIESEL INJECTION
Program No.: C4
Vdiag No.: 0C, 10, 14, 16 Fault finding – Introduction 13B
4. FAULT FINDING PROCEDURE (continued)

Wiring check

Fault finding problems


Disconnecting the connectors and/or handling the wiring harness may temporarily remove, the cause of a fault.
Electrical measurements of voltage, resistance and insulation are generally correct, especially if the fault is not
present when the analysis is made (stored fault).

Visual inspection
Look for damage under the bonnet and in the passenger compartment.
Carefully check the fuses, insulators and wiring harness routing.
Look for signs of oxidation.

Physical inspection
While manipulating the wiring harness, use the diagnostic tool to note any change in fault status from stored to
present.
Make sure that the connectors are properly locked.
Apply light pressure to the connectors.
Twist the wiring harness.
If there is a change in status, try to locate the source of the fault.

Inspection of each component


Disconnect the connectors and check the appearance of the clips and tabs, as well as the crimping (no crimping on
the insulating section).
Make sure that the clips and tabs are properly locked in the sockets.
Check that no clips or tabs have been dislodged during connection.
Check the clip contact pressure using an appropriate model of tab.

Resistance check
Check the continuity of entire lines, then section by section.
Look for a short circuit to earth, to + 12 V or with another wire.

If a fault is detected, repair or replace the wiring harness.

MR-410-X83-13B000$048.mif
V5
13B-5
EDC16CP33 DIESEL INJECTION
Program No.: C4
Vdiag No.: 0C, 10, 14, 16 Fault finding – Introduction 13B
5. FAULT FINDING LOG

IMPORTANT
Any fault on a complex system requires thorough fault finding with the appropriate tools.
The FAULT FINDING LOG, which should be completed during the procedure, enables you to
keep track of the procedure which is carried out. It is an essential document when consulting
IMPORTANT the manufacturer.

IT IS THEREFORE COMPULSORY TO COMPLETE A FAULT FINDING LOG EACH TIME IT IS


REQUESTED BY TECHLINE OR THE WARRANTY RETURNS DEPARTMENT

You will always be asked for this log:


● when requesting technical assistance from Techline,
● for approval requests when replacing parts for which approval is mandatory,
● to be attached to monitored parts for which reimbursement is requested. The log is needed for warranty
reimbursement, and enables better analysis of the parts removed.

6. SAFETY INSTRUCTIONS

Safety rules must be observed during any work on a component to prevent any damage or injury:
– check the battery voltage to avoid incorrect operation of computer functions,
– use the proper tools.

MR-410-X83-13B000$048.mif
V5
13B-6
EDC16CP33 DIESEL INJECTION
Program No: C4
Vdiag No.: 0C, 10, 14, 16 Fault finding – Cleanliness guidelines 13B
I. HAZARDS ASSOCIATED WITH CONTAMINATION

The high pressure direct injection system is highly sensitive to contamination. The risks associated with
contamination are:
– damage to or destruction of the high pressure injection system,
– components jamming,
– components losing seal integrity.

All After-Sales operations must be performed under very clean conditions. This means that no impurities (particles a
few microns in size) should have entered the system during dismantling.

The cleanliness principle must be applied from the filter to the injectors.

What are the sources of contamination?


– metal or plastic swarf,
– paint,
– fibres:
– from cardboard,
– from brushes,
– from paper,
– from clothing,
– from cloths,
– foreign bodies such as hair,
– ambient air
– etc.

IMPORTANT
Cleaning the engine using a high pressure washer is prohibited because of the risk of damaging connections.
In addition, moisture may collect in the connectors and create electrical connection faults.

II. INSTRUCTIONS TO BE FOLLOWED PRIOR TO ALL OPERATIONS

IMPORTANT
Before any work is carried out on the high pressure injection system, protect:
– the accessories belts,
– the electrical accessories, (starter, alternator, electric power-assisted steering pump),
– the flywheel face, to prevent any diesel fuel spilling onto the clutch disc,
– timing chain.

Check that you have plugs for the unions to be opened (set of plugs available from the Parts Department). The plugs
are single-use only. After use, they must be discarded (once used they are soiled and cleaning is not sufficient to
make them reusable). Unused plugs must be discarded.

MR-410-X83-13B000$096.mif
V5
13B-7
EDC16CP33 DIESEL INJECTION
Program No: C4
Vdiag No.: 0C, 10, 14, 16 Fault finding – Cleanliness guidelines 13B
Check that you have hermetically resealable plastic bags for storing removed parts. Parts stored in this way will be
less susceptible to the risk of contamination. The bags are to be used once only, and discarded after use.

Use lint-free cleaning cloths (cloth part number 77 11 211 707). Using normal cloth or paper is prohibited. They are
not lint-free and could contaminate the fuel circuit. Each cloth should only be used once.

Use fresh cleaning agent for each operation (used cleaning agent is contaminated). Pour it into an uncontaminated
container.

For each operation, use a clean brush in good condition (the brush must not shed its bristles).

Use a brush and cleaning agent to clean the unions to be opened.

Blast compressed air over the cleaned parts (tools, workbench, the parts, unions and injection system zones). Check
that no bristles remain.

Wash your hands before and during the operation if necessary.

When wearing leather protective gloves cover them with latex gloves to prevent contamination.

III. INSTRUCTIONS TO BE FOLLOWED DURING THE OPERATION

As soon as the circuit is open, all openings must be plugged to prevent impurities from entering the system. The
plugs to be used are available from the Parts Department. The plugs must not be reused under any circumstances.

Seal the pouch shut, even if it has to be opened shortly afterwards. Ambient air carries contamination.

All components removed from the injection system must be stored in a hermetically sealed plastic bag once they
have been plugged.

Using a brush, cleaning agent, air gun, sponge or normal cloth is strictly prohibited once the circuit has been opened.
These items could allow contamination to enter the system.

A new component replacing an old one must not be removed from its packaging until it is to be fitted to the vehicle.

MR-410-X83-13B000$096.mif
V5
13B-8
EDC16CP33 DIESEL INJECTION
Program No.: C4
Vdiag No.: 0C, 10, 14, 16 Fault finding – System operation 13B
System outline

The high pressure injection system is designed to deliver a precise quantity of diesel fuel to the engine at a set
moment.

It is fitted with a BOSCH 128-track computer, type EDC16CP33.

The system comprises:


– a priming bulb,
– a diesel filter,
– a high pressure pump,
– a fuel pressure regulator (or actuator) on the high pressure pump (MPROP),
– a fuel pressure regulator (or actuator) mounted on the injector rail (DRV),
– an injector rail,
– a fuel pressure sensor,
– four piezoelectric injectors,
– a diesel temperature sensor,
– a coolant temperature sensor,
– an upstream air temperature sensor,
– a cylinder reference sensor,
– an engine speed sensor,
– a turbocharger pressure sensor,
– an exhaust gas recirculation valve,
– a recycled gas cooling solenoid valve,
– an accelerator pedal potentiometer,
– an atmospheric pressure sensor integrated into the injection computer,
– a flow sensor,
– a turbocharging limiter solenoid valve,
– a damper valve.

The Common rail direct high pressure injection system works sequentially (based on the petrol engine multipoint
injection function).

This system uses piezoelectric injectors which enable a more precise injection since opening and closing times are
shorter compared to conventional solenoid injectors.

This injection system reduces operating noise, reduces the volume of pollutant gases and particles and produces
high engine torque at low engine speeds thanks to a pre-injection procedure.

The high pressure pump generates the high pressure and transmits it to the injector rail. The actuator located on the
pump controls the quantity of diesel fuel supplied, according to the requirement determined by the computer.

The rail supplies each injector through a steel pipe. The actuator located on the injector rail controls the pressure of
diesel fuel in the rail according to the demand determined by the computer.

MR-410-X83-13B000$144.mif
V5
13B-9
EDC16CP33 DIESEL INJECTION
Program No.: C4
Vdiag No.: 0C, 10, 14, 16 Fault finding – System operation 13B
a) The computer:

Determines the injection pressure necessary for the correct operation of the engine; the pressure can reach 1600
bar in the rail and it must be constantly regulated.
Checks that the pressure value is correct by analysing the value transmitted by the pressure sensor located on the
rail.
It determines the injection timing required to deliver the right quantity of diesel fuel and the moment when injection
should start. Controls each injector electrically and individually after determining these two values.

The quantity of fuel injected is determined by:


– Engine speed (Crankshaft + Cam for synchronisation).
– Accelerator pedal
– Turbocharger pressure
– Coolant temperature
– Inlet air temperature
– Air flow
– Rail pressure
– Vehicle speed

The computer manages:


– idling regulation,
– exhaust gas flow reinjection to the inlet,
– fuel supply check (advance, flow and rail pressure),
– the fan assembly control,
– fan assembly activation request,
– the air conditioning (cold loop function),
– cruise control/speed limiter function,
– pre-post heating control,
– indicator lights control via the multiplex network,
– turbocharging pressure.

The high pressure pump is supplied at low pressure by an integrated low pressure pump (transfer pump).

It supplies the rail, the pressure in which is regulated by:


– the pressure regulator on the rail (DRV) for starting phases, starting the engine when cold (increase in
temperature to heat the diesel circuit) and when under no load.
– the pressure regulator on the pump (MPROP) for all other phases (90 % of cases).

As natural leaks in piezoelectric injectors are very low, opening the pressure regulator (DRV) is the only quick
method of dumping the rail pressure, and it prevents overpressure when injection is restarted.

The pressure regulator on the pump (MPROP) enables the high pressure pump to supply just the exact quantity of
diesel fuel required to maintain the rail pressure. This component minimises the heat generated and improves
engine output.

Note:
Each piezoelectric injector is connected to the return rail. The injector return rail is kept pressurised by a
mechanical valve at the end of the return rail with a 10 bar calibration (while solenoid injectors used to return
directly into the common fuel return circuit). This feature is linked to the operation of piezoelectric injectors.
Fuel surplus from the pump, injector return rail or rail is collected in a low pressure "octopus manifold" and is then
sent to the fuel filter, providing that the fuel is cold (recirculation), and then to the tank.

MR-410-X83-13B000$144.mif
V5
13B-10
EDC16CP33 DIESEL INJECTION
Program No.: C4
Vdiag No.: 0C, 10, 14, 16 Fault finding – System operation 13B
b) Multiplex connection between the vehicle's various computers

The electronic system fitted in this vehicle is multiplexed.


This enables dialogue between the various vehicle computers. As a result:
– the fault warning lights on the instrument panel are lit by the multiplex network,
– vehicle faults are displayed by the multiplex network,
– the vehicle speed sensor on the gearbox is not needed.

The vehicle speed signal on the instrument panel is transmitted by the ABS computer (or by the sensor on the
gearbox, if the vehicle is not equipped with ABS) via a wire connection. This signal is then transmitted via the
multiplex network, to the main users such as the injection computer, airbag computer and automatic transmission
computer when the vehicle is fitted with this.

Some vehicles have a presence sensor mounted in the filter for detecting water in the diesel. If there is water in the
diesel fuel, the orange "Injection and pre-post heating" warning light will come on.

WARNING
The engine must not operate with:
– diesel fuel containing more than 10 % diester,
– petrol even in minute quantities

The system can inject diesel fuel into the engine at a pressure of up to 1600 bar. Before each operation, check that
the injector rail is depressurised and that the fuel temperature is not too high.

You must respect the cleanliness guidelines and safety advice specified in this document for any work on the high
pressure injection system.

Removal of the internal parts of the pump and injectors is prohibited. Only the fuel pressure regulator (or actuator) on
the high pressure pump (MPROP), the fuel pressure regulator (or actuator) on the injector rail (DRV) or the diesel
temperature sensor can be replaced.

For safety reasons, it is strictly prohibited to undo a high pressure pipe union when the engine is running.

It is not possible to remove the pressure sensor from the fuel rail because this may cause circuit contamination
faults. If the pressure sensor fails, replace the pressure sensor, the rail and the high pressure pipes.

Supplying + 12 V directly to any component in the system is prohibited.

Ultrasonic decoking and cleaning are prohibited.

Never start the engine unless the battery is connected correctly.

Disconnect the injection computer when carrying out any welding work on the vehicle.

MR-410-X83-13B000$144.mif
V5
13B-11
EDC16CP33 DIESEL INJECTION
Program No.: C4
Vdiag No.: 0C, 10, 14, 16 Fault finding – System operation 13B
c) Functions hosted:

Air conditioning management assistance:

For models with air conditioning, the EDC16CP33 system can deactivate the air conditioning under certain
conditions of use:
– when requested by the driver,
– when starting the engine,
– if the engine overheats (in order to reduce the power the engine has to supply),
– when the engine speed is kept at a very high level (to protect the compressor),
– during transition phases (e.g. high acceleration demand for overtaking, anti-stalling and moving off). These
conditions are only taken into account if they do not occur repeatedly, so as to prevent system instabilities
(erratic deactivation),
– when certain faults appear.

Cold loop air conditioning management:

The air conditioning is the cold loop type and its management shared between several computers.
The injection computer is responsible for:
– authorising requests for cold air depending on the engine coolant temperature and the engine speed,
– calculating the power absorbed by the compressor from the refrigerant pressure
– requesting activation of the fan assembly, controlling the activation of the fan assembly, according to the
vehicle speed, refrigerant pressure and engine coolant temperature.

The driver requests the air conditioning to be switched on by means of the ventilation selector coupled to a switch.
The cold air request is authorised or denied depending on the pressure measured. If this pressure is outside the
operating limits, the cold loop program is not activated.

The air conditioning system is authorised by the injection computer 2 to 8 seconds after the engine is started.

Heating element management:

To improve cold starting, the vehicle is fitted with heating elements.


To check for them, use configuration reading LC056 Heating elements (WITH OR WITHOUT) and status ET780
Number of heating elements (0 or 4) (except Vdiag 0C) using the diagnostic tool.
These heating elements are managed and controlled by the injection computer, according to the operating phases,
primarily to accelerate the increase in engine coolant temperature.
The maximum number of heating elements that can be actuated is three, and their actuation depends essentially on
the coolant temperature and the air temperature.

MR-410-X83-13B000$144.mif
V5
13B-12
EDC16CP33 DIESEL INJECTION
Program No.: C4
Vdiag No.: 0C, 10, 14, 16 Fault finding – System operation 13B
Cruise control/speed limiter management:

The vehicle cruise control function, when activated, allows you to keep the vehicle speed at a selected value
regardless of the driving conditions encountered.
Using the control buttons, the driver can increase or reduce the speed of the vehicle.

If the driver wishes to exceed the cruising speed, he may:


– depress the accelerator pedal and exceed the cruising speed (the vehicle will return to the initial cruising speed
once the driver takes his foot off the pedal),
– press the system control buttons.

The cruise control function can be deselected either by:


– the system control buttons,
– deactivating the cruise control switch,
– when system events are detected, such as the brake pedal or clutch being depressed,
– when system errors are detected such as an inconsistent vehicle speed.

The cruise function can also be temporarily disabled when the driver wants to increase speed by depressing the
accelerator pedal. The cruising speed is resumed when the driver releases the accelerator pedal.
The vehicle will then attempt to reach the cruising speed at a controlled acceleration rate.

It is possible to reactivate cruise control and resume the last cruising speed after deactivation (computer supply
voltage not switched off).

When activated (using the selection switch) the vehicle speed limiter function limits the vehicle speed to a
preselected value. The driver controls the vehicle in the normal way using the accelerator pedal until the limit speed
is reached.

If the driver attempts to exceed this speed, the system ignores the pedal request and controls the vehicle speed in
the same way as the cruise control function, as long as the accelerator pedal is kept sufficiently depressed.
As with the cruise control function, the cruising speed can be altered using the control buttons by pressing briefly or
keeping the switch pressed.

For safety reasons, the limit speed can be exceeded by depressing the accelerator pedal beyond the pedal position
limit value. The vehicle speed is fully controlled through pedal position, until the vehicle speed falls back below the
limit speed when the speed limiter function will once again be reactivated.

If the driver wishes to exceed the cruising speed, he may:


– exceed the accelerator pedal's kickdown point,
– increase it by pressing or pressing and holding the switch.

The speed limiter function can be deselected either:


– the system control buttons,
– by switching off the speed limiter switch,
– when system events are detected, such as the brake pedal or clutch being depressed,
– when system errors are detected such as an inconsistent vehicle speed.

MR-410-X83-13B000$144.mif
V5
13B-13
EDC16CP33 DIESEL INJECTION
Program No.: C4
Vdiag No.: 0C, 10, 14, 16 Fault finding – System operation 13B
Management of the damper valve

The damper valve is now responsible for two functions:

– Damping: when the engine is switched off, the flap closes in order to block the passage of air towards the
cylinders. The aim of this is to stop the engine as quickly as possible and to reduce instabilities as the engine is
switched off.

– "Valving": according to the engine's operating points, the damper valve closes by a few % to create a "venturi"
effect in the EGR valve flow section.
The aim of this is to accelerate the air flow of EGR gases and to reduce the emission of pollutants.

Exhaust gas recirculation management

The EGR (Exhaust Gas Recirculation) system involves removing exhaust gases and reintroducing them at the inlet.
The exhaust gases are collected in the exhaust manifold (before the turbocharger), then directed to the EGR cooler
and then the EGR valve.

– EGR cooler
The EGR cooler bypass function consists of cooling, via a gas-water exchanger, the gases extracted from the
exhaust and then reintroducing them at the inlet. This cooler is equipped with an all or nothing solenoid valve, which
enables gases to be cooled or not, depending on emission control requirements.

– EGR valve
The system comprises a direct current EGR valve and a potentiometer which reports the position of the valve.

Its opening is controlled by a positive control (0 → 100 %).


The potentiometer serves to control and run fault finding on the valve.
The very first time the engine is started, then each subsequent engine start, the "valve closed" position is
programmed (offset). This value is compared to the very first offset or last programmed offset, for the purposes of
fault finding. It is also used to readjust the valve control function. It is important to associate the EGR valve with the
computer that controls it.

MR-410-X83-13B000$144.mif
V5
13B-14
EDC16CP33 DIESEL INJECTION
Program No.: C4
Vdiag No.: 0C, 10, 14, 16 Fault finding – System operation 13B
Warning light management:

Instrument panel display

The computer manages the data display on the instrument panel relating to engine operation. This concerns five
functions:
– the pre-postheating warning light,
– the coolant temperature warning light,
– the fault level 1 warning light (non-critical fault),
– the fault level 2 warning light (emergency stop),
– the OBD warning light (European On Board Diagnostic).

These five functions are represented by 3 warning lights and/or messages transmitted by the trip computer.

Orange pre-post heating/non-critical fault SERVICE warning light (severity 1)


This light is used both as an in-operation indicator light and as a system fault indicator:
– Continuously lit when the ignition is switched on:
Indicates preheating of the spark plugs.
– Continuously lit with the injection fault message:
Indicates a level 1 fault (implies operation of the injection system in defect mode).
The driver should carry out repairs as soon as possible.

Temperature warning light/red EMERGENCY STOP (level 2)


This indicator light is used both as an in-operation indicator light and as a system fault warning light. Lights up for
3 seconds when the ignition is switched on (automatic test procedure managed by the instrument panel):
– Continuously lit:
Indicates engine overheating (the driver is free to choose whether or not to stop the vehicle).
– Continuously lit with the stop engine message:
Indicates a severity 2 fault (In this case, injection is automatically cut after a few seconds).
The driver should carry out repairs as soon as possible.

ORANGE OBD excess pollution warning light

Symbolised by an engine, it lights up for approximately 3 seconds when the ignition is switched on.
This warning light comes on if the system has one or more OBD faults.
This warning light is used to alert the driver to injection faults that could lead to excessive pollution, or if the EOBD
system (European On Board Diagnostic) has been deactivated.
The injection computer requests activation of the OBD warning light for a present fault only after three successive
driving cycles.
The 3 second visual inspection when the ignition is switched on (automatic test procedure managed by the
instrument panel) is carried out by the injection computer.

MR-410-X83-13B000$144.mif
V5
13B-15
EDC16CP33
DIESEL INJECTION
Program No.: C4
Vdiag No.: 0C, 10, 14, 16 Fault finding – System operation 13B
EOBD management (European On Board Diagnostic):

The OBD (On Board Diagnostic) system enables the detection of any faults relating to the vehicle emission control
system (OBD EURO IV emission control standards exceeded).
This system should be active for the entire life of the vehicle.

1. obd fault display conditions

An OBD fault will be detected after 3 driving cycles. It allows the driver to know if the vehicle has a fault directly
linked to pollution.

2. System faults displayed by the OBD

Only a few faults are indicated by the OBD system:

– DF004 Turbocharging pressure sensor circuit


– DF011 Sensor feed voltage no. 1
– DF012 Sensor feed voltage no. 2
– DF013 Sensor feed voltage no. 3
– DF026 Cylinder 1 injector control circuit
– DF027 Cylinder 2 injector control circuit
– DF028 Cylinder 3 injector control circuit
– DF029 Cylinder 4 injector control circuit
– DF054 Turbocharging solenoid valve control circuit
– DF056 Air flow sensor circuit
– DF099 ''TA* or sequential gearbox connection via the multiplex network''
– DF107 Computer memory
– DF200 Atmospheric pressure sensor
– DF209 EGR valve position sensor circuit
– DF272 EGR valve control circuit
– DF569 Turbocharging circuit
– DF647 EGR valve position regulation

Some repair operations require programming to ensure that certain engine components function correctly.
Follow the programming procedures (see Replacement of components), if replacing the exhaust gas
recirculation valve or an injector.

3. obd fault clearing conditions

An OBD fault is cleared in several steps.


The fault present in the diagnostic tool is not stored (following repair) until after 3 journeys with the vehicle.
The OBD warning light will only light up after these 3 driving cycles.
The warning light coming on does not always mean that there is a fault on the system.
In order that the OBD fault and the display parameters are cleared from the computer, the system needs to
go through 40 engine heating cycles.

An engine heating cycle is a driving cycle during which:


– the engine coolant temperature reaches at least 71.1 ˚C,
– the engine coolant temperature varies by 22.2 ˚C in relation to the engine starting temperature.

If one of these conditions is not fulfilled, the OBD fault will still be present or stored in the injection
computer.
* TA: automatic transmission (automatic gearbox)

MR-410-X83-13B000$144.mif
V5
13B-16
EDC16CP33
DIESEL INJECTION
Program No.: C4
Vdiag No.: 0C, 10, 14, 16 Fault finding – Replacement of components 13B
COMPUTER REPLACEMENT OR REPROGRAMMING

Four procedures must be performed when replacing or reprogramming the computer:


SC003 "Backup computer data", SC001 "Write stored data", SC036 "Reinitialise programming" and SC040
"Speed limiter".

PROCEDURE:
– Use SC003 before the computer is replaced or reprogrammed. This enables certain data to be saved in the
diagnostic tool so that the new computer* can be reconfigured like the old one. The saved data are: injector
codes, EGR programming, vehicle options.
– Carry out reprogramming or replace the computer.
– Run SC001 after the computer is replaced or reprogrammed. It enables you to rewrite the data (saved by
command SC003) to the new computer*.
– Only for Vdiag14: use SC036 "Reinitialise programming" after replacing or reprogramming the computer.
It makes it possible to configure the correct heater plug type fitted to the vehicle.
– If necessary, use SC040 after the computer is replaced or reprogrammed. This is used to configure the float
limiter depending on the restriction applied to the vehicle (label affixed to the instrument panel).
– Switch off the ignition, wait for the loss of dialogue message on the Clip diagnostic tool (this may take several
minutes).
– Switch on the ignition again, establish dialogue with the computer and clear the fault memory.

If you cannot establish dialogue with the computer being replaced: nothing will be saved. After replacing the
computer, reconfigure it manually according to its equipment level or parameters, using the special commands.
– SC002: Enter the injector codes,
– SC036: ''Reinitialise programming", select ''heater plugs" and follow the procedure (only with Vdiag 14).

IMPORTANT
Vdiag 14 only:
There are two types of heater plug: "SLOW" and "FAST":
SLOW plugs are identified by a black ring.
QUICK plugs are identified by a white ring.
It is prohibited to replace "SLOW" heater plugs with "FAST" ones.
If the plugs are being partially replaced, all the heater plugs fitted on the vehicle must be replaced by
plugs of the same type; if not, there is a risk that the heater plugs may deteriorate, leading to irreparable
engine damage.
Use command SC036 ''Reinitialise programming" and select ''heater plugs", to configure the correct heater
plug type.

– CF030: ''Heating elements" (except Vdiag 0C),


– VP010: ''Write VIN''
– SC040 ''Speed limiter'' (if necessary)

Exhaust gas recirculation valve data is programmed automatically the 1st time the new computer is switched on*.

* New computer or reprogrammed computer.

MR-410-X83-13B000$192.mif
V5
13B-17
EDC16CP33 DIESEL INJECTION
Program No.: C4
Vdiag No.: 0C, 10, 14, 16 Fault finding – Replacement of components 13B
REPLACING THE EXHAUST GAS RECIRCULATION VALVE
(EGR valve)

After the EGR valve has been replaced, the computer must store the new valve offset, and the offset measured from
the last time the ignition was switched off (in 1 min phase), which corresponds to the valve closing.

Using this data, the computer can detect whether the valve is clogged or seized.

If the valve is replaced, clear the stored offsets SC036 Reinitialise programming so that the program works with
the new valve's offset value.

The data linked to this strategy is compiled in the Emission control/OBD sub-function.
– PR128: FIRST EGR VALVE OFFSET.
– PR129: LAST EGR VALVE OFFSET ≥ PR128 if the valve is new.

Programming PR128 and PR129 must be cleared every time the exhaust gas recirculation valve is replaced.

Procedure to be followed after replacing the exhaust gas recirculation valve:

Run command SC036 Reinitialise programming.


Select EGR valve as the operation type, then follow the instructions given by the diagnostic tool.

Note:
When the reinitialisation is complete, the Emission control/OBD sub-function displays:
PR128 = PR 129 = 0 %

When the command is finished.


Switch off the ignition.

Wait 1 min before switching on the ignition again.

As soon as the ignition is switched on again the new EGR valve offset is automatically reprogrammed.
Note:
When the new EGR valve offset has been reprogrammed, the Emission control/OBD sub-function displays:
10 % < PR128 < 40 %
PR129 < 0 %

Start the vehicle to enable the latest EGR valve offset to be programmed.
Switch off the ignition.
Wait 1 min before switching on the ignition again.

The last EGR valve offset reprogrammed is stored on the computer.

Note:
When the reprogramming of the last EGR valve offset has been done, the Emission control/OBD sub-function
displays:
10 % < PR128 < 40 %
10 % < PR129 < 40 %

Then check the system faults, and clear any stored faults.
If there are faults, deal with the present faults.
Clear the faults from the computer memory.

Carry out a road test followed by a complete check with the diagnostic tool.

MR-410-X83-13B000$192.mif
V5
13B-18
EDC16CP33 DIESEL INJECTION
Program No.: C4
Vdiag No.: 0C, 10, 14, 16 Fault finding – Configurations and programming 13B
REPLACING THE INJECTORS

Note:
The "IMA" code (individual correction of the injector) is a calibration with corrective values unique to each
injector, and is used to adjust their flow accurately (injector classification). This correction takes into account
mechanical variations and the variations of the piezo actuator. An injector's class is determined by measurements
taken at different pressures on a test bench. The IMA class identification (7-character alphanumeric code) is
then engraved on the collar of the injector.
These individual correction classes are then written to the computer EEPROM*, which can then control the
injectors, taking into account their manufacturing variance.

After one or more injectors have been changed, enter the IMA codes again and then run command SC036
Reset programming.

To do this, note the IMA code(s) engraved on the injector bodies, and save the codes in the computer using
command SC002 Enter injector codes, and follow the instructions given by the diagnostic tool. Use SC036
Reinitialise programming and select injectors then follow the procedure.

IMPORTANT
Engines can only operate correctly if the correct IMA codes have been entered. If no code has been
entered, or if an invalid code has been entered, fault DF066 Injector code(s) will be present and the
engine will run in defect mode (engine speed limited significantly). If another injector's code has been
entered, the system will accept it but will make an incorrect correction. This could lead to engine
damage, loss of performance and pollution.
Always use the correct injector codes for the engine cylinder/computer.

Note:
On the M9R engine (Renault - Nissan partnership engine), cylinder no. 1 is located at the timing end.

IMPORTANT
– When the command is complete, switch off the ignition and exit fault finding mode.
– Wait for 1 minute and switch on the ignition again.
– Return to fault finding mode.
– Select the Identify computer function from the main screen.
– Check that the injector codes entered into the computer correspond to those on the injector bodies.
– If the codes do not match, restart the command SC002 Enter injector codes procedure.
– Then check the system faults, and clear any stored faults.
– If the computer does not have any faults, the operation is complete.
If there are faults, deal with the present faults.

REPLACING THE DAMPER VALVE

After replacing the damper valve, run command SC036 Reinitialise programming and select damper valve.
When the command is complete, switch off the ignition and exit fault finding mode.
Wait 1 min before switching on the ignition again.

*EEPROM: erasable storage memory.

MR-410-X83-13B000$240.mif
V5
13B-19
EDC16CP33 DIESEL INJECTION
Program No.: C4
Vdiag No.: 0C, 10, 14, 16 Fault finding – Configurations and programming 13B
Summary of available configuration readings

Configuration readings are used to check the status of configurations performed.


NOTES
The configuration readings cannot be changed.

Air conditioning
LC009
WITH OR WITHOUT

Heating elements
WITH OR WITHOUT
LC056
This configuration reading is directly linked to the configuration CF030
Heating elements *.

Water in diesel fuel sensor


LC065
WITH OR WITHOUT

Cruise control
LC120
WITH OR WITHOUT

Speed limiter
LC121
WITH OR WITHOUT

* The CF030 "Heating elements" (except Vdiag 0C)

MR-410-X83-13B000$240.mif
V5
13B-20
EDC16CP33 DIESEL INJECTION
Program No.: C4
Vdiag No.: 0C, 10, 14, 16 Fault finding – Fault summary table 13B
WARNING LIGHT MANAGEMENT

Management of instrument panel warning lights according to the faults notified.

Severity 2
Severity 1
fault warning EOBD*
DTC code in fault warning No warning
Fault light (Red warning
hexadecimal light (Orange light on
warning light) light on
warning light)
STOP

DF001 Coolant temperature


115 CC.0/CO.1 - - -
sensor circuit

DF002 Air temperature


110 - - CC.0/CO.1 -
sensor circuit

DF004 Turbocharging CO.0/CC.1/ CO.0/CC.1/


235 - -
pressure sensor circuit 1.DEF 1.DEF

DF007 Rail pressure sensor CC.0/CO.1/


190 - - -
circuit 1.DEF/2.DEF

DF011 Sensor feed voltage 1.DEF/


641 1.DEF/2.DEF - -
no. 1 2.DEF

DF012 Sensor feed voltage 1.DEF/


651 1.DEF/2.DEF - -
no. 2 2.DEF

DF013 Sensor supply voltage 1.DEF/


697 1.DEF/2.DEF - -
no. 3 2.DEF

DF017 Pre-postheating unit CC.0/CO/


670 - - -
control circuit CC.1/1.DEF

DF018 Low-speed fan CC.0/CO/CC.1/


480 - -
assembly control circuit 1.DEF

DF019 High-speed fan CC.0/CO/CC.1/


481 - - -
assembly control circuit 1.DEF

DF025 Pre-postheating unit


380 - - CC.0/CO.1 -
fault finding connection

DF026 Cylinder 1 injector CO/CC.1/


201 CO CC.1/1.DEF -
control circuit 1.DEF

DF027 Cylinder 2 injector CO/CC.1/


202 CO CC.1/1.DEF -
control circuit 1.DEF

DF028 Cylinder 3 injector CO/CC.1/


203 CO CC.1/1.DEF -
control circuit 1.DEF

DF029 Cylinder 4 injector CO/CC.1/


204 CO CC.1/1.DEF -
control circuit 1.DEF

DF032 Heating element 1 CC.1/CC.0/


1641 - - -
relay control circuit CO/1.DEF

DF033 Heating element 2 CC.1/CC.0/


1642 - - -
relay control circuit CO/1.DEF

*EOBD: European On Board Diagnostics

MR-410-X83-13B000$288.mif
V5
13B-21
EDC16CP33 DIESEL INJECTION
Program No.: C4
Vdiag No.: 0C, 10, 14, 16 Fault finding – Fault summary table 13B
WARNING LIGHT MANAGEMENT

Management of instrument panel warning lights according to the faults notified.

Severity 2
Severity 1
fault warning EOBD*
DTC code in fault warning No warning
Fault light (Red warning
hexadecimal light (Orange light on
warning light) light on
warning light)
STOP

DF034 Heating element 3 CC.1/CC.0/


1643 - - -
relay control circuit CO/1.DEF

DF038 Computer 606 1.DEF/2.DEF 1.DEF/3.DEF - -

DF046 Battery voltage 1.DEF/2.DEF/


560 - - -
3.DEF

DF047 Computer feed


2505 - - 1.DEF -
voltage

DF051 Cruise control/speed


575 - - 1.DEF -
limiter function

DF052 Injector control


200 - CC.0/CC.1/ CC - -
circuit

DF054 Turbocharging CC.1/CC.0/CO/ CC.1/CC.0/


45 - -
solenoid valve control circuit 1.DEF CO/1.DEF

DF056 Air flowmeter circuit 1.DEF/CO.0/ 1.DEF


100 - -
CC.1 CO.0/CC.1

DF059 Combustion misfire


301 - - X -
on cylinder 1

DF060 Combustion misfire


302 - - X -
on cylinder 2

DF061 Combustion misfire


303 - - X -
on cylinder 3

DF062 Combustion misfire


304 - - X -
on cylinder 4

DF065 Combustion misfire 300 - - 1.DEF -

DF066 Injector code(s) 611 1.DEF/2.DEF - - -

DF091 Vehicle speed signal 1.DEF/2.DEF/


500 - - -
3.DEF

DF098 Fuel temperature


180 - - CC.0/CO.1 -
sensor circuit

DF099 TA* or sequential


gearbox connection via the
C101 - - - 1.DEF
multiplex network (only with
Vdiag 16)

*EOBD: European On Board Diagnostic


*TA: automatic transmission (automatic gearbox).

MR-410-X83-13B000$288.mif
V5
13B-22
EDC16CP33 DIESEL INJECTION
Program No.: C4
Vdiag No.: 0C, 10, 14, 16 Fault finding – Fault summary table 13B
WARNING LIGHT MANAGEMENT

Management of instrument panel warning lights according to the faults notified.

Severity 2
Severity 1
fault warning EOBD*
DTC code in fault warning No warning
Fault light (Red warning
hexadecimal light (Orange light on
warning light on
warning light)
light) STOP

DF107 Computer memory 62F 1.DEF - - 1.DEF

DF119 Camshaft sensor


340 - - 1.DEF/2.DEF -
signal

DF120 Engine speed sensor


335 - 1.DEF/2.DEF - -
signal

DF151 Main relay circuit 685 CO.1/CC.0 - - -

DF165 Accelerator pedal


2299 1.DEF/3.DEF - 2.DEF -
position sensor circuit

DF195 Engine speed/


16 - - 1.DEF -
camshaft sensor consistency

DF196 Pedal sensor circuit


225 CO.0/CC.1 1.DEF - -
gang 1

DF198 Pedal sensor circuit


2120 CO.0/CC.1 1.DEF - -
gang 2
DF200 Atmospheric pressure
2226 - - - 1.DEF/2.DEF
sensor

DF209 EGR valve position


409 - - - CC.1/CO.0
sensor circuit

DF221 Clutch contact signal 830 - - 1.DEF -


DF228 Brake signal 571 - - 1.DEF -

DF230 Air conditioning cold CC.1/CC.0/


645
loop relay control circuit CO/1.DEF

DF232 Coolant pressure 530 1.DEF/2.DEF


sensor circuit

DF249 Injector control 62B - 1.DEF - -

DF265 Injector no. 1 1201 - - 1.DEF -

DF266 Injector no. 2 1202 - - 1.DEF -

DF267 Injector no. 3 1203 - - 1.DEF -

DF268 Injector no. 4 1204 - - 1.DEF -

DF272 EGR valve control CO/CC.1/


circuit 487 - - - CC.0/CC/
1.DEF

*EOBD: European On Board Diagnostics

MR-410-X83-13B000$288.mif
V5
13B-23
EDC16CP33 DIESEL INJECTION
Program No.: C4
Vdiag No.: 0C, 10, 14, 16 Fault finding – Fault summary table 13B
WARNING LIGHT MANAGEMENT

Management of instrument panel warning lights according to the faults notified.

Severity 2
Severity 1 fault
EOBD*
DTC code in fault warning warning No warning
Fault warning
hexadecimal light (Orange light (Red light on
light on
warning light) warning
light) STOP

DF293 Water in diesel fuel


2269 - - 1.DEF -
detector

DF304 EGR by-pass CO/CC.0/CC.1/


2425 - - -
circuit 1.DEF

DF323 Damper valve CO/CC.0/CC.1/


2100 - - -
1.DEF/CC

DF502 Cruise control or


565 - - 1.DEF -
speed limiter button

DF532 Alternator charge


signal 2502 - - 1.DEF/2.DEF -
(except Vdiag 0C).

DF569 Turbocharging
2263 1.DEF/2.DEF - - 1.DEF/2.DEF
circuit

DF645 Damper valve 1.DEF/2.DEF/


2101 - - -
position regulation 3.DEF

DF646 Damper valve


120 - - CC/CO.0 -
position sensor

DF647 EGR valve position 1.DEF/2.DEF/ 1.DEF/2.DEF


488 - -
regulation 3.DEF 3.DEF/4.DEF

DF891 Group 1 injectors


2146 - CC.0/1.DEF - -
feed

DF892 Group 2 injectors


2149 - CC.0/1.DEF - -
feed

DF895 Pressure
2293 2.DEF/3.DEF 1.DEF/4.DEF - -
regulation on rail

DF896 Pressure 2.DEF/3.DEF/


89 1.DEF - -
regulation on pump 4.DEF

DF897 Pressure CO/CC.1/


90 CC.0 - -
regulation circuit on pump 1.DEF

DF898 Pressure CO/CC.1/


regulation circuit on rail 2294 - CC.0.DEF1. - -
DEF

DF1069 Heater plugs not


configured (only with 1670 1.DEF - - -
Vdiag 14)

*EOBD: European On Board Diagnostics

MR-410-X83-13B000$288.mif
V5
13B-24
EDC16CP33 DIESEL INJECTION
Program No.: C4
Vdiag No.: 0C, 10, 14, 16 Fault finding – Interpretation of faults 13B
COOLANT TEMPERATURE SENSOR CIRCUIT
DF001
CC.0 : Short circuit to earth
PRESENT
CO.1 : Open circuit or short circuit to + 12 V
OR
STORED

Priorities when dealing with a number of faults:


Deal with fault DF046 Battery voltage first if it is present or stored.

Conditions for applying the fault finding procedure to stored faults:


If the fault is declared present after:
– the ignition is switched on,
– starting the engine,
– a road test.

NOTES Special notes:


If the fault is present:
– the heating elements are no longer controlled,
– the coolant temperature: PR064 Coolant temperature is fixed at 119 ˚C,
– the preheating time lasts longer than 4 seconds,
– the low speed fan assembly is continuously supplied.
The level 1 warning light is lit.
Use bornier Elé. 1681 for any work on the computer connectors.

See Wiring Diagrams Technical Note Trafic II phase 2.

CC.0 NOTES None

Check the condition of the coolant temperature sensor connector.


Check the condition of the engine management computer connector.
If one of the connectors is faulty and there is a repair method (see Technical Note 6015A, Electrical wiring
repair, wiring: precautions for repair), repair the connector, otherwise replace the wiring.

Measure the resistance between connections 3C and 3JK of component 244.


Replace the sensor if the resistance is less than 67 Ω (see MR 408, Mechanical, 19A, Cooling, Coolant
temperature sensor, Removal - Refitting).

Check insulation against earth of the following connection:


– 3C between components 120 and 244.
If the connection is faulty and there is a repair method (see Technical Note 6015A, Electrical wiring repair,
wiring: precautions for repair), repair the wiring, otherwise replace it.
If the fault is still present, contact the Techline.

Deal with any other faults. Clear the fault memory.


AFTER REPAIR Switch off the ignition, wait 1 minute and carry out a road test followed by another
check with the diagnostic tool.
EDC16CP33_V0C_DF001 / EDC16CP33_V10_DF001/
EDC16CP33_V14_DF001 / EDC16CP33_V16_DF001
MR-410-X83-13B000$336.mif
V5
13B-25
EDC16CP33 DIESEL INJECTION
Program No.: C4
Vdiag No.: 0C, 10, 14, 16 Fault finding – Interpretation of faults 13B

DF001
CONTINUED

CO.1 NOTES None

Check the condition of the coolant temperature sensor connector.


Check the condition of the engine management computer connector.
If one of the connectors is faulty and there is a repair method (see Technical Note 6015A, Electrical wiring
repair, wiring: precautions for repair), repair the connector, otherwise replace the wiring.

Measure the resistance between connections 3C and 3JK of component 244.


Ω (see MR 408, Mechanical, 19A, Cooling, Coolant
Replace the sensor if the resistance is greater than 83 kΩ
temperature sensor, Removal - Refitting).

Check the insulation from the + 12 V feed of the following connection:


– 3C between components 120 and 244.
Check the continuity of the following connections:
– 3C between components 120 and 244,
– 3JK between components 120 and 244.
If the connection or connections are faulty and there is a repair method (see Technical Note 6015A, Electrical
wiring repair, wiring: precautions for repair), repair the wiring, otherwise replace it.

If the fault is still present, contact the Techline.

Deal with any other faults. Clear the fault memory.


AFTER REPAIR Switch off the ignition, wait 1 minute and carry out a road test followed by another
check with the diagnostic tool.

MR-410-X83-13B000$336.mif
V5
13B-26
EDC16CP33 DIESEL INJECTION
Program No.: C4
Vdiag No.: 0C, 10, 14, 16 Fault finding – Interpretation of faults 13B
AIR TEMPERATURE SENSOR CIRCUIT
DF002
CC.0 : Short circuit to earth
PRESENT
CO.1 : Open circuit or short circuit to + 12 V
OR
STORED

Priorities when dealing with a number of faults:


Deal with fault DF046: Battery voltage first if it is present or stored

Conditions for applying the fault finding procedure to stored faults:


If the fault is declared present after:
– the ignition is switched on,
– starting the engine,
– a road test.
NOTES Special notes:
If the fault is present:
– the heating elements are disabled,
– the inlet air temperature is in defect mode, PR059 Inlet air temperature = 20 ˚C.
The air temperature sensor is integrated into the air flowmeter.
Use bornier Elé. 1681 for all operations on the engine management computer
connectors.

See Wiring Diagrams Technical Note Trafic II phase 2.

CC.0 NOTES None

Check the condition of the air flowmeter connector


Check the condition of the engine management computer connector.
If one of the connectors is faulty and there is a repair method (see Technical Note 6015A, Electrical wiring
repair, wiring: precautions for repair), repair the connector, otherwise replace the wiring.

Measure the resistance between connections 3ABQ and 3DU of component 799.
Replace the air flowmeter if the resistance is less than 87 Ω (see MR 408, Mechanical, 12A, Fuel mixture, Air
flowmeter, Removal - Refitting).
With the flow sensor disconnected, check the insulation from earth of the following connection:
– 3ABQ between components 120 and 799.
If the connection is faulty and there is a repair method (see Technical Note 6015A, Electrical wiring repair,
wiring: precautions for repair), repair the wiring, otherwise replace it.
If the fault is still present, contact the Techline.

Deal with any other faults. Clear the fault memory.


AFTER REPAIR Switch off the ignition, wait 1 minute and carry out a road test followed by another
check with the diagnostic tool.
EDC16CP33_V0C_DF002 / EDC16CP33_V10_DF002/
EDC16CP33_V14_DF002 / EDC16CP33_V16_DF002
MR-410-X83-13B000$336.mif
V5
13B-27
EDC16CP33 DIESEL INJECTION
Program No.: C4
Vdiag No.: 0C, 10, 14, 16 Fault finding – Interpretation of faults 13B

DF002
CONTINUED

CO.1 NOTES None

Check the condition of the air flowmeter connector.


Check the condition of the engine management computer connector.
If one of the connectors is faulty and there is a repair method (see Technical Note 6015A, Electrical wiring
repair, wiring: precautions for repair), repair the connector, otherwise replace the wiring.

Measure the resistance between connections 3ABQ and 3DU of component 799.
Ω (see MR 408, Mechanical, 12A, Fuel mixture,
Replace the air flowmeter if the resistance is greater than 50 kΩ
Air flowmeter, Removal - Refitting).

Check the insulation from + 12 V of the following connections:


– 3ABQ between components 120 and 799,
– 3DU between components 120 and 799.
Check the continuity of the following connections:
– 3ABQ between components 120 and 799,
– 3DU between components 120 and 799.
If the connection or connections are faulty and there is a repair method (see Technical Note 6015A, Electrical
wiring repair, wiring: precautions for repair), repair the wiring, otherwise replace it.

If the fault is still present, contact the Techline.

Deal with any other faults. Clear the fault memory.


AFTER REPAIR Switch off the ignition, wait 1 minute and carry out a road test followed by another
check with the diagnostic tool.

MR-410-X83-13B000$336.mif
V5
13B-28
EDC16CP33 DIESEL INJECTION
Program No.: C4
Vdiag No.: 0C, 10, 14, 16 Fault finding – Interpretation of faults 13B
TURBOCHARGING PRESSURE SENSOR CIRCUIT
DF004
CO.0 : Open circuit or short circuit to earth
PRESENT
CC.1 : Short circuit to + 12 V
OR
1.DEF : Consistency between turbocharging pressure and atmospheric pressure.
STORED

Priorities when dealing with a number of faults:


Deal with faults DF011 "Sensor feed voltage no. 1", DF046 "Battery voltage"first, if
they are present or stored.

Conditions for applying the fault finding procedure to stored faults:


If the fault is declared present after:
– the ignition is switched on,
– starting the engine,
– a road test.
NOTES
Special notes:
Use bornier Elé. 1681 for all operations on the injection computer connectors.
If the fault is present:
– engine torque limited,
– turbocharging pressure is in defect mode, PR041 Turbocharging pressure =
0.75 bar,
– the level 1 and EOBD* warning lights are lit.

See Wiring Diagrams Technical Note Trafic II phase 2.

CO.0 NOTES None

Check the condition of the turbocharging pressure sensor connector.


Check the condition of the engine management computer connector.
If one of the connectors is faulty and there is a repair method (see Technical Note 6015A, Electrical wiring
repair, wiring: precautions for repair), repair the connector, otherwise replace the wiring.

Check insulation against earth of the following connection:


– 3LP between components 120 and 1071.
Check the continuity of the following connections:
– 3LQ between components 120 and 1071,
– 3LP between components 120 and 1071.
If the connection or connections are faulty and there is a repair method (see Technical Note 6015A, Electrical
wiring repair, wiring: precautions for repair), repair the wiring, otherwise replace it.

If the fault is still present, replace the turbocharger pressure sensor.

* EOBD: European On Board Diagnostics

Deal with any other faults. Clear the fault memory.


AFTER REPAIR Switch off the ignition, wait 1 minute and carry out a road test followed by another
check with the diagnostic tool.
EDC16CP33_V0C_DF004 / EDC16CP33_V10_DF004/
EDC16CP33_V14_DF004 / EDC16CP33_V16_DF004
MR-410-X83-13B000$336.mif
V5
13B-29
EDC16CP33 DIESEL INJECTION
Program No.: C4
Vdiag No.: 0C, 10, 14, 16 Fault finding – Interpretation of faults 13B

DF004
CONTINUED

CC.1 NOTES None

Check the condition of the turbocharging pressure sensor connector.


Check the condition of the engine management computer connector.
If one of the connectors is faulty and there is a repair method (see Technical Note 6015A, Electrical wiring
repair, wiring: precautions for repair), repair the connector, otherwise replace the wiring.

Check the insulation from + 12 V and + 5 V (computer feed) of the following connection:
– 3LP between components 120 and 1071.
Check the continuity of the following connection:
– 3LN between components 120 and 1071.
If the connection or connections are faulty and there is a repair method (see Technical Note 6015A, Electrical
wiring repair, wiring: precautions for repair), repair the wiring, otherwise replace it.

If the fault is still present, replace the turbocharger pressure sensor.

1.DEF NOTES None

Check the condition of the turbocharging pressure sensor connector.


Check the condition of the engine management computer connector.
If one of the connectors is faulty and there is a repair method (see Technical Note 6015A, Electrical wiring
repair, wiring: precautions for repair), repair the connector, otherwise replace the wiring.

Perform fault finding procedure on parameter PR041 Turbocharging pressure.

Deal with any other faults. Clear the fault memory.


AFTER REPAIR Switch off the ignition, wait 1 minute and carry out a road test followed by another
check with the diagnostic tool.

MR-410-X83-13B000$336.mif
V5
13B-30
EDC16CP33 DIESEL INJECTION
Program No.: C4
Vdiag No.: 0C, 10, 14, 16 Fault finding – Interpretation of faults 13B
RAIL PRESSURE SENSOR CIRCUIT
DF007
CC.0 : Short circuit to earth
PRESENT
CO.1 : Short circuit or open circuit to + 12 V
OR
1.DEF : Below minimum threshold
STORED
2.DEF : Above maximum threshold

Priorities when dealing with a number of faults:


Deal with fault DF013 Sensor feed voltage no. 3 first, if it is present or stored.

Conditions for applying the fault finding procedure to stored faults:


If the fault is declared present after:
– the ignition is switched on,
– starting the engine,
NOTES – a road test.

Special notes:
If the fault is present,
– the rail pressure is in defect mode, PR038 Rail pressure ≤ 1150 bar,
– the level 1 warning light is lit,
Use bornier Elé. 1681 for all operations on the injection computer connectors.

See Wiring Diagrams Technical Note Trafic II phase 2.

CC.0 NOTES None

Check the condition of the rail pressure sensor connector.


Check the condition of the engine management computer connector.
If one of the connectors is faulty and there is a repair method (see Technical Note 6015A, Electrical wiring
repair, wiring: precautions for repair), repair the connector, otherwise replace the wiring.
Check the continuity of the following connection:
– 3LX between components 120 and 1032.
Check insulation against earth of the following connection:
– 3LY between components 120 and 1032.
If the connection or connections are faulty and there is a repair method (see Technical Note 6015A, Electrical
wiring repair, wiring: precautions for repair), repair the wiring, otherwise replace it.

If the fault is still present, contact the Techline.

Deal with any other faults. Clear the fault memory.


AFTER REPAIR Switch off the ignition, wait 1 minute and carry out a road test followed by another
check with the diagnostic tool.

EDC16CP33_V0C_DF007 / EDC16CP33_V10_DF007/
EDC16CP33_V14_DF007 / EDC16CP33_V16_DF007
MR-410-X83-13B000$336.mif
V5
13B-31
EDC16CP33 DIESEL INJECTION
Program No.: C4
Vdiag No.: 0C, 10, 14, 16 Fault finding – Interpretation of faults 13B
DF007
CONTINUED 1

CO.1 NOTES None

Check the condition of the rail pressure sensor connector.


Check the condition of the engine management computer connector.
If one of the connectors is faulty and there is a repair method (see Technical Note 6015A, Electrical wiring
repair, wiring: precautions for repair), repair the connector, otherwise replace the wiring.

Check the continuity of the following connections:


– 3LX between components 120 and 1032,
– 3LY between components 120 and 1032.
Check the insulation from + 12 V and + 5 V (computer feed) of the following connection:
– 3LY between components 120 and 1032.
If the connection or connections are faulty and there is a repair method (see Technical Note 6015A, Electrical
wiring repair, wiring: precautions for repair), repair the wiring, otherwise replace it.

If the fault is still present, contact the Techline.

Deal with any other faults. Clear the fault memory.


AFTER REPAIR Switch off the ignition, wait 1 minute and carry out a road test followed by another
check with the diagnostic tool.

MR-410-X83-13B000$336.mif
V5
13B-32
EDC16CP33 DIESEL INJECTION
Program No.: C4
Vdiag No.: 0C, 10, 14, 16 Fault finding – Interpretation of faults 13B
DF007
CONTINUED 2

The fault is declared present or stored after an attempt to


1.DEF start or after starting from cold, several hours after the last
NOTES
2.DEF trip (the difference in the coolant temperature from the last
engine stop and this start must be at least 60 ˚C).

Check the condition of the rail pressure sensor connector.


Check the condition of the engine management computer connector.
If one of the connectors is faulty and there is a repair method (see Technical Note 6015A, Electrical wiring
repair, wiring: precautions for repair), repair the connector, otherwise replace the wiring.

Check that there are no external diesel leaks from the high pressure fuel circuit.

Check for continuity and absence of interference resistance of the following connections:
– 3LX between components 120 and 1032,
– 3LY between components 120 and 1032,
– 3LZ between components 120 and 1032.
If the connection or connections are faulty and there is a repair method (see Technical Note 6015A, Electrical
wiring repair, wiring: precautions for repair), repair the wiring, otherwise replace it.

With the ignition on and the engine stopped for over 1 minute:
View parameter PR038 Rail pressure.
– If the pressure is below 90 bar, the sensor is in order.
– If the pressure is above 90 bar, contact the Techline.

If the fault is still present, contact the Techline.

Deal with any other faults. Clear the fault memory.


AFTER REPAIR Switch off the ignition, wait 1 minute and carry out a road test followed by another
check with the diagnostic tool.

MR-410-X83-13B000$336.mif
V5
13B-33
EDC16CP33 DIESEL INJECTION
Program No.: C4
Vdiag No.: 0C, 10, 14, 16 Fault finding – Interpretation of faults 13B
SENSOR FEED VOLTAGE NO. 1
DF011
1.DEF : Above maximum threshold
PRESENT
2.DEF : Below minimum threshold
OR
STORED

Conditions for applying the fault finding procedure to stored faults:


If the fault is declared present after:
– the ignition is switched on.
– starting the engine,
– a road test.

Special notes:
If the fault is present,
– air conditioning is switched off,
NOTES – engine torque limited,
– the cruise control/speed limiter function is switched off,
– the heating elements are switched off,
– the EGR function is disabled by the engine management computer.
Safe mode on the accelerator pedal sensor: gang 2 value used instead of gang 1.
The level 1 and EOBD* warning lights are lit.
Use bornier Elé. 1681 for all operations on the engine management computer
connectors.

See Wiring Diagrams Technical Note Trafic II phase 2.

1.DEF NOTES None

Note:
Feed no. 1 is for the following components:
– accelerator pedal sensor (gang 1),
– turbocharger pressure sensor.
Measure the feed voltage on the following connections:
– 3LR of component 921,
– 3LQ of component 1071.
If at least one of the two voltages is greater than + 5.1 V, disconnect the sensor connectors one by one.
If, after disconnecting the turbocharger pressure sensor, the voltage returns to normal,
Check the insulation from + 12 V on the following connection:
– 3LQ between components 120 and 1071.
If after disconnecting the accelerator pedal sensor the voltage returns to normal,
Check the insulation from + 12 V on the following connection:
– 3LR between components 120 and 921.
If the connection or connections are faulty and there is a repair method (see Technical Note 6015A, Electrical
wiring repair, wiring: precautions for repair), repair the wiring, otherwise replace it.
Clear the faults created by the multiple disconnections.

* EOBD: European On Board Diagnostics

Deal with any other faults. Clear the fault memory.


AFTER REPAIR Switch off the ignition, wait 1 minute and carry out a road test followed by another
check with the diagnostic tool.
EDC16CP33_V0C_DF011 / EDC16CP33_V10_DF011/
EDC16CP33_V14_DF011 / EDC16CP33_V16_DF011
MR-410-X83-13B000$336.mif
V5
13B-34
EDC16CP33 DIESEL INJECTION
Program No.: C4
Vdiag No.: 0C, 10, 14, 16 Fault finding – Interpretation of faults 13B
DF011
CONTINUED

Check the condition of the engine management computer connector.


If the connector is faulty and there is a repair method (see Technical Note 6015A, Electrical wiring repair,
wiring: precautions for repair), repair the connector, otherwise replace the wiring.

If the fault is still present, contact the Techline.

2.DEF NOTES None

Note:
Feed no. 1 is for the following components:
– accelerator pedal sensor (gang 1),
– turbocharger pressure sensor.

Measure the feed voltage on the following connections:


– 3LR of component 921,
– 3LQ of component 1071.
If at least one of the two voltages is less than + 4.9 V, disconnect the sensor connectors one by one.
If, after disconnecting the turbocharger pressure sensor, the voltage returns to normal,
Check insulation against earth of the following connection:
– 3LQ between components 120 and 1071.
If after disconnecting the accelerator pedal sensor the voltage returns to normal,
Check insulation against earth of the following connection:
– 3LR between components 120 and 921.
If the connection or connections are faulty and there is a repair method (see Technical Note 6015A, Electrical
wiring repair, wiring: precautions for repair), repair the wiring, otherwise replace it.
Clear the faults created by the multiple disconnections.

Check the condition of the engine management computer connector.


If the connector is faulty and there is a repair method (see Technical Note 6015A, Electrical wiring repair,
wiring: precautions for repair), repair the connector, otherwise replace the wiring.

If the fault is still present, contact the Techline.

Deal with any other faults. Clear the fault memory.


AFTER REPAIR Switch off the ignition, wait 1 minute and carry out a road test followed by another
check with the diagnostic tool.

MR-410-X83-13B000$336.mif
V5
13B-35
EDC16CP33 DIESEL INJECTION
Program No.: C4
Vdiag No.: 0C, 10, 14, 16 Fault finding – Interpretation of faults 13B
SENSOR FEED VOLTAGE NO. 2
DF012
1.DEF : Above maximum threshold
PRESENT
2.DEF : Below minimum threshold
OR
STORED

Conditions for applying the fault finding procedure to stored faults:


If the fault is declared present after:
– the ignition is switched on.
– starting the engine,
– a road test.

Special notes:
If the fault is present:
– engine torque limited,
NOTES – the cruise control/speed limiter function is switched off,
– the heating elements are switched off,
– air conditioning is switched off,
– the low speed fan assembly is continuously supplied.
Safe mode on the accelerator pedal sensor: gang 1 value used.
The level 1 and EOBD* warning lights are lit.
Use bornier Elé. 1681 for all operations on the engine management computer
connectors.

See Wiring Diagrams Technical Note Trafic II phase 2.

1.DEF NOTES None

Note:
Supply no. 2 serves the following components:
– accelerator pedal sensor (gang 2),
– EGR valve position sensor,
– damper valve position sensor,
– cruise control/speed limiter button (on steering wheel).

Measure the feed voltage on the following connections:


– 3LU of component 921,
– 38KQ of component 1461,
– 3GC of component 169.
If at least one of the voltages is greater than + 5.1 V, disconnect these connectors one by one.
If, after disconnecting the damper valve, the voltage returns to normal.
Check the insulation from + 12 V on the following connection:
– 38KQ between components 120 and 1461.
If after disconnecting the accelerator pedal sensor the voltage returns to normal,
Check the insulation from + 12 V on the following connection:
– 3LU between components 120 and 921.

* EOBD: European On Board Diagnostics

Deal with any other faults. Clear the fault memory.


AFTER REPAIR Switch off the ignition, wait 1 minute and carry out a road test followed by another
check with the diagnostic tool.
EDC16CP33_V0C_DF012 / EDC16CP33_V10_DF012/
EDC16CP33_V14_DF012 / EDC16CP33_V16_DF012
MR-410-X83-13B000$336.mif
V5
13B-36
EDC16CP33 DIESEL INJECTION
Program No.: C4
Vdiag No.: 0C, 10, 14, 16 Fault finding – Interpretation of faults 13B
DF012
CONTINUED 1

1.DEF NOTES None

If, after disconnecting the EGR valve, the voltage returns to normal,
Check the insulation from + 12 V on the following connection:
– 3GC between components 120 and 169.
If the connection or connections are faulty and there is a repair method (see Technical Note 6015A, Electrical
wiring repair, wiring: precautions for repair), repair the wiring, otherwise replace it.
Clear the faults created by the multiple disconnections.

Check the condition of the engine management computer connector.


If the connector is faulty and there is a repair method (see Technical Note 6015A, Electrical wiring repair,
wiring: precautions for repair), repair the connector, otherwise replace the wiring.
If the fault is still present, contact the Techline.

Deal with any other faults. Clear the fault memory.


AFTER REPAIR Switch off the ignition, wait 1 minute and carry out a road test followed by another
check with the diagnostic tool.

MR-410-X83-13B000$336.mif
V5
13B-37
EDC16CP33 DIESEL INJECTION
Program No.: C4
Vdiag No.: 0C, 10, 14, 16 Fault finding – Interpretation of faults 13B
DF012
CONTINUED 2

2.DEF NOTES None

Note:
Supply no. 2 serves the following components:
– accelerator pedal sensor (gang 2),
– EGR valve position sensor,
– damper valve position sensor.

Measure the feed voltage on the following connections:


– 3LU of component 921,
– 38KQ of component 1461,
– 3GC of component 169.
If at least one of the voltages is less than 4.9 V, disconnect these connectors one by one.
If, after disconnecting the damper valve, the voltage returns to normal.
Check insulation against earth of the following connection:
– 38KQ between components 120 and 1461.
If after disconnecting the accelerator pedal sensor the voltage returns to normal,
Check insulation against earth of the following connection:
– 3LU between components 120 and 921.
If, after disconnecting the EGR valve, the voltage returns to normal,
Check insulation against earth of the following connection:
– 3GC between components 120 and 169.
If the connection or connections are faulty and there is a repair method (see Technical Note 6015A, Electrical
wiring repair, wiring: precautions for repair), repair the wiring, otherwise replace it.
Clear the faults created by the multiple disconnections.

Check the condition of the engine management computer connector.


If the connector is faulty and there is a repair method (see Technical Note 6015A, Electrical wiring repair,
wiring: precautions for repair), repair the connector, otherwise replace the wiring.

If the fault is still present, contact the Techline.

Deal with any other faults. Clear the fault memory.


AFTER REPAIR Switch off the ignition, wait 1 minute and carry out a road test followed by another
check with the diagnostic tool.

MR-410-X83-13B000$336.mif
V5
13B-38
EDC16CP33 DIESEL INJECTION
Program No.: C4
Vdiag No.: 0C, 10, 14, 16 Fault finding – Interpretation of faults 13B
SENSOR FEED VOLTAGE NO. 3
DF013
1.DEF : Above maximum threshold
PRESENT
2.DEF : Below minimum threshold
OR
STORED

Conditions for applying the fault finding procedure to stored faults:


If the fault is declared present after:
– the ignition is switched on.
– starting the engine,
– a road test.

Special notes:
NOTES If the fault is present:
– engine torque limited,
– test SC031 Operational fault finding of cylinders inhibited.
The level 1 and EOBD* warning lights are lit.
Use bornier Elé. 1681 for all operations on the engine management computer
connectors.

See Trafic II phase 2 Wiring Diagrams Technical Note.

1.DEF NOTES None

Note:
Feed no. 3 is for the following components:
– air flow sensor,
– rail pressure sensor.
Measure the feed voltage on the following connections:
– 3KJ of component 799,
– 3LX of component 1032.
If at least one of the voltages is greater than + 5.1 V, disconnect the sensor connectors one by one.
If, after disconnecting component 799, the voltage returns to normal.
Check the insulation from + 12 V on the following connection:
– 3KJ between components 120 and 799.
If, after disconnecting component 1032, the voltage returns to normal.
Check the insulation from + 12 V on the following connection:
– 3LX between components 120 and 1032.
If the connection or connections are faulty and there is a repair method (see Technical Note 6015A, Electrical
wiring repair, wiring: precautions for repair), repair the wiring, otherwise replace it. Clear the faults created by
the multiple disconnections.
Check the condition of the engine management computer connector.
If the connector is faulty and there is a repair method (see Technical Note 6015A, Electrical wiring repair,
wiring: precautions for repair), repair the connector, otherwise replace the wiring.
If the fault is still present, contact the Techline.

* EOBD: European On Board Diagnostics

Deal with any other faults. Clear the fault memory.


AFTER REPAIR Switch off the ignition, wait 1 minute and carry out a road test followed by another
check with the diagnostic tool.
EDC16CP33_V0C_DF013 / EDC16CP33_V10_DF013/
EDC16CP33_V14_DF013 / EDC16CP33_V16_DF013
MR-410-X83-13B000$336.mif
V5
13B-39
EDC16CP33 DIESEL INJECTION
Program No.: C4
Vdiag No.: 0C, 10, 14, 16 Fault finding – Interpretation of faults 13B
DF013
CONTINUED

2.DEF NOTES None

Note:
Feed no. 3 is for the following components:
– flow sensor,
– rail pressure sensor.

Measure the feed voltage on the following connections:


– 3KJ of component 799,
– 3LX of component 1032.
If at least one of the voltages is less than 4.9 V, disconnect the sensor connectors one by one.
If, after disconnecting the air flowmeter, the voltage returns to normal,
Check insulation against earth of the following connection:
– 3KJ between components 120 and 799.
If, after disconnecting the rail pressure sensor, the voltage returns to normal,
Check insulation against earth of the following connection:
– 3LX between components 120 and 1032.
If the connection or connections are faulty and there is a repair method (see Technical Note 6015A, Electrical
wiring repair, wiring: precautions for repair), repair the wiring, otherwise replace it.
Clear the faults created by the multiple disconnections.

Check the condition of the engine management computer connector.


If the connector is faulty and there is a repair method (see Technical Note 6015A, Electrical wiring repair,
wiring: precautions for repair), repair the connector, otherwise replace the wiring.

If the fault is still present, contact the Techline.

Deal with any other faults. Clear the fault memory.


AFTER REPAIR Switch off the ignition, wait 1 minute and carry out a road test followed by another
check with the diagnostic tool.

MR-410-X83-13B000$336.mif
V5
13B-40
EDC16CP33 DIESEL INJECTION
Program No.: C4
Vdiag No.: 0C, 10, 14, 16 Fault finding – Interpretation of faults 13B
PRE-POSTHEATING UNIT CONTROL CIRCUIT
DF017
CO : Open circuit
PRESENT
CC.1 : Short circuit to + 12 V
OR
CC.0 : Short circuit to earth
STORED
1.DEF : Internal electronic fault

Conditions for applying the fault finding procedure to stored faults:


If the fault is declared present after:
– the ignition is switched on.
– starting the engine,
– a road test,
– relay actuation using command AC037 Preheating relay.
NOTES
Special notes:
– preheating inhibited.
Use bornier Elé. 1681 for all operations on the engine management computer
connectors.

See Wiring Diagrams Technical Note Trafic II phase 2.

CO NOTES None

Check the condition of the pre-postheating unit connector.


Check the condition of the engine management computer connector.
If one of the connectors is faulty and there is a repair method (see Technical Note 6015A, Electrical wiring
repair, wiring: precautions for repair), repair the connector, otherwise replace the wiring.

Check the continuity of the following connection:


– connection code 3FF between components 120 and 257.
Check the + AVC feed on the following connection:
– BP17 of component 257.
If the connection or connections are faulty and there is a repair method (see Technical Note 6015A, Electrical
wiring repair, wiring: precautions for repair), repair the wiring, otherwise replace it.
If the fault is still present, replace the pre-postheating unit (see MR 408, Mechanical, 13C, Preheating, Pre-
Postheating unit, Removal - Refitting).

Deal with any other faults. Clear the fault memory.


AFTER REPAIR Switch off the ignition, wait 1 minute and carry out a road test followed by another
check with the diagnostic tool.
EDC16CP33_V0C_DF017 / EDC16CP33_V10_DF017/
EDC16CP33_V14_DF017 / EDC16CP33_V16_DF017
MR-410-X83-13B000$336.mif
V5
13B-41
EDC16CP33 DIESEL INJECTION
Program No.: C4
Vdiag No.: 0C, 10, 14, 16 Fault finding – Interpretation of faults 13B

DF017
CONTINUED 1

CC.1 NOTES None

Check the condition of the pre-postheating unit connector.


Check the condition of the engine management computer connector.
If one of the connectors is faulty and there is a repair method (see Technical Note 6015A, Electrical wiring
repair, wiring: precautions for repair), repair the connector, otherwise replace the wiring.

Check the insulation from the + 12 V feed of the following connection:


– 3FF between components 120 and 257.
If the connection is faulty and there is a repair method (see Technical Note 6015A, Electrical wiring repair,
wiring: precautions for repair), repair the wiring, otherwise replace it.

If the fault is still present, replace the pre-postheating unit (see MR 408, Mechanical, 13C, Preheating, Pre-
Postheating unit, Removal - Refitting).

Deal with any other faults. Clear the fault memory.


AFTER REPAIR Switch off the ignition, wait 1 minute and carry out a road test followed by another
check with the diagnostic tool.

MR-410-X83-13B000$336.mif
V5
13B-42
EDC16CP33 DIESEL INJECTION
Program No.: C4
Vdiag No.: 0C, 10, 14, 16 Fault finding – Interpretation of faults 13B

DF017
CONTINUED 2

CC.0 NOTES None

Check the condition of the pre-postheating unit connector.


Check the condition of the engine management computer connector.
If one of the connectors is faulty and there is a repair method (see Technical Note 6015A, Electrical wiring
repair, wiring: precautions for repair), repair the connector, otherwise replace the wiring.

Check insulation against earth of the following connection:


– 3FF between components 120 and 257.
Check the + AVC feed on the following connection:
– BP17 of component 257.
If the connection or connections are faulty and there is a repair method (see Technical Note 6015A, Electrical
wiring repair, wiring: precautions for repair), repair the wiring, otherwise replace it.

If the fault is still present, replace the pre-postheating unit (see MR 408, Mechanical, 13C, Preheating, Pre-
Postheating unit, Removal - Refitting).

Special note:
This fault appears when the computer control section
1.DEF NOTES
overheats or when command AC037 Preheating relay is
run.

Check the condition of the pre-postheating unit connector.


Check the condition of the engine management computer connector.
If one of the connectors is faulty and there is a repair method (see Technical Note 6015A, Electrical wiring
repair, Wiring: Precautions for repair), repair the connector, otherwise replace the wiring.

Check for continuity and absence of interference resistance on the following connection:
– 3FF between components 120 and 257.
Check the + AVC feed on the following connection:
– BP17 of component 257.
If the connection or connections are faulty and there is a repair method (see Technical Note 6015A, Electrical
wiring repair, wiring: precautions for repair), repair the wiring, otherwise replace it.

If the fault is still present, contact the Techline.

Deal with any other faults. Clear the fault memory.


AFTER REPAIR Switch off the ignition, wait 1 minute and carry out a road test followed by another
check with the diagnostic tool.

MR-410-X83-13B000$336.mif
V5
13B-43
EDC16CP33 DIESEL INJECTION
Program No.: C4
Vdiag No.: 0C, 10, 14, 16 Fault finding – Interpretation of faults 13B
LOW SPEED FAN ASSEMBLY CONTROL CIRCUIT
DF018
CO : Open circuit
PRESENT
CC.1 : Short circuit to + 12 V
OR
CC.0 : Short circuit to earth
STORED
1.DEF : Internal electronic fault

Conditions for applying the fault finding procedure to stored faults:


The fault reappears after:
– the ignition is switched on.
– clearing the fault from the memory,
– the relay is controlled using command AC154 Low-speed fan unit.

NOTES Special notes:


– high-speed fan assembly constantly actuated,
– the level 1 warning light is lit.

Use bornier Elé. 1681 for all operations on the engine management computer
connectors.
See Wiring Diagrams Technical Note Trafic II phase 2.

CO NOTES No low speed fan assembly control.

Check the condition of the low-speed fan assembly relay mounting connector.
Check the condition of the engine management computer connectors.
If one of the connectors is faulty and there is a repair method (see Technical Note 6015A, Electrical wiring
repair, wiring: precautions for repair), repair the connector, otherwise replace the wiring.

Measure the resistance of the low-speed fan assembly relay coil.


Take care to measure the right way round; there is a protective diode.
Ω or less than 6 Ω.
Replace the relay if its resistance is greater than 1 kΩ

Remove the low speed relay and check the continuity of the following connection:
– 49J between components 120 and 335.
Check the + 12 V after relay feed on the following connection:
– 37X of component 335.
If the connection or connections are faulty and there is a repair method (see Technical Note 6015A, Electrical
wiring repair, wiring: precautions for repair), repair the wiring, otherwise replace it.

Deal with any other faults. Clear the fault memory.


Carry out a control via actuator AC154 LOW-SPEED FAN ASSEMBLY using the
AFTER REPAIR diagnostic tool.
Switch off the ignition, wait 1 minute and carry out a road test followed by another
check with the diagnostic tool.
EDC16CP33_V0C_DF018 / EDC16CP33_V10_DF018/
EDC16CP33_V14_DF018 / EDC16CP33_V16_DF018
MR-410-X83-13B000$336.mif
V5
13B-44
EDC16CP33 DIESEL INJECTION
Program No.: C4
Vdiag No.: 0C, 10, 14, 16 Fault finding – Interpretation of faults 13B

DF018
CONTINUED 1

CC.1 NOTES No low-speed fan assembly control.

Check the condition of the low-speed fan assembly relay mounting connector.
Check the condition of the engine management computer connectors.
If one of the connectors is faulty and there is a repair method (see Technical Note 6015A, Electrical wiring
repair, wiring: precautions for repair), repair the connector, otherwise replace the wiring.

Measure the resistance of the low-speed fan unit relay coil.


Take care to measure the right way round; there is a protective diode.
Replace the relay if its resistance is greater than 1 kΩ or less than 6 Ω.

Remove the low speed relay and check the insulation from + 12 V of the following connection:
– 49J between components 120 and 335.
If the connection is faulty and there is a repair method (see Technical Note 6015A, Electrical wiring repair,
wiring: precautions for repair), repair the wiring, otherwise replace it.

CC.0 NOTES Low speed fan assembly constantly activated.

Check the condition of the low-speed fan assembly relay mounting connector.
Check the condition of the engine management computer connectors.
If one of the connectors is faulty and there is a repair method (see Technical Note 6015A, Electrical wiring
repair, wiring: precautions for repair), repair the connector, otherwise replace the wiring.

Measure the resistance of the low-speed fan unit relay coil.


Take care to measure the right way round; there is a protective diode.
Ω or less than 6 Ω.
Replace the relay if its resistance is greater than 1 kΩ

Remove the low speed relay and check the insulation from earth of the following connection:
– 49J between components 120 and 335.
Check the + 12 V after relay feed of the following connection:
– 37X of component 335.
If the connection or connections are faulty and there is a repair method (see Technical Note 6015A, Electrical
wiring repair, wiring: precautions for repair), repair the wiring, otherwise replace it.

Deal with any other faults. Clear the fault memory.


Carry out a control via actuator AC154 LOW-SPEED FAN ASSEMBLY using the
AFTER REPAIR diagnostic tool.
Switch off the ignition, wait 1 minute and carry out a road test followed by another
check with the diagnostic tool.

MR-410-X83-13B000$336.mif
V5
13B-45
EDC16CP33 DIESEL INJECTION
Program No.: C4
Vdiag No.: 0C, 10, 14, 16 Fault finding – Interpretation of faults 13B

DF018
CONTINUED 2

Special note:
This fault appears when the computer control section
1.DEF NOTES
overheats or when command AC154 Low speed fan
assembly is run.

Check the condition of the low-speed fan assembly relay mounting connector.
Check the condition of the engine management computer connectors.
If one of the connectors is faulty and there is a repair method (see Technical Note 6015A, Electrical wiring
repair, wiring: precautions for repair), repair the connector, otherwise replace the wiring.

Measure the resistance of the low-speed fan unit relay coil.


Take care to measure the right way round; there is a protective diode.
Replace the relay if the resistance is more than 200 Ω or less than 20 Ω.

Remove the low speed relay and check the insulation and continuity of the following connection:
– 49J between components 120 and 335.
Check the + 12 V after relay feed on the following connection:
– 37X of component 335.
If the connection or connections are faulty and there is a repair method (see Technical Note 6015A, Electrical
wiring repair, wiring: precautions for repair), repair the wiring, otherwise replace it.

If the fault is still present, contact the Techline.

Deal with any other faults. Clear the fault memory.


Carry out a control via actuator AC154 LOW-SPEED FAN ASSEMBLY using the
AFTER REPAIR diagnostic tool.
Switch off the ignition, wait 1 minute and carry out a road test followed by another
check with the diagnostic tool.

MR-410-X83-13B000$336.mif
V5
13B-46
EDC16CP33 DIESEL INJECTION
Program No.: C4
Vdiag No.: 0C, 10, 14, 16 Fault finding – Interpretation of faults 13B
HIGH SPEED FAN ASSEMBLY CONTROL CIRCUIT
DF019
CO : Open circuit
PRESENT
CC.1 : Short circuit to + 12 V
OR
CC.0 : Short circuit to earth
STORED
1.DEF : Internal electronic fault

Conditions for applying the fault finding procedure to stored faults:


The fault reappears after:
– the ignition is switched on.
– clearing the fault from the memory,
– relay actuated using command AC153 High speed fan assembly.

NOTES Special notes:


– The level 1 warning light is lit.
This fault is only applicable on vehicles equipped with air conditioning.

Use bornier Elé. 1681 for all operations on the engine management computer
connector.
See Wiring Diagrams Technical Note Trafic II phase 2.

CO NOTES No the high-speed fan assembly control.

Check the condition of the high-speed fan assembly relay mounting connector.
Check the condition of the engine management computer connectors.
If one of the connectors is faulty and there is a repair method (see Technical Note 6015A, Electrical wiring
repair, wiring: precautions for repair), repair the connector, otherwise replace the wiring.

Measure the resistance of the "high-speed fan assembly" relay coil.


Take care to measure the right way round; there is a protective diode.
Ω or less than 6 Ω.
Replace the relay if its resistance is greater than 1 kΩ

Remove the high-speed relay and check the continuity of the following connection:
– 49K between components 120 and 336.
Check the + 12 V after relay feed on the following connection:
– 37X of component 336.
If the connection or connections are faulty and there is a repair method (see Technical Note 6015A, Electrical
wiring repair, wiring: precautions for repair), repair the wiring, otherwise replace it.

Deal with any other faults. Clear the fault memory.


Carry out a control via actuator AC153 HIGH-SPEED FAN ASSEMBLY using the
AFTER REPAIR diagnostic tool.
Switch off the ignition, wait 1 minute and carry out a road test followed by another
check with the diagnostic tool.
EDC16CP33_V0C_DF019 / EDC16CP33_V10_DF019/
EDC16CP33_V14_DF019 / EDC16CP33_V16_DF019
MR-410-X83-13B000$336.mif
V5
13B-47
EDC16CP33 DIESEL INJECTION
Program No.: C4
Vdiag No.: 0C, 10, 14, 16 Fault finding – Interpretation of faults 13B

DF019
CONTINUED 1

CC.1 NOTES No the high-speed fan assembly control.

Check the condition of the high-speed fan assembly relay mounting connector.
Check the condition of the engine management computer connectors.
If one of the connectors is faulty and there is a repair method (see Technical Note 6015A, Electrical wiring
repair, wiring: precautions for repair), repair the connector, otherwise replace the wiring.

Measure the resistance of the "high-speed fan assembly" relay coil.


Take care to measure the right way round; there is a protective diode.
Ω or less than 6 Ω.
Replace the relay if its resistance is greater than 1 kΩ

Remove the high-speed relay and check the insulation from + 12 V of the following connection:
– 49K between components 120 and 336.
If the connection is faulty and there is a repair method (see Technical Note 6015A, Electrical wiring repair,
wiring: precautions for repair), repair the wiring, otherwise replace it.

CO.0 NOTES High-speed fan assembly constantly activated.

Check the condition of the high-speed fan assembly relay mounting connector.
Check the condition of the engine management computer connectors.
If one of the connectors is faulty and there is a repair method (see Technical Note 6015A, Electrical wiring
repair, wiring: precautions for repair), repair the connector, otherwise replace the wiring.

Measure the resistance of the "high-speed fan assembly" relay coil.


Take care to measure the right way round; there is a protective diode.
Ω or less than 6 Ω.
Replace the relay if its resistance is greater than 1 kΩ

Remove the high-speed relay and check the insulation from earth of the following connection:
– 49K between components 120 and 336.
Check the + 12 V after relay feed on the following connection:
– 37X of component 336.
If the connection or connections are faulty and there is a repair method (see Technical Note 6015A, Electrical
wiring repair, wiring: precautions for repair), repair the wiring, otherwise replace it.

Deal with any other faults. Clear the fault memory.


Carry out a control via actuator AC153 HIGH-SPEED FAN ASSEMBLY using the
AFTER REPAIR diagnostic tool.
Switch off the ignition, wait 1 minute and carry out a road test followed by another
check with the diagnostic tool.

MR-410-X83-13B000$336.mif
V5
13B-48
EDC16CP33 DIESEL INJECTION
Program No.: C4
Vdiag No.: 0C, 10, 14, 16 Fault finding – Interpretation of faults 13B

DF019
CONTINUED 2

Special note:
This fault appears when the computer control section
1.DEF NOTES
overheats or when command AC153 High speed fan
assembly is run.

Check the condition of the high-speed fan assembly relay mounting connector.
Check the condition of the engine management computer connectors.
If one of the connectors is faulty and there is a repair method (see Technical Note 6015A, Electrical wiring
repair, wiring: precautions for repair), repair the connector, otherwise replace the wiring.

Measure the resistance of the "high-speed fan assembly" relay coil.


Take care to measure the right way round; there is a protective diode.
Replace the relay if the resistance is more than 200 Ω or less than 20 Ω.

Remove the high-speed relay and check the insulation and continuity of the following connection:
– 49K between components 120 and 336.
Check the + 12 V after relay feed on the following connection:
– 37X of component 336.
If the connection or connections are faulty and there is a repair method (see Technical Note 6015A, Electrical
wiring repair, wiring: precautions for repair), repair the wiring, otherwise replace it.

If the fault is still present, contact the Techline.

Deal with any other faults. Clear the fault memory.


Carry out a control via actuator AC153 HIGH-SPEED FAN ASSEMBLY using the
AFTER REPAIR diagnostic tool.
Switch off the ignition, wait 1 minute and carry out a road test followed by another
check with the diagnostic tool.

MR-410-X83-13B000$336.mif
V5
13B-49
EDC16CP33 DIESEL INJECTION
Program No.: C4
Vdiag No.: 0C, 10, 14, 16 Fault finding – Interpretation of faults 13B
PRE-POSTHEATING UNIT DIAGNOSTIC LINE
DF025
CO.1 : Open circuit or short circuit to + 12 V
PRESENT
CC.0 : Short circuit to earth
OR
STORED

Priorities when dealing with a number of faults:


Deal with fault DF017 Pre-postheating control circuit first if it is present or stored.

Conditions for applying the fault finding procedure to stored faults:


The fault reappears after:
– the ignition is switched on in the preheating phase,
– engine running in postheating phase,
NOTES – controlling the heater plugs using command AC037 Preheating relay.

IMPORTANT
Please observe the cleanliness guidelines and safety advice.

Use bornier Elé. 1681 for all operations on the engine management computer
connectors.
See Wiring Diagrams Technical Note Trafic II phase 2.

Check the condition of the pre-postheating unit connector.


Check the condition of the connectors of all the heater plugs
If one of the connectors is faulty and there is a repair method (see Technical Note 6015A, Electrical wiring
repair, wiring: precautions for repair), repair the connector, otherwise replace the wiring.

During a phase where the heater plugs are activated by command AC037 Preheating relay, measure the current
across the heater plugs
Replace heater plugs with currents which are less than 1A or greater than 6A after 5 seconds' actuation.
Check the continuity of the following connections:
– 37AB between components 257 and 682,
– 37AA between components 257 and 681,
– 37Z between components 257 and 680,
– 37AC between components 257 and 683.
Check the + AVC feed on the following connection:
– BP17 of component 257.
Check the engine earthing.
If the connection or connections are faulty and there is a repair method (see Technical Note 6015A, Electrical
wiring repair, wiring: precautions for repair), repair the wiring, otherwise replace it.
Interpret command AC037 Preheating relay.

Deal with any other faults. Clear the fault memory.


AFTER REPAIR Switch off the ignition, wait 1 minute and carry out a road test followed by another
check with the diagnostic tool.
EDC16CP33_V0C_DF025 / EDC16CP33_V10_DF025/
EDC16CP33_V14_DF025 / EDC16CP33_V16_DF025
MR-410-X83-13B000$336.mif
V5
13B-50
EDC16CP33 DIESEL INJECTION
Program No.: C4
Vdiag No.: 0C, 10, 14, 16 Fault finding – Interpretation of faults 13B

DF025
CONTINUED

Check the condition of the engine management computer connector.


If the connector is faulty and there is a repair method (see Technical Note 6015A, Electrical wiring repair,
wiring: precautions for repair), repair the connector, otherwise replace the wiring.

Check the continuity and absence of interference resistance on the following connection (preheating relay unit
diagnostic line):
– 3FY between components 120 and 257.
If the connection is faulty and there is a repair method (see Technical Note 6015A, Electrical wiring repair,
wiring: precautions for repair), repair the wiring, otherwise replace it.

If the fault is still present, replace the pre-postheating unit (see MR 408, Mechanical, 13C, Preheating, Pre-
Postheating unit, Removal - Refitting).

Deal with any other faults. Clear the fault memory.


AFTER REPAIR Switch off the ignition, wait 1 minute and carry out a road test followed by another
check with the diagnostic tool.

MR-410-X83-13B000$336.mif
V5
13B-51
EDC16CP33 DIESEL INJECTION
Program No.: C4
Vdiag No.: 0C, 10, 14, 16 Fault finding – Interpretation of faults 13B
CYLINDER 1 INJECTOR CONTROL CIRCUIT
DF026
CO : Open circuit
PRESENT
CC.1 : Short circuit to + 12 volts
OR
1.DEF : Internal electronic fault
STORED

Conditions for applying the fault finding procedure to stored faults:


If the fault recurs as present after:
– the ignition is switched on
– starting the engine,
– a road test

Special notes: If the fault is present:


– the EOBD warning light comes on,
– the level 2 warning light comes on for CC.1 and 1.DEF,
– the level 1 warning light is lit for CO.
NOTES Use bornier Elé. 1681 for all operations on the engine management computer
connectors.
After an injector has been replaced, run command SC002 Enter injector codes and
command SC036 Reinitialise programming and follow the procedure.

IMPORTANT:
– Cylinder no. 1 is located at the timing end.
– Please observe the cleanliness guidelines and safety advice.
– Do not disconnect the injector connections with the engine running as this may
damage the engine.

See Wiring Diagrams Technical Note Trafic II phase 2.

CO NOTES None

Check the condition of the connector for injector no. 1. Check the condition of the engine management computer
connector.
If one of the connectors is faulty and there is a repair method (see Technical Note 6015A, Electrical wiring
repair, wiring: precautions for repair), repair the connector, otherwise replace the wiring.
Check the continuity of the following connections:
– 3KW between components 120 and 193,
– 3CR between components 120 and 193.
If the connection or connections are faulty and there is a repair method (see Technical Note 6015A, Electrical
wiring repair, wiring: precautions for repair), repair the wiring, otherwise replace it.
Measure the resistance between the following connections:
– connection codes 3CR and 3KW of component 193.
Ω < X < 210 kΩ
Replace the injector if the resistance is not within: 150 kΩ Ω

If the fault is still present, contact the Techline.

Deal with any other faults. Clear the fault memory.


AFTER REPAIR Switch off the ignition, wait 1 minute and carry out a road test followed by another
check with the diagnostic tool.
EDC16CP33_V0C_DF026 / EDC16CP33_V10_DF026/
EDC16CP33_V14_DF026 / EDC16CP33_V16_DF026
MR-410-X83-13B000$336.mif
V5
13B-52
EDC16CP33 DIESEL INJECTION
Program No.: C4
Vdiag No.: 0C, 10, 14, 16 Fault finding – Interpretation of faults 13B

DF026
CONTINUED

Special note:
CC.1 NOTES
The engine stops when the fault appears.

Check the condition of the connector for injector no. 1. Check the condition of the engine management computer
connector.
If one of the connectors is faulty and there is a repair method (see Technical Note 6015A, Electrical wiring
repair, wiring: precautions for repair), repair the connector, otherwise replace the wiring.

Check the insulation between the following connections:


– 3KW between components 120 and 193,
– 3CR between components 120 and 193.
If the connection or connections are faulty and there is a repair method (see Technical Note 6015A, Electrical
wiring repair, wiring: precautions for repair), repair the wiring, otherwise replace it.
Measure the resistance between the following connections:
– connection codes 3CR and 3KW of component 193.
Ω < X < 210 kΩ
Replace the injector if the resistance is not within: 150 kΩ Ω

If the fault is still present, contact the Techline.

Special note:
1.DEF NOTES
The engine stops when the fault appears.

Check the condition of the connector for injector no. 1. Check the condition of the engine management computer
connector.
If one of the connectors is faulty and there is a repair method (see Technical Note 6015A, Electrical wiring
repair, wiring: precautions for repair), repair the connector, otherwise replace the wiring.

Check for continuity and the absence of interference resistance of the following connections:
– 3KW between components 120 and 193,
– 3CR between components 120 and 193.
If the connection or connections are faulty and there is a repair method (see Technical Note 6015A, Electrical
wiring repair, wiring: precautions for repair), repair the wiring, otherwise replace it.
Measure the resistance between the following connections:
– connection codes 3CR and 3KW of component 193.
Ω < X < 210 kΩ
Replace the injector if the resistance is not within: 150 kΩ Ω

If the fault is still present, contact the Techline.

Deal with any other faults. Clear the fault memory.


AFTER REPAIR Switch off the ignition, wait 1 minute and carry out a road test followed by another
check with the diagnostic tool.

MR-410-X83-13B000$336.mif
V5
13B-53
EDC16CP33 DIESEL INJECTION
Program No.: C4
Vdiag No.: 0C, 10, 14, 16 Fault finding – Interpretation of faults 13B
CYLINDER 2 INJECTOR CONTROL CIRCUIT
DF027
CO : Open circuit
PRESENT
CC.1 : Short circuit to + 12 volts
OR
1.DEF : Internal electronic fault
STORED

Conditions for applying the fault finding procedure to stored faults:


If the fault recurs as present after:
– the ignition is switched on.
– starting the engine,
– a road test.

Special notes: If the fault is present:


– the EOBD warning light comes on,
– the level 2 warning light comes on for CC.1 and 1.DEF,
– the level 1 warning light is lit for CO.
NOTES Use bornier Elé. 1681 for all operations on the engine management computer
connectors.
After an injector has been replaced, run command SC002 Enter injector codes and
command SC036 Reinitialise programming and follow the procedure.

IMPORTANT:
– Cylinder no. 1 is located at the timing end.
– Please observe the cleanliness guidelines and safety advice.
– Do not disconnect the injector connections with the engine running as this may
damage the engine.

See Wiring Diagrams Technical Note Trafic II phase 2.

CO NOTES None

Check the condition of the connector for injector no. 2. Check the condition of the engine management computer
connector.
If one of the connectors is faulty and there is a repair method (see Technical Note 6015A, Electrical wiring
repair, wiring: precautions for repair), repair the connector, otherwise replace the wiring.
Check the continuity of the following connections:
– 3KX between components 120 and 194,
– 3CS between components 120 and 194.
If the connection or connections are faulty and there is a repair method (see Technical Note 6015A, Electrical
wiring repair, wiring: precautions for repair), repair the wiring, otherwise replace it.
Measure the resistance between the following connections:
– connection codes 3KX and 3CS of component 194.
Ω < X < 210 kΩ
Replace the injector if the resistance is not within: 150 kΩ Ω

If the fault is still present, contact the Techline.

Deal with any other faults. Clear the fault memory.


AFTER REPAIR Switch off the ignition, wait 1 minute and carry out a road test followed by another
check with the diagnostic tool.
EDC16CP33_V0C_DF027 / EDC16CP33_V10_DF027/
EDC16CP33_V14_DF027 / EDC16CP33_V16_DF027
MR-410-X83-13B000$336.mif
V5
13B-54
EDC16CP33 DIESEL INJECTION
Program No.: C4
Vdiag No.: 0C, 10, 14, 16 Fault finding – Interpretation of faults 13B

DF027
CONTINUED 1

Special note:
CC.1 NOTES
The engine stops when the fault appears.

Check the condition of the connector for injector no. 2. Check the condition of the engine management computer
connector.
If one of the connectors is faulty and there is a repair method (see Technical Note 6015A, Electrical wiring
repair, wiring: precautions for repair), repair the connector, otherwise replace the wiring.

Check the insulation between the following two connections:


– 3KX between components 120 and 194,
– 3CS between components 120 and 194.
If the connection or connections are faulty and there is a repair method (see Technical Note 6015A, Electrical
wiring repair, wiring: precautions for repair), repair the wiring, otherwise replace it.
Measure the resistance between the following connections:
– connection codes 3KX and 3CS of component 194.
Ω < X < 210 kΩ
Replace the injector if the resistance is not within: 150 kΩ Ω

If the fault is still present, contact the Techline.

Special note:
1.DEF NOTES
The engine stops when the fault appears.

Check the condition of the connector for injector no. 2. Check the condition of the engine management computer
connector.
If one of the connectors is faulty and there is a repair method (see Technical Note 6015A, Electrical wiring
repair, wiring: precautions for repair), repair the connector, otherwise replace the wiring.

Check for continuity and the absence of interference resistance of the following connections:
– 3KX between components 120 and 194,
– 3CS between components 120 and 194.
If the connection or connections are faulty and there is a repair method (see Technical Note 6015A, Electrical
wiring repair, wiring: precautions for repair), repair the wiring, otherwise replace it.
Measure the resistance between the following connections:
– connection codes 3KX and 3CS of component 194.
Ω < X < 210 kΩ
Replace the injector if the resistance is not within: 150 kΩ Ω

If the fault is still present, contact the Techline.

Deal with any other faults. Clear the fault memory.


AFTER REPAIR Switch off the ignition, wait 1 minute and carry out a road test followed by another
check with the diagnostic tool.

MR-410-X83-13B000$336.mif
V5
13B-55
EDC16CP33 DIESEL INJECTION
Program No.: C4
Vdiag No.: 0C, 10, 14, 16 Fault finding – Interpretation of faults 13B
INJECTOR CYLINDER 3 CONTROL CIRCUIT
DF028
CO : Open circuit
PRESENT
CC.1 : Short circuit to + 12 volts
OR
1.DEF : Internal electronic fault
STORED

Conditions for applying the fault finding procedure to stored faults:


If the fault recurs as present after:
– the ignition is switched on.
– starting the engine,
– a road test.

Special notes: If the fault is present:


– the EOBD warning light comes on,
– the level 2 warning light comes on for CC.1 and 1.DEF,
– the level 1 warning light is lit for CO.
NOTES Use bornier Elé. 1681 for all operations on the engine management computer
connectors.
After an injector has been replaced, run command SC002 Enter injector codes and
command SC036 Reinitialise programming and follow the procedure.

IMPORTANT:
– Cylinder no. 1 is located at the timing end.
– Please observe the cleanliness guidelines and safety advice.
– Do not disconnect the injector connections with the engine running as this may
damage the engine.

See Wiring Diagrams Technical Note Trafic II phase 2.

CO NOTES None

Check the condition of the connector for injector no. 3. Check the condition of the engine management computer
connector.
If one of the connectors is faulty and there is a repair method (see Technical Note 6015A, Electrical wiring
repair, wiring: precautions for repair), repair the connector, otherwise replace the wiring.
Check the continuity of the following connections:
– 3KY between components 120 and 195,
– 3CT between components 120 and 195.
If the connection or connections are faulty and there is a repair method (see Technical Note 6015A, Electrical
wiring repair, wiring: precautions for repair), repair the wiring, otherwise replace it.
Measure the resistance between the following connections:
– connection codes 3KY and 3CT of component 195.
Ω < X < 210 kΩ
Replace the injector if the resistance is not within: 150 kΩ Ω

If the fault is still present, contact the Techline.

Deal with any other faults. Clear the fault memory.


AFTER REPAIR Switch off the ignition, wait 1 minute and carry out a road test followed by another
check with the diagnostic tool.
EDC16CP33_V0C_DF028 / EDC16CP33_V10_DF028/
EDC16CP33_V14_DF028 / EDC16CP33_V16_DF028
MR-410-X83-13B000$336.mif
V5
13B-56
EDC16CP33 DIESEL INJECTION
Program No.: C4
Vdiag No.: 0C, 10, 14, 16 Fault finding – Interpretation of faults 13B
DF028
CONTINUED 1

Special note:
CC.1 NOTES
The engine stops when the fault appears.

Check the condition of the connector for injector no. 3. Check the condition of the engine management computer
connector.
If one of the connectors is faulty and there is a repair method (see Technical Note 6015A, Electrical wiring
repair, wiring: precautions for repair), repair the connector, otherwise replace the wiring.

Check the insulation between the following two connections:


– 3KY between components 120 and 195,
– 3CT between components 120 and 195.
If the connection or connections are faulty and there is a repair method (see Technical Note 6015A, Electrical
wiring repair, wiring: precautions for repair), repair the wiring, otherwise replace it.
Measure the resistance between the following connections:
– connection codes 3KY and 3CT of component 195.
Ω < X < 210 kΩ
Replace the injector if the resistance is not within: 150 kΩ Ω

If the fault is still present, contact the Techline.

Special note:
1.DEF NOTES
The engine stops when the fault appears.

Check the condition of the connector for injector no. 3. Check the condition of the engine management computer
connector.
If one of the connectors is faulty and there is a repair method (see Technical Note 6015A, Electrical wiring
repair, wiring: precautions for repair), repair the connector, otherwise replace the wiring.

Check for continuity and the absence of interference resistance of the following connections:
– 3KY between components 120 and 195,
– 3CT between components 120 and 195.
If the connection or connections are faulty and there is a repair method (see Technical Note 6015A, Electrical
wiring repair, wiring: precautions for repair), repair the wiring, otherwise replace it.
Measure the resistance between the following connections:
– connection codes 3KY and 3CT of component 195.
Ω < X < 210 kΩ
Replace the injector if the resistance is not within: 150 kΩ Ω

If the fault is still present, contact the Techline.

Deal with any other faults. Clear the fault memory.


AFTER REPAIR Switch off the ignition, wait 1 minute and carry out a road test followed by another
check with the diagnostic tool.

MR-410-X83-13B000$336.mif
V5
13B-57
EDC16CP33 DIESEL INJECTION
Program No.: C4
Vdiag No.: 0C, 10, 14, 16 Fault finding – Interpretation of faults 13B
CYLINDER 4 INJECTOR CONTROL CIRCUIT
DF029
CO: Open circuit
PRESENT CC.1: Short circuit to + 12 volts
OR
1.DEF: Internal electronic fault
STORED

Conditions for applying the fault finding procedure to stored faults:


If the fault becomes present after:
– the ignition is switched on,
– starting the engine,
– a road test.

Special notes: If the fault is present:


– the EOBD warning light comes on,
– the level 2 warning light comes on for CC.1 and 1.DEF,
– the level 1 warning light comes on for CO.
NOTES Use bornier Elé. 1681 for all operations on the connectors of the engine management
computer. After an injector has been replaced, run command SC002 Enter injector
codes and command SC036 Reinitialise programming and follow the procedure.

IMPORTANT:
– Cylinder no. 1 is located at the timing end.
– Please observe the cleanliness guidelines and safety advice.
– Do not disconnect the injector connections with the engine running as this may
damage the engine.

See Wiring Diagrams Technical Note, Trafic II phase 2.

CO NOTES None.

Check the condition of the connector for injector no. 4. Check the condition of the engine management computer
connector.
If one of the connectors is faulty and there is a repair procedure (see Technical Note 6015A, Electrical wiring
repair, wiring: precautions for repair), repair the connector, otherwise replace the wiring.
Check the continuity of the following connections:
– 3KZ between components 120 and 196,
– 3CU between components 120 and 196.

If the connection or connections are faulty and there is a repair procedure (see Technical Note 6015A, Electrical
wiring repair, Wiring: Precautions for repair), repair the wiring, otherwise replace it.
Measure the resistance between the following connections:
– connections codes 3KZ and 3CU of component 196.
Ω < X < 210 kΩ
Replace the injector if the resistance is not within range: 150 kΩ Ω.

If the fault is still present, contact the Techline.

Deal with any other faults. Clear the fault memory.


AFTER REPAIR Switch off the ignition, wait 1 minute and carry out a road test followed by another
check with the diagnostic tool.
EDC16CP33_V0C_DF029 / EDC16CP33_V10_DF029 /EDC16CP33_V14_DF029 / EDC16CP33_V16_DF029

MR-410-X83-13B000$384.mif
V5
13B-58
EDC16CP33 DIESEL INJECTION
Program No.: C4
Vdiag No.: 0C, 10, 14, 16 Fault finding – Interpretation of faults 13B
DF029
CONTINUED

Special notes:
CC.1 NOTES
The engine stops when the fault appears.

Check the condition of the connector for injector no. 4. Check the condition of the engine management computer
connector.
If one of the connectors is faulty and there is a repair procedure (see Technical Note 6015A, Electrical wiring
repair, wiring: precautions for repair), repair the connector, otherwise replace the wiring.

Check the insulation between the following two connections:


– 3KZ between components 120 and 196,
– 3CU between components 120 and 196.
If the connection or connections are faulty and there is a repair procedure (see Technical Note 6015A, Electrical
wiring repair, Wiring: Precautions for repair), repair the wiring, otherwise replace it.
Measure the resistance between the following connections:
– connections codes 3KZ and 3CU of component 196.
Ω < X < 210 kΩ
Replace the injector if the resistance is not within range: 150 kΩ Ω

If the fault is still present, contact the Techline.

Special notes:
1.DEF NOTES
The engine stops when the fault appears.

Check the condition of the connector for injector no. 4. Check the condition of the engine management computer
connector.
If one of the connectors is faulty and there is a repair procedure (see Technical Note 6015A, Electrical wiring
repair, wiring: precautions for repair), repair the connector, otherwise replace the wiring.

Check for continuity and the absence of interference resistance of the following connections:
– 3KZ between components 120 and 196,
– 3CU between components 120 and 196.
If the connection or connections are faulty and there is a repair procedure (see Technical Note 6015A, Electrical
wiring repair, Wiring: Precautions for repair), repair the wiring, otherwise replace it.
Measure the resistance between the following connections:
– connections codes 3KZ and 3CU of component 196.
Ω < X < 210 kΩ
Replace the injector if the resistance is not within range: 150 kΩ Ω

If the fault is still present, contact the Techline.

Deal with any other faults. Clear the fault memory.


AFTER REPAIR Switch off the ignition, wait 1 minute and carry out a road test followed by another
check with the diagnostic tool.

MR-410-X83-13B000$384.mif
V5
13B-59
EDC16CP33 DIESEL INJECTION
Program No.: C4
Vdiag No.: 0C, 10, 14, 16 Fault finding – Interpretation of faults 13B
THERMOPLUNGER 1 RELAY CONTROL CIRCUIT
DF032
CO: Open circuit
PRESENT CC.1: Short circuit to + 12V
OR
CC.0: Short circuit to earth
STORED
1.DEF: Internal electronic fault

Conditions for applying the fault finding procedure to stored faults:


If the fault becomes present after:
– actuator command AC063 Thermoplunger no. 1 relay.

NOTES
Special notes:
Use bornier Elé. 1681 for all operations on the connectors of the engine management
computer.
See Wiring Diagrams Technical Note, Trafic II phase 2.

CO NOTES None.

Check the conformity of fuse: F1C, and replace it if necessary.


Check the condition of the thermoplunger 1 relay mounting connector on the engine fuse box.
Check the condition of the engine management computer connectors.
If one of the connectors is faulty and there is a repair procedure (see Technical Note 6015A, Electrical wiring
repair, wiring: precautions for repair), repair the connector, otherwise replace the wiring.

Check the conformity of the thermoplunger 1 relay (relay removed):


– Insulation between connections BP91 and 3JS of component 1773.
– Measure the resistance between connections 37X and 3JA of component 1773.
Ω or less than 6 Ω.
Replace the relay if its resistance is greater than 1 kΩ

Check the continuity of the following connection:


– 3JA between components 120 and 1773.

Check the + 12 V after relay feed on the following connection:


– 37X of component 1773.

If the connection or connections are faulty and there is a repair procedure (see Technical Note 6015A, Electrical
wiring repair, Wiring: Precautions for repair), repair the wiring, otherwise replace it.

Deal with any other faults. Clear the fault memory.


AFTER REPAIR Switch off the ignition, wait 1 minute and carry out a road test followed by another
check with the diagnostic tool.
EDC16CP33_V0C_DF032 / EDC16CP33_V10_DF032 / EDC16CP33_V14_DF032 / EDC16CP33_V16_DF032

MR-410-X83-13B000$384.mif
V5
13B-60
EDC16CP33 DIESEL INJECTION
Program No.: C4
Vdiag No.: 0C, 10, 14, 16 Fault finding – Interpretation of faults 13B
DF032
CONTINUED 1

CC.1 NOTES None.

Check the conformity of fuse: F1C, and replace it if necessary.


Check the condition of the thermoplunger 1 relay mounting connector on the engine fuse box.
Check the condition of the engine management computer connector.
If one of the connectors is faulty and there is a repair procedure (see Technical Note 6015A, Electrical wiring
repair, wiring: precautions for repair), repair the connector, otherwise replace the wiring.
Check the conformity of the thermoplunger 1 relay (relay removed):
– Insulation between connections BP91 and 3JS of component 1773.
– Measure the resistance between connections 37X and 3JA of component 1773.
Ω or less than 6Ω
Replace the relay if its resistance is greater than 1 kΩ Ω.
Check the insulation from the + 12 V feed of the following connection:
– 3JA between components 120 and 1773.

If the connection is faulty and there is a repair procedure (see Technical Note 6015A, Electrical wiring repair,
Wiring: Precautions for repair), repair the wiring, otherwise replace it.

CC.0 NOTES None.

Check the conformity of fuse: F1C, and replace it if necessary.


Check the condition of the thermoplunger 1 relay mounting connector on the engine fuse box.
Check the condition of the engine management computer connector.
If one of the connectors is faulty and there is a repair procedure (see Technical Note 6015A, Electrical wiring
repair, wiring: precautions for repair), repair the connector, otherwise replace the wiring.
Check the conformity of the thermoplunger 1 relay (relay removed):
– Insulation between connections BP91 and 3JS of component 1773.
– Measure the resistance between connections 37X and 3JA of component 1773.
Ω or less than 6 Ω.
Replace the relay if its resistance is greater than 1kΩ

Check insulation against earth of the following connection:


– 3JA between components 120 and 1773.

Check the + 12 V after relay feed on the following connection:


– 37X of component 1773.

If the connection or connections are faulty and there is a repair procedure (see Technical Note 6015A, Electrical
wiring repair, Wiring: Precautions for repair), repair the wiring, otherwise replace it.

Deal with any other faults. Clear the fault memory.


AFTER REPAIR Switch off the ignition, wait 1 minute and carry out a road test followed by another
check with the diagnostic tool.

MR-410-X83-13B000$384.mif
V5
13B-61
EDC16CP33 DIESEL INJECTION
Program No.: C4
Vdiag No.: 0C, 10, 14, 16 Fault finding – Interpretation of faults 13B
DF032
CONTINUED 2

Special note:
This fault appears when the computer control section
1.DEF NOTES
overheats or when command AC063 Thermoplunger no. 1
relay is run.

Check the conformity of fuse: FM14, and replace it if necessary.


Check the condition of the thermoplunger 1 relay mounting connector on the engine fuse box.
Check the condition of the engine management computer connector.
If one of the connectors is faulty and there is a repair procedure (see Technical Note 6015A, Electrical wiring
repair, wiring: precautions for repair), repair the connector, otherwise replace the wiring.

Check the conformity of the thermoplunger 1 relay (relay removed):


– Insulation between connections BP91 and 3JS of component 1773.
– Measure the resistance between connections 37X and 3JA of component 1773.
Replace the relay if the resistance is greater than 200 Ω or less than 20 Ω.

Check the absence of interference resistance of the following connection:


– 3JA between components 120 and 1773.

Check the + 12 V after relay supply on the following connection:


– 37X of component 1773.

Check the + AVC feed on the following connection:


– BP91 of component 1773.

If the connection or connections are faulty and there is a repair procedure (see Technical Note 6015A, Electrical
wiring repair, Wiring: Precautions for repair), repair the wiring, otherwise replace it.

If the fault is still present, contact the Techline.

Deal with any other faults. Clear the fault memory.


AFTER REPAIR Switch off the ignition, wait 1 minute and carry out a road test followed by another
check with the diagnostic tool.

MR-410-X83-13B000$384.mif
V5
13B-62
EDC16CP33 DIESEL INJECTION
Program No.: C4
Vdiag No.: 0C, 10, 14, 16 Fault finding – Interpretation of faults 13B
THERMOPLUNGER 2 RELAY CONTROL CIRCUIT
DF033
CO: Open circuit
PRESENT CC.1: Short circuit to + 12V
OR
CC.0: Short circuit to earth
STORED
1.DEF: Internal electronic fault

Conditions for applying the fault finding procedure to stored faults:


If the fault becomes present after:
– actuator command AC064 Thermoplunger no. 2 relay.

NOTES
Special notes:
Use bornier Elé. 1681 for all operations on the connectors of the engine management
computer.
See Wiring Diagrams Technical Note, Trafic II phase 2.

CO NOTES None.

Check the conformity of fuse: F1D, and replace it if necessary.


Check the condition of the "thermoplunger 2" relay mounting connector on the engine fuse box.
Check the condition of the engine management computer connectors.
If one of the connectors is faulty and there is a repair procedure (see Technical Note 6015A, Electrical wiring
repair, Wiring: Precautions for repair), repair the connector, otherwise replace the wiring.

Check the conformity of the "thermoplunger 2" relay (relay removed):


– Insulation between connections BP92 and 3JC of component 1774.
– Measure the resistance between connections 37X and 3AFA of component 1774.
Ω or less than 6 Ω.
Replace the relay if its resistance is greater than 1 kΩ

Check the continuity of the following connection:


– 3AFA between components 120 and 1774.

Check the + 12 V after relay feed on the following connection:


– 37X of component 1774.

If the connection or connections are faulty and there is a repair procedure (see Technical Note 6015A, Electrical
wiring repair, Wiring: Precautions for repair), repair the wiring, otherwise replace it.

Deal with any other faults. Clear the fault memory.


AFTER REPAIR Switch off the ignition, wait 1 minute and carry out a road test followed by another
check with the diagnostic tool.
EDC16CP33_V0C_DF033 / EDC16CP33_V10_DF033 / EDC16CP33_V14_DF033 / EDC16CP33_V16_DF033

MR-410-X83-13B000$384.mif
V5
13B-63
EDC16CP33 DIESEL INJECTION
Program No.: C4
Vdiag No.: 0C, 10, 14, 16 Fault finding – Interpretation of faults 13B
DF033
CONTINUED 1

CC.1 NOTES None.

Check the conformity of fuse: F1D, and replace it if necessary.


Check the condition of the "thermoplunger 2" relay mounting connector on the engine fuse box.
Check the condition of the engine management computer connector.

If one of the connectors is faulty and there is a repair procedure (see Technical Note 6015A, Electrical wiring
repair, wiring: precautions for repair), repair the connector, otherwise replace the wiring.

Check the conformity of the "thermoplunger 2" relay (relay removed):


– Insulation between connections BP92 and 3JC of component 1774.
– Measure the resistance between connections 37X and 3AFA of component 1774.
Ω or less than 6 Ω.
Replace the relay if its resistance is greater than 1 kΩ

Check the insulation against + 12 V of the connection between:


– 3AFA between components 120 and 1774.

If the connection is faulty and there is a repair procedure (see Technical Note 6015A, Electrical wiring repair,
Wiring: Precautions for repair), repair the wiring, otherwise replace it.

Deal with any other faults. Clear the fault memory.


AFTER REPAIR Switch off the ignition, wait 1 minute and carry out a road test followed by another
check with the diagnostic tool.

MR-410-X83-13B000$384.mif
V5
13B-64
EDC16CP33 DIESEL INJECTION
Program No.: C4
Vdiag No.: 0C, 10, 14, 16 Fault finding – Interpretation of faults 13B
DF033
CONTINUED 2

CC.0 NOTES None.

Check the conformity of fuse: F1D, and replace it if necessary.


Check the condition of the "thermoplunger 2" relay mounting connector on the engine fuse box.
Check the condition of the engine management computer connector.

If one of the connectors is faulty and there is a repair procedure (see Technical Note 6015A, Electrical wiring
repair, wiring: precautions for repair), repair the connector, otherwise replace the wiring.

Check the conformity of the "thermoplunger 2" relay (relay removed):


– Insulation between connections BP92 and 3JC of component 1774.
– Measure the resistance between connections 37X and 3AFA of component 1774.
Ω or less than 6 Ω.
Replace the relay if its resistance is greater than 1 kΩ

Check insulation against earth of the following connection:


– 3AFA between components 120 and 1774.

Check the + 12 V after relay feed on the following connection:


– 37X of component 1774.

If the connection or connections are faulty and there is a repair procedure (see Technical Note 6015A, Electrical
wiring repair, Wiring: Precautions for repair), repair the wiring, otherwise replace it.

Deal with any other faults. Clear the fault memory.


AFTER REPAIR Switch off the ignition, wait 1 minute and carry out a road test followed by another
check with the diagnostic tool.

MR-410-X83-13B000$384.mif
V5
13B-65
EDC16CP33 DIESEL INJECTION
Program No.: C4
Vdiag No.: 0C, 10, 14, 16 Fault finding – Interpretation of faults 13B
DF033
CONTINUED 3

Special note:
This fault appears when the computer control section
1.DEF NOTES
overheats or when command AC064 "Thermoplunger
no. 2 relay" is run.

Check the conformity of fuse F1D, and replace it if necessary.


Check the condition of the "thermoplunger 2" relay mounting connector on the engine fuse box.
Check the condition of the engine management computer connector.
If one of the connectors is faulty and there is a repair procedure (see Technical Note 6015A, Electrical wiring
repair, Wiring: Precautions for repair), repair the connector, otherwise replace the wiring.

Check the conformity of the "thermoplunger 2" relay (relay removed):


– Insulation between connections BP92 and 3JC of component 1774.
– Measure the resistance between connections 37X and 3AFA of component 1774.
Replace the relay if the resistance is greater than 200 Ω or less than 20 Ω.

Check the absence of interference resistance of the following connection:


– 3AFA between components 120 and 1774.

Also check the insulation on the following connections:


Check the + 12 V after relay supply on the following connection:
– 37X of component 1774.
Check the + before ignition feed on the following connection:
– BP92 of component 1774.

If the connection or connections are faulty and there is a repair procedure (see Technical Note 6015A, Electrical
wiring repair, Wiring: Precautions for repair), repair the wiring, otherwise replace it.

If the fault is still present, contact the Techline.

Deal with any other faults. Clear the fault memory.


AFTER REPAIR Switch off the ignition, wait 1 minute and carry out a road test followed by another
check with the diagnostic tool.

MR-410-X83-13B000$384.mif
V5
13B-66
EDC16CP33 DIESEL INJECTION
Program No.: C4
Vdiag No.: 0C, 10, 14, 16 Fault finding – Interpretation of faults 13B
THERMOPLUNGER 3 RELAY CONTROL CIRCUIT
DF034
CO: Open circuit
PRESENT CC.1: Short circuit to + 12 V
OR
CC.0: Short circuit to earth
STORED
1.DEF: Internal electronic fault

Conditions for applying the fault finding procedure to stored faults:


If the fault becomes present after:
– actuator command AC031 Thermoplunger no. 3 relay.

NOTES
Special notes:
Use bornier Elé. 1681 for all operations on the connectors of the engine management
computer.
See Wiring Diagrams Technical Note, Trafic II phase 2.

CO NOTES None.

Check the conformity of fuse F1C, and replace it if necessary.


Check the condition of the "thermoplunger 3" relay mounting connector on the engine fuse box.
Check the condition of the engine management computer connectors.
If one of the connectors is faulty and there is a repair procedure (see Technical Note 6015A, Electrical wiring
repair, Wiring: Precautions for repair), repair the connector, otherwise replace the wiring.

Check the conformity of the "thermoplunger 3" relay (relay removed):


– Insulation between connections BP91 and 3JD of component 1775.
– Measure the resistance between connections 37X and 3AFB of component 1775.
Ω or less than 6Ω
Replace the relay if its resistance is greater than 1 kΩ Ω.

Check the continuity of the following connection:


– 3AFB between components 120 and 1775.

Check the + 12 V after relay feed on the following connection:


– 37X of component 1775.

If the connection or connections are faulty and there is a repair procedure (see Technical Note 6015A, Electrical
wiring repair, Wiring: Precautions for repair), repair the wiring, otherwise replace it.

Deal with any other faults. Clear the fault memory.


AFTER REPAIR Switch off the ignition, wait 1 minute and carry out a road test followed by another
check with the diagnostic tool.
EDC16CP33_V0C_DF034 / EDC16CP33_V10_DF034 / EDC16CP33_V14_DF034 / EDC16CP33_V16_DF034

MR-410-X83-13B000$384.mif
V5
13B-67
EDC16CP33 DIESEL INJECTION
Program No.: C4
Vdiag No.: 0C, 10, 14, 16 Fault finding – Interpretation of faults 13B
DF034
CONTINUED 1

CC.1 NOTES None.

Check the conformity of fuse F1C, and replace it if necessary.


Check the condition of the "thermoplunger 3" relay mounting connector on the engine fuse box.
Check the condition of the engine management computer connector.

If one of the connectors is faulty and there is a repair procedure (see Technical Note 6015A, Electrical wiring
repair, Wiring: Precautions for repair), repair the connector, otherwise replace the wiring.

Check the conformity of the "thermoplunger 3" relay (relay removed):


– Insulation between connections BP91 and 3JD of component 1775.
– Measure the resistance between connections 37X and 3AFB of component 1775.
Ω or less than 6 Ω.
Replace the relay if its resistance is greater than 1 kΩ

Check the insulation from the + 12 V feed of the following connection:


– 3AFB between components 120 and 1775.

If the connection is faulty and there is a repair procedure (see Technical Note 6015A, Electrical wiring repair,
Wiring: Precautions for repair), repair the wiring, otherwise replace it.

Deal with any other faults. Clear the fault memory.


AFTER REPAIR Switch off the ignition, wait 1 minute and carry out a road test followed by another
check with the diagnostic tool.

MR-410-X83-13B000$384.mif
V5
13B-68
EDC16CP33 DIESEL INJECTION
Program No.: C4
Vdiag No.: 0C, 10, 14, 16 Fault finding – Interpretation of faults 13B
DF034
CONTINUED 2

CC.0 NOTES None.

Check the conformity of fuse F1C, and replace it if necessary.


Check the condition of the "thermoplunger 3" relay mounting connector on the engine fuse box.
Check the condition of the engine management computer connector.

If one of the connectors is faulty and there is a repair procedure (see Technical Note 6015A, Electrical wiring
repair, Wiring: Precautions for repair), repair the connector, otherwise replace the wiring.

Check the conformity of the "thermoplunger 3" relay (relay removed):


– Insulation between connections BP91 and 3JD of component 1775.
– Measure the resistance between connections 37X and 3AFB of component 1775.
Ω or less than 6 Ω.
Replace the relay if its resistance is greater than 1 kΩ

Check insulation against earth of the following connection:


– 3AFB between components 120 and 1775.

Check the + 12 V after relay feed on the following connection:


– 37X of component 1775.

If the connections are faulty and there is a repair method (see Technical Note 6015A, Electrical wiring repair,
Wiring: Precautions for repair), repair the wiring, otherwise replace it.

Deal with any other faults. Clear the fault memory.


AFTER REPAIR Switch off the ignition, wait 1 minute and carry out a road test followed by another
check with the diagnostic tool.

MR-410-X83-13B000$384.mif
V5
13B-69
EDC16CP33 DIESEL INJECTION
Program No.: C4
Vdiag No.: 0C, 10, 14, 16 Fault finding – Interpretation of faults 13B
DF034
CONTINUED 3

Special note:
This fault appears when the computer control section
1.DEF NOTES
overheats or when command AC031 "Thermoplunger
no. 3 relay" is run.

Check the conformity of fuse F1C, and replace it if necessary.


Check the condition of the "thermoplunger 3" relay mounting connector on the engine fuse box.
Check the condition of the engine management computer connector.
If one of the connectors is faulty and there is a repair procedure (see Technical Note 6015A, Electrical wiring
repair, Wiring: Precautions for repair), repair the connector, otherwise replace the wiring.

Check the conformity of the "thermoplunger 3" relay (relay removed):


– Insulation between connections BP91 and 3JD of component 1775.
– Measure the resistance between connections 37X and 3AFB of component 1775.
Replace the relay if the resistance is greater than 200 Ω or less than 20 Ω.

Check the absence of interference resistance of the following connection:


– 3AFB between components 120 and 1775.

Also check the insulation on the following connections:


Check the + 12 V after relay feed on the following connection:
– 37X of component 1775.
Check the + before ignition feed on the following connection:
– BP91 of component 1775.

If the connection or connections are faulty and there is a repair procedure (see Technical Note 6015A, Electrical
wiring repair, Wiring: Precautions for repair), repair the wiring, otherwise replace it.

If the fault is still present, contact the Techline.

Deal with any other faults. Clear the fault memory.


AFTER REPAIR Switch off the ignition, wait 1 minute and carry out a road test followed by another
check with the diagnostic tool.

MR-410-X83-13B000$384.mif
V5
13B-70
EDC16CP33 DIESEL INJECTION
Program No.: C4
Vdiag No.: 0C, 10, 14, 16 Fault finding – Interpretation of faults 13B
COMPUTER
DF038
1.DEF: Internal electronic fault
PRESENT 2.DEF: Data inconsistency
OR
3.DEF: Computer feed voltage
STORED

Conditions for applying the fault finding procedure to stored faults:


If the fault is declared present after:
– starting the engine,
– a road test.

NOTES Special notes:


If the fault is present:
– depending on the situation, the level 1 or level 2 warning light is lit for 1.DEF,
– the level 1 warning light is illuminated for 2.DEF,
– the level 2 warning light is illuminated for 3.DEF,
– engine torque limited,
– the engine stops.

1.DEF NOTES None.

If the fault is stored, clear the fault from the computer memory.
Switch off the ignition and wait 1 min before switching on the ignition again.
Start the engine and re-establish dialogue.

If the fault recurs, contact the Techline.

2.DEF NOTES None.

Contact Techline.

Priorities when dealing with a number of faults:


3.DEF NOTES Deal with faults DF047 Computer supply voltage or
DF046 Battery voltage first, if they are present or stored.

If either of faults DF047 Computer feed voltage or DF046 Battery voltage is present or stored, clear the fault
after dealing with DF046 or DF047.

If the fault recurs, contact the Techline.

Deal with any other faults. Clear the fault memory.


AFTER REPAIR Switch off the ignition, wait 1 minute and carry out a road test followed by another
check with the diagnostic tool.
EDC16CP33_V0C_DF038 / EDC16CP33_V10_DF038 / EDC16CP33_V14_DF038 / EDC16CP33_V16_DF038

MR-410-X83-13B000$384.mif
V5
13B-71
EDC16CP33 DIESEL INJECTION
Program No.: C4
Vdiag No.: 0C, 10, 14, 16 Fault finding – Interpretation of faults 13B
BATTERY VOLTAGE
DF046
1.DEF: Above maximum threshold.
PRESENT
2.DEF: Below minimum threshold
OR 3.DEF: Abnormal voltage
STORED

Conditions for applying the fault finding procedure to stored faults:


If the fault is declared present after:
– starting the engine,
– a road test.
Special notes:
NOTES
Computer operating voltage: 6 V < operating voltage < 16.5 V.
It is then not possible to start the engine.
Use bornier Elé. 1681 for all operations on the connectors of the engine management
computer.
See Wiring Diagrams Technical Note, Trafic II phase 2.

1.DEF NOTES None.

Check the charging circuit, apply Technical Note 6014A Checking the charging circuit.
Carry out the necessary repairs.

2.DEF NOTES None.

Using a voltmeter, take a reading of the battery voltage.


– Compare this value with the value displayed by the diagnostic tool PR074 Battery voltage.
If there is no difference (less than 1 V):
Recharge and test the battery. If it is faulty, replace it.
Then check the charging circuit: Technical Note 6014A Checking the charging circuit.
If there is a difference (greater than 1 V):
– Check the tightness and the condition of the battery terminals.
– Using the appropriate wiring diagram:
Check for continuity and absence of interference resistance on the following connection:
– 3FAC between components 120 and 983.

Check the conformity of the earths on connections NF of component 120.


If the connection or connections are faulty and there is a repair procedure (see Technical Note 6015A, Electrical
wiring repair, Wiring: Precautions for repair), repair the wiring, otherwise replace it.

3.DEF NOTES Only deal with this fault when it is present.

Switch off the ignition, wait 1 minute, then switch on the ignition again after the power-latch*, check to see if
the fault is still present.
If the fault is still present, contact the Techline.

Deal with any other faults. Clear the fault memory.


AFTER REPAIR Switch off the ignition, wait 1 minute and carry out a road test followed by another
check with the diagnostic tool.
EDC16CP33_V0C_DF046 / EDC16CP33_V10_DF046 / EDC16CP33_V14_DF046 / EDC16CP33_V16_DF046

MR-410-X83-13B000$384.mif
V5
13B-72
EDC16CP33 DIESEL INJECTION
Program No.: C4
Vdiag No.: 0C, 10, 14, 16 Fault finding – Interpretation of faults 13B
COMPUTER SUPPLY VOLTAGE
DF047
1.DEF: Voltage outside permitted range of values
PRESENT
OR
STORED

Conditions for applying the fault finding procedure to stored faults:


If the fault is declared present after:
– starting the engine,
– a road test.
NOTES
Special notes:
Use bornier Elé. 1681 for all operations on the connectors of the engine management
computer.

See Wiring Diagrams Technical Note, Trafic II phase 2.

– Check the tightness and the condition of the battery terminals.


– Using the appropriate wiring diagram:
Check for continuity and absence of interference resistance on the following connection:
– 3FAC between components 120 and 983.
Check the conformity of the earths on connections NF of component 120.

If the connection or connections are faulty and there is a repair procedure (see Technical Note 6015A, Electrical
wiring repair, Wiring: Precautions for repair), repair the wiring, otherwise replace it.

Deal with any other faults. Clear the fault memory.


AFTER REPAIR Switch off the ignition, wait 1 minute and carry out a road test followed by another
check with the diagnostic tool.
EDC16CP33_V0C_DF047 / EDC16CP33_V10_DF047 / EDC16CP33_V14_DF047 / EDC16CP33_V16_DF047

MR-410-X83-13B000$384.mif
V5
13B-73
EDC16CP33 DIESEL INJECTION
Program No.: C4
Vdiag No.: 0C, 10, 14, 16 Fault finding – Interpretation of faults 13B
CRUISE CONTROL/SPEED LIMITER
DF051
1.DEF: Cruise control/Speed limiter steering wheel control
PRESENT
OR
STORED

Conditions for applying the fault finding procedure to stored faults:


If the fault is declared present after:
– a road test with activation of the cruise control/speed limiter function,
– the engine is started.

Special notes:
NOTES
If the fault is present:
– Cruise control/speed limiter cut off
Use bornier Elé. 1681 for all operation at the level of the injection computer
connectors.

See Wiring Diagrams Technical Note, Trafic II phase 2.

Priority when dealing with a number of faults:


Deal with faults DF196 Pedal sensor circuit gang 1,
1.DEF NOTES
DF198 Pedal sensor circuit gang 2 first, if either of the two
is present or stored.

Check the conformity of the steering wheel controls as follows: disconnect the connector from component 689
under the central cover of the steering wheel (connect the ohmmeter on the steering wheel switch side).
The measurement should be:
● 900 Ω (± 10 Ω ) when the Resume switch is pressed.
(or the one-touch switch R on the right-hand side of the steering wheel)
● 0 Ω (0.8 Ω max.) when the Suspend switch is pressed.
(or the one-touch switch O on the right-hand side of the steering wheel)
● 300 Ω (± 10 Ω ) when the Set + button is pressed.
(or the one-touch switch on the left of the steering wheel)
● 100 Ω (± 10 Ω ) when the Set - button is pressed.
(or the one-touch switch on the left of the steering wheel)
● Infinite resistance in rest position.
– If the values are not correct, replace the steering wheel switches.
– If the values are correct, take the same measurements on connections 86G and 86M from component 120
(steering wheel control connector connected).

If the connection or connections are faulty and there is a repair procedure (see Technical Note 6015A, Electrical
wiring repair, Wiring: Precautions for repair), repair the wiring, otherwise replace it.
– If the values are correct, clear the fault, switch off the ignition, wait 1 min and switch on the ignition again.
If the fault is still present (after pressing the steering wheel controls), contact the Techline.

Deal with any other faults. Clear the fault memory.


AFTER REPAIR Switch off the ignition, wait 1 minute and carry out a road test followed by another
check with the diagnostic tool.
EDC16CP33_V0C_DF051 / EDC16CP33_V10_DF051 / EDC16CP33_V14_DF051 / EDC16CP33_V16_DF051

MR-410-X83-13B000$384.mif
V5
13B-74
EDC16CP33 DIESEL INJECTION
Program No.: C4
Vdiag No.: 0C, 10, 14, 16 Fault finding – Interpretation of faults 13B
INJECTORS CONTROL CIRCUIT
DF052
CC.0: Short circuit to earth
PRESENT
CC.1: Short circuit to + 12 V
OR
CC: Short circuit
STORED

Conditions for applying the fault finding procedure to stored faults:


If the fault becomes present after:
– the ignition is switched on,
– starting the engine,
– a road test.
Special notes:
If the fault is present:
– the level 2 warning light will be lit,
NOTES
– the engine stops.
Use bornier Elé. 1681 for all operations on the connectors of the engine management
computer.
See Wiring Diagrams Technical Note, Trafic II phase 2.
IMPORTANT:
– Cylinder no. 1 is located at the timing end.
– Do not disconnect the injectors when the engine is running.
– Please observe the cleanliness guidelines and safety advice.

1.DEF NOTES None.

Check the condition of the injector connectors.


Check the condition of the engine management computer connector.
If one of the connectors is faulty and there is a repair procedure (see Technical Note 6015A, Electrical wiring
repair, Wiring: Precautions for repair), repair the connector, otherwise replace the wiring.
Check the continuity and insulation from earth of the following connections:
– 3KW between components 120 and 193,
– 3CR between components 120 and 193,

– 3KX between components 120 and 194,


– 3CS between components 120 and 194,

– 3KY between components 120 and 195,


– 3CT between components 120 and 195,

– 3KZ between components 120 and 196,


– 3CU between components 120 and 196.

If the connection or connections are faulty and there is a repair procedure (see Technical Note 6015A, Electrical
wiring repair, Wiring: Precautions for repair), repair the wiring, otherwise replace it.

If the fault is still present, contact the Techline.

Deal with any other faults. Clear the fault memory.


AFTER REPAIR Switch off the ignition, wait 1 minute and carry out a road test followed by another
check with the diagnostic tool.
EDC16CP33_V0C_DF052 / EDC16CP33_V10_DF052 / EDC16CP33_V14_DF052 / EDC16CP33_V16_DF052

MR-410-X83-13B000$384.mif
V5
13B-75
EDC16CP33 DIESEL INJECTION
Program No.: C4
Vdiag No.: 0C, 10, 14, 16 Fault finding – Interpretation of faults 13B
DF052
CONTINUED 1

CC.1 NOTES None.

Check the condition of the injector connectors.


Check the condition of the engine management computer connector.
If one of the connectors is faulty and there is a repair procedure (see Technical Note 6015A, Electrical wiring
repair, wiring: precautions for repair), repair the connector, otherwise replace the wiring.

Check the continuity and insulation from + 12 V of the following connections:


– 3KW between components 120 and 193,
– 3CR between components 120 and 193,

– 3KX between components 120 and 194,


– 3CS between components 120 and 194,

– 3KY between components 120 and 195,


– 3CT between components 120 and 195,

– 3KZ between components 120 and 196,


– 3CU between components 120 and 196.

If the connection or connections are faulty and there is a repair procedure (see Technical Note 6015A, Electrical
wiring repair, Wiring: Precautions for repair), repair the wiring, otherwise replace it.

If the fault is still present, contact the Techline.

Deal with any other faults. Clear the fault memory.


AFTER REPAIR Switch off the ignition, wait 1 minute and carry out a road test followed by another
check with the diagnostic tool.

MR-410-X83-13B000$384.mif
V5
13B-76
EDC16CP33 DIESEL INJECTION
Program No.: C4
Vdiag No.: 0C, 10, 14, 16 Fault finding – Interpretation of faults 13B
DF052
CONTINUED 2

CC NOTES None.

Check the condition of the injector connectors.


Check the condition of the engine management computer connector.
If one of the connectors is faulty and there is a repair procedure (see Technical Note 6015A, Electrical wiring
repair, wiring: precautions for repair), repair the connector, otherwise replace the wiring.

Check the continuity and insulation of the following connections:


– 3KW between components 120 and 193,
– 3CR between components 120 and 193,

– 3KX between components 120 and 194,


– 3CS between components 120 and 194,

– 3KY between components 120 and 195,


– 3CT between components 120 and 195,

– 3KZ between components 120 and 196,


– 3CU between components 120 and 196.

If the connection or connections are faulty and there is a repair procedure (see Technical Note 6015A, Electrical
wiring repair, Wiring: Precautions for repair), repair the wiring, otherwise replace it.

If the fault is still present, contact the Techline.

Deal with any other faults. Clear the fault memory.


AFTER REPAIR Switch off the ignition, wait 1 minute and carry out a road test followed by another
check with the diagnostic tool.

MR-410-X83-13B000$384.mif
V5
13B-77
EDC16CP33 DIESEL INJECTION
Program No.: C4
Vdiag No.: 0C, 10, 14, 16 Fault finding – Interpretation of faults 13B
TURBOCHARGING SOLENOID VALVE CONTROL CIRCUIT
DF054
CO: Open circuit
PRESENT CC.1: Short circuit to + 12V
OR
CC.0: Short circuit to earth
STORED
1.DEF: Internal electronic fault

Priorities when dealing with a number of faults:


Deal with fault DF046: Battery voltage first if it is present or stored.

Conditions for applying the fault finding procedure to stored faults:


If the fault is declared present after:
– the ignition is switched on,
– starting the engine,
– a road test,
– actuator command AC004 Turbocharging solenoid valve.
NOTES
Special notes:
If the fault is present:
– turbocharging is no longer authorised,
– the EGR function is inhibited,
– the level 1 and EOBD warning lights are lit.
Use bornier Elé. 1681 for all operation at the level of the injection computer
connectors.
See Wiring Diagrams Technical Note, Trafic II phase 2.

CO NOTES None.

Check the condition of the turbocharging solenoid valve connector. Check the condition of the engine
management computer connector.
If one of the connectors is faulty and there is a repair procedure (see Technical Note 6015A, Electrical wiring
repair, wiring: precautions for repair), repair the connector, otherwise replace the wiring.

Check the continuity of the following connection:


– 3MG between the components 120 and 1475.
Check the + 12 V after relay supply on the following connection:
– 37X of component 1475.

If the connection or connections are faulty and there is a repair procedure (see Technical Note 6015A, Electrical
wiring repair, Wiring: Precautions for repair), repair the wiring, otherwise replace it.

See Test 6 Turbocharger control solenoid valve check.


If the fault is still present, replace the turbocharging solenoid valve.

Deal with any other faults. Clear the fault memory.


AFTER REPAIR Switch off the ignition, wait 1 minute and carry out a road test followed by another
check with the diagnostic tool.
EDC16CP33_V0C_DF054 / EDC16CP33_V10_DF054 / EDC16CP33_V14_DF054 / EDC16CP33_V16_DF054

MR-410-X83-13B000$384.mif
V5
13B-78
EDC16CP33 DIESEL INJECTION
Program No.: C4
Vdiag No.: 0C, 10, 14, 16 Fault finding – Interpretation of faults 13B
DF054
CONTINUED 1

CC.1 NOTES None.

Check the condition of the turbocharging solenoid valve connector. Check the condition of the engine
management computer connector.
If one of the connectors is faulty and there is a repair procedure (see Technical Note 6015A, Electrical wiring
repair, wiring: precautions for repair), repair the connector, otherwise replace the wiring.
Check the insulation from the + 12 V feed of the following connection:
– 3MG between the components 120 and 1475.

If the connection or connections are faulty and there is a repair procedure (see Technical Note 6015A, Electrical
wiring repair, Wiring: Precautions for repair), repair the wiring, otherwise replace it.

If the fault is still present, replace the turbocharging solenoid valve.

CC.0 NOTES None.

Check the condition of the turbocharging solenoid valve connector. Check the condition of the engine
management computer connector.
If one of the connectors is faulty and there is a repair procedure (see Technical Note 6015A, Electrical wiring
repair, wiring: precautions for repair), repair the connector, otherwise replace the wiring.

Check insulation against earth of the following connection:


– 3MG between the components 120 and 1475.
Check the + 12 V after relay feed on the following connection:
– 37X of component 1475.

If the connection or connections are faulty and there is a repair procedure (see Technical Note 6015A, Electrical
wiring repair, Wiring: Precautions for repair), repair the wiring, otherwise replace it.

See Test 6 Turbocharger control solenoid valve check.

If the fault is still present, replace the turbocharging solenoid valve.

Deal with any other faults. Clear the fault memory.


AFTER REPAIR Switch off the ignition, wait 1 minute and carry out a road test followed by another
check with the diagnostic tool.

MR-410-X83-13B000$384.mif
V5
13B-79
EDC16CP33 DIESEL INJECTION
Program No.: C4
Vdiag No.: 0C, 10, 14, 16 Fault finding – Interpretation of faults 13B
DF054
CONTINUED 2

Special features: this fault appears when the computer


1.DEF NOTES control section overheats or when command
AC004 Turbocharging solenoid valve is run.

Check the condition of the turbocharging solenoid valve connector.


Check the condition of the engine management computer connector.
If one of the connectors is faulty and there is a repair procedure (see Technical Note 6015A, Electrical wiring
repair, wiring: precautions for repair), repair the connector, otherwise replace the wiring.

Check continuity and make sure there is no interference resistance on the following connection:
– 3MG between the components 120 and 1475.

Check the + 12 V after relay feed on the following connection:


– 37X of component 1475.

If the connection or connections are faulty and there is a repair procedure (see Technical Note 6015A, Electrical
wiring repair, Wiring: Precautions for repair), repair the wiring, otherwise replace it.

See Test 6 Turbocharger control solenoid valve check.

– If the fault is stored, clear the fault and run command AC004 Turbocharging solenoid valve.
– If, when running command AC004 Turbocharging solenoid valve, DF054 1.DEF is present or stored, contact
the Techline.

Deal with any other faults. Clear the fault memory.


AFTER REPAIR Switch off the ignition, wait 1 minute and carry out a road test followed by another
check with the diagnostic tool.

MR-410-X83-13B000$384.mif
V5
13B-80
EDC16CP33 DIESEL INJECTION
Program No.: C4
Vdiag No.: 0C, 10, 14, 16 Fault finding – Interpretation of faults 13B
AIR FLOWMETER CIRCUIT
DF056
CO.0: Open circuit or short circuit to earth.
PRESENT
CC.1: Short circuit to +12 V
OR
1.DEF : Values outside the permitted tolerance values
STORED

Conditions for applying the fault finding procedure to stored faults:


If the fault is declared present after:
– the ignition is switched on,
– starting the engine,
– a road test,
– the ignition is switched off: 1.DEF.

Special notes:
If the fault is present:
NOTES – the EOBD warning light comes on,
– the level 1 warning light comes on and turbocharging is no longer authorised for
CO.0 and CC.1,
– the EGR function is inhibited by the engine management computer,
– engine torque limited,
– safe value PR132 Air flow 90 kg/h at idling speed.
Use bornier Elé. 1681 for all operations on the connectors of the engine management
computer.
See Wiring Diagrams Technical Note, Trafic II phase 2.

Priorities when dealing with a number of faults:


In the event of the simultaneous presence of fault DF002 Air
temperature sensor circuit, check that the air flow sensor
CC.0 NOTES
connector is connected correctly.
Deal with fault DF013 Sensor supply voltage no. 3 1.DEF
first, if it is present or stored.

Check the condition of the air flowmeter connector.


Check the condition of the engine management computer connector.
If one of the connectors is faulty and there is a repair procedure (see Technical Note 6015A, Electrical wiring
repair, wiring: precautions for repair), repair the connector, otherwise replace the wiring.

Check the continuity and insulation from earth of the following connections:
– 3DV between components 120 and 799,
– 3KJ between components 120 and 799,
– 3DU between components 120 and 799.
Check the + 5 V feed on the following connection:
– 3KJ of component 799.
Check the + 12 V after relay supply on the following connection:
– 37X of component 799.
If the connection or connections are faulty and there is a repair procedure (see Technical Note 6015A, Electrical
wiring repair, Wiring: Precautions for repair), repair the wiring, otherwise replace it.
Apply test 5 Air flowmeter.

Deal with any other faults. Clear the fault memory.


AFTER REPAIR Switch off the ignition, wait 1 minute and carry out a road test followed by another
check with the diagnostic tool.
EDC16CP33_V0C_DF056 / EDC16CP33_V10_DF056 /EDC16CP33_V14_DF056 / EDC16CP33_V16_DF056

MR-410-X83-13B000$384.mif
V5
13B-81
EDC16CP33 DIESEL INJECTION
Program No.: C4
Vdiag No.: 0C, 10, 14, 16 Fault finding – Interpretation of faults 13B
DF056
CONTINUED 1

with the flow meter connected, the vehicle ignition on and engine stopped:
check the voltage between connections 3DW and 3DV of component 799.
– Replace the air flowmeter if the voltage is not between 0.3 V < X < 0.7 V.

If the fault is still present, replace the air flowmeter.

Priorities when dealing with a number of faults:


CC.1 NOTES Deal with fault DF013 Sensor supply voltage no. 3 1.DEF
first, if it is present or stored.

Check the condition of the air flowmeter connector.


Check the condition of the engine management computer connector.
If one of the connectors is faulty and there is a repair procedure (see Technical Note 6015A, Electrical wiring
repair, wiring: precautions for repair), repair the connector, otherwise replace the wiring.

Check the insulation from + 12 V of the following connections:


– 3DV between components 120 and 799,
– 3KJ between components 120 and 799,
– 3DU between components 120 and 799.

Check the + 5 V feed on the following connection:


– 3KJ of component 799.
Check the + 12 V after relay supply on the following connection:
– 37X of component 799.

If the connection or connections are faulty and there is a repair procedure (see Technical Note 6015A, Electrical
wiring repair, Wiring: Precautions for repair), repair the wiring, otherwise replace it.

With the flow meter connected, the vehicle ignition on and engine stopped:
check the voltage between connections 3DW and 3DV of component 799.
– If the voltage is not approximately 0.3 V ± 0.1 V, replace the air flowmeter.

If the fault is still present, replace the air flowmeter.

Deal with any other faults. Clear the fault memory.


AFTER REPAIR Switch off the ignition, wait 1 minute and carry out a road test followed by another
check with the diagnostic tool.

MR-410-X83-13B000$384.mif
V5
13B-82
EDC16CP33 DIESEL INJECTION
Program No.: C4
Vdiag No.: 0C, 10, 14, 16 Fault finding – Interpretation of faults 13B
DF056
CONTINUED 2

Priorities when dealing with a number of faults:


1.DEF NOTES Deal with fault DF013 Sensor supply voltage no. 3 1.DEF
first, if it is present or stored.

Check the condition of the air flowmeter connector.


Check the condition of the engine management computer connector.
If one of the connectors is faulty and there is a repair procedure (see Technical Note 6015A, Electrical wiring
repair, wiring: precautions for repair), repair the connector, otherwise replace the wiring.

Check the continuity and absence of interference resistance of the following connections:
– 3DV between components 120 and 799,
– 3KJ between components 120 and 799,
– 3DU between components 120 and 799.

If the connection or connections are faulty and there is a repair procedure (see Technical Note 6015A, Electrical
wiring repair, Wiring: Precautions for repair), repair the wiring, otherwise replace it.

Check the condition of the flow sensor: no visible damage to the sensing element of the flow sensor.

If the fault is still present, replace the air flowmeter.

Deal with any other faults. Clear the fault memory.


AFTER REPAIR Switch off the ignition, wait 1 minute and carry out a road test followed by another
check with the diagnostic tool.

MR-410-X83-13B000$384.mif
V5
13B-83
EDC16CP33 DIESEL INJECTION
Program No.: C4
Vdiag No.: 0C, 10, 14, 16 Fault finding – Interpretation of faults 13B
COMBUSTION MISFIRES ON CYLINDER 1
DF059
PRESENT
OR
STORED

Conditions for applying the fault finding procedure to stored faults:


The fault reappears after:
– engine speed is between idling speed and 1050 rpm, PR055 Engine speed,
– a coolant temperature ≥ 20˚C PR064 Coolant temperature.
Priorities when dealing with a number of faults:
Apply the interpretation of faults: DF026 Cylinder 1 injector control circuit
and DF052 Injector control circuit first, if they are present or stored.
Special notes:
NOTES – Check that the stored injector codes are consistent with those engraved on each
injector. If not, run command SC002 Enter injector codes and follow the
procedure.
– After an injector has been replaced, run command SC002 Enter injector codes
and command SC036 Reinitialise programming and follow the procedure.
IMPORTANT
Cylinder no. 1 is located at the timing end. Do not disconnect the injectors when
the engine is running. When removing or refitting an injector, observe the cleanliness
guidelines and safety advice (see MR 408 Mechanical, 13B Diesel injection, Diesel
injectors: Removal - Refitting).

DF059 appears on the diagnostic tool when the engine management computer has detected a fault during
the combustion phase several times in succession.
Several components may be responsible:
– the piston rings,
– the piston,
– the valves,
– the injector,
– the heater plug sealing.
Check engine compression, use a compression gauge, the flexible end piece M9R part no. Mot. 1772 and run
command VP036 Fuel supply Inhibited.

Deal with any other faults. Clear the fault memory.


AFTER REPAIR Switch off the ignition, wait 1 minute and carry out a road test followed by another
check with the diagnostic tool.
EDC16CP33_V0C_DF059 / EDC16CP33_V10_DF059 / EDC16CP33_V14_DF059 / EDC16CP33_V16_DF059

MR-410-X83-13B000$384.mif
V5
13B-84
EDC16CP33 DIESEL INJECTION
Program No.: C4
Vdiag No.: 0C, 10, 14, 16 Fault finding – Interpretation of faults 13B

DF059
CONTINUED

If the fault is stored, start the engine and leave to run at idle engine for more than 1 min with a temperature PR064
'' Coolant temperature''> 30˚C.
If the fault becomes present, dismantle the injector concerned in accordance with the methods and the safety
advice (see MR 408 Mechanical, 13B, Diesel injection, Diesel injectors: Removal - Refitting).
If no injector fitting fault (in particular injector thrust washer):
– change the injector concerned,
– modify the IMA code of the injector with command SC002 '' Enter injector codes'' (the IMA codes are read
from left to right).
– Use command SC036 Reinitialise programming, select injector, select yes only for the injector replaced
and follow the procedure.
If the fitting of the injector is not correct, refit the injector in accordance with the fitting instructions specified in
the MR Mechanical systems, while taking care to install a new washer.
Clear the fault and carry out a road test. Check that the fault is not still present.
If the fault is still present, contact the Techline.

Deal with any other faults. Clear the fault memory.


AFTER REPAIR Switch off the ignition, wait 1 minute and carry out a road test followed by another
check with the diagnostic tool.

MR-410-X83-13B000$384.mif
V5
13B-85
EDC16CP33 DIESEL INJECTION
Program No.: C4
Vdiag No.: 0C, 10, 14, 16 Fault finding – Interpretation of faults 13B
MISFIRING ON CYLINDER 2
DF060
PRESENT
OR
STORED

Conditions for applying the fault finding procedure to stored faults:


The fault reappears after:
– engine speed is between idling speed and 1050 rpm, PR055 Engine speed,
– a coolant temperature ≥ 20˚C PR064 Coolant temperature.
Priorities when dealing with a number of faults:
Apply the interpretation of faults: DF027 Cylinder 2 injector control circuit
and DF052 Injector control circuit first, if they are present or stored.

Special notes:
– Check that the stored injector codes are consistent with those engraved on each
NOTES injector. If not, run command SC002 Enter injector codes and follow the
procedure.
– After replacing an injector, run commands SC002 Enter injector codes
and SC036 Reinitialise programming, follow the procedure.
IMPORTANT
Cylinder no. 1 is located at the timing end.
Do not disconnect the injectors when the engine is running.
When removing or refitting an injector, observe the cleanliness guidelines and safety
advice (see MR 408 Mechanical, 13B Diesel injection, Diesel injectors: Removal -
Refitting).

DF060 appears on the diagnostic tool when the engine management computer has detected a fault during
the combustion phase several times in succession.
Several components may be responsible:
– the piston rings,
– the piston,
– the valves,
– the injector,
– the heater plug sealing.

Check engine compression, use a compression gauge, the flexible end piece M9R part no. Mot. 1772 and run
command VP036 Fuel supply Inhibited.

Deal with any other faults. Clear the fault memory.


AFTER REPAIR Switch off the ignition, wait 1 minute and carry out a road test followed by another
check with the diagnostic tool.
EDC16CP33_V0C_DF060 / EDC16CP33_V10_DF060 / EDC16CP33_V14_DF060 / EDC16CP33_V16_DF060

MR-410-X83-13B000$384.mif
V5
13B-86
EDC16CP33 DIESEL INJECTION
Program No.: C4
Vdiag No.: 0C, 10, 14, 16 Fault finding – Interpretation of faults 13B

DF060
CONTINUED

If the fault is stored, start the engine and leave to run at idle engine for more than 1 min with a temperature
PR064 Coolant temperature > 30˚C.
If the fault becomes present, dismantle the injector concerned in accordance with the methods and the safety
advice (see MR 408 Mechanical, 13B, Diesel injection, Diesel injectors: Removal - Refitting).
If no injector fitting fault (in particular injector thrust washer):
– change the injector concerned,
– modify the IMA code of the injector with command SC002 Enter injector codes (the IMA codes are read from
left to right).
– Use command SC036 Reinitialise programming, select injector, select yes only for the injector replaced
and follow the procedure.
If the fitting of the injector is not correct, refit the injector in accordance with the fitting instructions specified in
the MR Mechanical systems, while taking care to install a new washer.
Clear the fault and carry out a road test. Check that the fault is not still present.

If the fault is still present, contact the Techline.

Deal with any other faults. Clear the fault memory.


AFTER REPAIR Switch off the ignition, wait 1 minute and carry out a road test followed by another
check with the diagnostic tool.

MR-410-X83-13B000$384.mif
V5
13B-87
EDC16CP33 DIESEL INJECTION
Program No.: C4
Vdiag No.: 0C, 10, 14, 16 Fault finding – Interpretation of faults 13B
MISFIRING ON CYLINDER 3
DF061
PRESENT
OR
STORED

Conditions for applying the fault finding procedure to stored faults:


The fault reappears after:
– engine speed is between idling speed and 1050 rpm, PR055 Engine speed,
– a coolant temperature ≥ 20˚C PR064 Coolant temperature.
Priorities when dealing with a number of faults:
Apply the interpretation of faults: DF028 Cylinder 3 injector control circuit
and DF052 Injectors control circuit first, if they are present or stored.
Special notes:
– Check that the stored injector codes are consistent with those engraved on each
NOTES injector. If not, run command SC002 Enter injector codes and follow
the procedure.
– After replacing an injector, run commands SC002 Enter injector codes
and SC036 Reinitialise programming, follow the procedure.
IMPORTANT
Cylinder no. 1 is located at the timing end.
Do not disconnect the injectors when the engine is running.
When removing or refitting an injector, observe the cleanliness guidelines and safety
advice (see MR 408 Mechanical, 13B Diesel injection, Diesel injectors: Removal -
Refitting).

DF061 appears on the diagnostic tool when the engine management computer has detected a fault during
the combustion phase several times in succession.
Several components may be responsible:
– the piston rings,
– the piston,
– the valves,
– the injector,
– the heater plug sealing.
Check engine compression, use a compression gauge, the flexible end piece M9R part no. Mot. 1772 and run
command VP036 Fuel supply Inhibited.

Deal with any other faults. Clear the fault memory.


AFTER REPAIR Switch off the ignition, wait 1 minute and carry out a road test followed by another
check with the diagnostic tool.

EDC16CP33_V0C_DF061 / EDC16CP33_V10_DF061 / EDC16CP33_V14_DF061 / EDC16CP33_V16_DF061

MR-410-X83-13B000$384.mif
V5
13B-88
EDC16CP33 DIESEL INJECTION
Program No.: C4
Vdiag No.: 0C, 10, 14, 16 Fault finding – Interpretation of faults 13B

DF061
CONTINUED

If the fault is stored, start the engine and leave to run at idle engine for more than 1 min with a temperature
PR064 Coolant temperature> 30˚C.
If the fault becomes present, dismantle the injector concerned in accordance with the methods and the safety
advice (see MR 408 Mechanical, 13B, Diesel injection, Diesel injectors: Removal - Refitting).
If no injector fitting fault (in particular injector thrust washer):
– change the injector concerned,
– modify the IMA code of the injector with command SC002 'Enter injector codes (the IMA codes are read from
left to right).
– Use command SC036 Reinitialise programming, select injector, select yes only for the injector replaced
and follow the procedure.
If the fitting of the injector is not correct, refit the injector in accordance with the fitting instructions specified in
the MR Mechanical systems, while taking care to install a new washer.
Clear the fault and carry out a road test. Check that the fault is not still present.
If the fault is still present, contact the Techline.

Deal with any other faults. Clear the fault memory.


AFTER REPAIR Switch off the ignition, wait 1 minute and carry out a road test followed by another
check with the diagnostic tool.

MR-410-X83-13B000$384.mif
V5
13B-89
EDC16CP33 DIESEL INJECTION
Program No.: C4
Vdiag No.: 0C, 10, 14, 16 Fault finding – Interpretation of faults 13B
MISFIRING ON CYLINDER 4
DF062
PRESENT
OR
STORED

Conditions for applying the fault finding procedure to stored faults:


The fault reappears after:
– engine speed is between idling speed and 1050 rpm, PR055 Engine speed,
– a coolant temperature ≥ 20˚C PR064 Coolant temperature.

Priorities when dealing with a number of faults:


Apply the interpretation of faults: DF029 Cylinder 4 injector control circuit
and DF052 Injector control circuit first, if they are present or stored.

Special notes:
NOTES – Check that the stored injector codes are consistent with those engraved on each
injector. If not, run command SC002 Enter injector codes and follow the procedure
– After replacing an injector, run commands SC002 Enter injector codes
and SC036 Reinitialise programming, follow the procedure.

IMPORTANT
Cylinder no. 1 is located at the timing end.
Do not disconnect the injectors when the engine is running.
When removing or refitting an injector, observe the cleanliness guidelines and safety
advice (see MR 408 Mechanical, 13B Diesel injection, Diesel injectors: Removal -
Refitting).

DF062 appears on the diagnostic tool when the engine management computer has detected a fault during
the combustion phase several times in succession.
Several components may be responsible:
– the piston rings,
– the piston,
– the valves,
– the injector,
– the heater plug sealing.
Check engine compression, use a compression gauge, the flexible end piece M9R part no. Mot. 1772 and run
command VP036 Fuel supply Inhibited.

Deal with any other faults. Clear the fault memory.


AFTER REPAIR Switch off the ignition, wait 1 minute and carry out a road test followed by another
check with the diagnostic tool.
EDC16CP33_V0C_DF062 / EDC16CP33_V10_DF062 / EDC16CP33_V14_DF062 / EDC16CP33_V16_DF062

MR-410-X83-13B000$384.mif
V5
13B-90
EDC16CP33 DIESEL INJECTION
Program No.: C4
Vdiag No.: 0C, 10, 14, 16 Fault finding – Interpretation of faults 13B
MISFIRING ON CYLINDER 4
DF062
PRESENT
OR
STORED

If the fault is stored, start the engine and leave to run at idle engine for more than 1 min with a temperature
PR064 ''Coolant temperature'' > 30˚C.
If the fault becomes present, dismantle the injector concerned in accordance with the methods and the safety
advice (see MR 408 Mechanical, 13B, Diesel injection, Diesel injectors: Removal - Refitting).
If no injector fitting fault (in particular injector thrust washer):
– change the injector concerned,
– modify the IMA code of the injector with command SC002 'Enter injector codes (the IMA codes are read from
left to right).
– Use command SC036 Reinitialise programming, select injector, select yes only for the injector replaced
and follow the procedure.
If the fitting of the injector is not correct, refit the injector in accordance with the fitting instructions specified in
the MR Mechanical systems, while taking care to install a new washer.
Clear the fault and carry out a road test. Check that the fault is not still present.
If the fault is still present, contact the Techline.

Deal with any other faults. Clear the fault memory.


AFTER REPAIR Switch off the ignition, wait 1 minute and carry out a road test followed by another
check with the diagnostic tool.

MR-410-X83-13B000$384.mif
V5
13B-91
EDC16CP33 DIESEL INJECTION
Program No.: C4
Vdiag No.: 0C, 10, 14, 16 Fault finding – Interpretation of faults 13B
COMBUSTION MISFIRES
DF065
1.DEF: Combustion misfires detected on several cylinders
PRESENT
OR
STORED

Conditions for applying the fault finding procedure to stored faults:


The fault reappears after:
– engine speed is between idling speed and 1050 rpm, PR055 Engine speed,
– a coolant temperature ≥ 20˚C PR064 Coolant temperature.

Priorities when dealing with a number of faults:


Apply the interpretation of these faults first:
DF052 Injectors control circuit, present or stored.
DF026 Cylinder 1 injector control circuit, present or stored.
DF027 Cylinder 2 injector control circuit, present or stored.
NOTES DF028 Cylinder 3 injector control circuit, present or stored.
DF029 Cylinder 4 injector control circuit, present or stored.

Special notes:
– Check that the stored injector codes are consistent with those engraved on each
injector. If not, run command SC002 Enter injector codes and follow
the procedure.

IMPORTANT
When removing or refitting an injector, observe the cleanliness guidelines and safety
advice (see MR 408 Mechanical, 13B Diesel injection, Diesel injectors: Removal -
Refitting).

DF065 appears on the diagnostic tool when the engine management computer has detected a fault during
the combustion phase several times in succession.
Several components may be responsible:
– the piston rings,
– the piston,
– the valves,
– the injector,
– the heater plug sealing.

Check engine compression, use a compression gauge, the flexible end piece M9R part no. Mot. 1772 and run
command VP036 Fuel supply Inhibited.

If the fault is still present, contact the Techline.

Deal with any other faults. Clear the fault memory.


AFTER REPAIR Switch off the ignition, wait 1 minute and carry out a road test followed by another
check with the diagnostic tool.
EDC16CP33_V0C_DF065 / EDC16CP33_V10_DF065 / EDC16CP33_V14_DF065 / EDC16CP33_V16_DF065

MR-410-X83-13B000$384.mif
V5
13B-92
EDC16CP33 DIESEL INJECTION
Program No.: C4
Vdiag No.: 0C, 10, 14, 16 Fault finding – Interpretation of faults 13B
INJECTOR CODE(S)
DF066
1.DEF: No code stored
PRESENT 2.DEF: Configuration/Initialisation
OR
STORED

Special notes:
If the fault is present,
NOTES – the injection flow will be limited,
– engine torque limited, resulting in a maximum engine speed of 1500 rpm,
– the level 1 warning light is illuminated.

This fault appears when an incorrect injector code is


1.DEF NOTES
entered from command SC002 Enter injector codes.

Check the injector codes and reprogram the correct codes using command SC002 Enter injector codes.

(Consult the procedures defined in the Interpretation of commands section).

– After the codes have been written:


– Switch off the ignition.
– Wait for 1 minute and switch on the ignition again.
– Establish dialogue and clear the fault memory.
– End of operation.

Important: if fault DF066 Injector code(s) is still present after the injector codes have been entered, check that
the power-latch* runs each time the ignition is switched off.

– Switch off the ignition.


– Wait for 1 minute then switch on the ignition again.
– Establish dialogue.

If the fault has become stored, clear the fault memory and end the operation.

If the fault is present, contact the Techline.

* The immobiliser warning light will flash a few seconds after the ignition is switched off.

Deal with any other faults. Clear the fault memory.


AFTER REPAIR Switch off the ignition, wait 1 minute and carry out a road test followed by another
check with the diagnostic tool.
EDC16CP33_V0C_DF066 / EDC16CP33_V10_DF066 / EDC16CP33_V14_DF066 / EDC16CP33_V16_DF066

MR-410-X83-13B000$384.mif
V5
13B-93
EDC16CP33 DIESEL INJECTION
Program No.: C4
Vdiag No.: 0C, 10, 14, 16 Fault finding – Interpretation of faults 13B
DF066
CONTINUED

Conditions for applying the fault finding procedure to


stored faults:
2.DEF NOTES The fault is declared present after:
– the injection computer is replaced,
– reprogramming.

This fault is present on all blank computers (new or after reprogramming).

– Program the injector codes using:


either command SC001 Enter saved data,
or command SC002 Enter injector codes.

(Consult the procedures defined in the Interpretation of commands section).

– After the codes have been written:


– Switch off the ignition.
– Wait for 1 minute and switch on the ignition again.
– Establish dialogue and clear the fault memory.
– End of operation.

Important: if fault DF066 Injector code(s) is still present after the injector codes have been entered, check that
the power-latch* runs each time the ignition is switched off.

If the fault is still present, contact the Techline.

* The immobiliser warning light will flash a few seconds after the ignition is switched off.

Deal with any other faults. Clear the fault memory.


AFTER REPAIR Switch off the ignition, wait 1 minute and carry out a road test followed by another
check with the diagnostic tool.

MR-410-X83-13B000$384.mif
V5
13B-94
EDC16CP33 DIESEL INJECTION
Program No.: C4
Vdiag No.: 0C, 10, 14, 16 Fault finding – Interpretation of faults 13B
VEHICLE SPEED SIGNAL
DF091 1.DEF: Vehicle speed too high
2.DEF: Inconsistent vehicle speed
STORED 3.DEF: Invalid vehicle speed

Conditions for applying the fault finding procedure to stored faults:


If the fault is declared present after:
– a road test.

Special notes:
NOTES – the vehicle speed signal sent by the ABS computer to the injection computer is
greater than the threshold defined in the calibration.
Use bornier Elé. 1681 for all operation at the level of the injection computer
connectors.

See Wiring Diagrams Technical Note, Trafic II phase 2.

Check the condition of the ABS computer connector (or of the speed sensor if the vehicle is not equipped
with ABS).
Check the condition of the engine management computer connector.
Check the condition of the instrument cluster connector.
If one of the connectors is faulty and there is a repair procedure (see Technical Note 6015A, Electrical wiring
repair, wiring: precautions for repair), repair the connector, otherwise replace the wiring.

Check the continuity and insulation of the following connections:


– 47F between components 247 and 1094 (or 250).

Run full fault finding on the ABS computer (see 38C, Anti-lock braking system).

Run complete fault finding on the multiplex network (see 88B, Multiplexing).

If the fault is still present, contact the Techline.

Deal with any other faults. Clear the fault memory.


AFTER REPAIR Switch off the ignition, wait 1 minute and carry out a road test followed by another
check with the diagnostic tool.
EDC16CP33_V0C_DF091M / EDC16CP33_V10_DF091M / EDC16CP33_V14_DF091M / EDC16CP33_V16_DF091M

MR-410-X83-13B000$384.mif
V5
13B-95
EDC16CP33 DIESEL INJECTION
Program No.: C4
Vdiag No.: 0C, 10, 14, 16 Fault finding – Interpretation of faults 13B
FUEL TEMPERATURE SENSOR CIRCUIT
DF098
CC.0: Short circuit to earth
PRESENT CO.1: Open circuit or short circuit to +12 V
OR
STORED

Conditions for applying the fault finding procedure to stored faults:


If the fault is declared present when the ignition is switched on.

Special notes:
If the fault is present,
NOTES
– the fuel temperature safe value PR063 Fuel temperature = 100˚C.
Use bornier Elé. 1681 for all operations on the connectors of the engine management
computer.

See Wiring Diagrams Technical Note, Trafic II phase 2.

CC.0 NOTES None.

Check the condition of the fuel temperature sensor connector.


Check the condition of the engine management computer connector.
If one of the connectors is faulty and there is a repair procedure (see Technical Note 6015A, Electrical wiring
repair, wiring: precautions for repair), repair the connector, otherwise replace the wiring.

Measure the resistance between connections 3FAB and 3LD of component 1066.
Replace the sensor if its resistance is less than 85 Ω or greater than 50 kΩ
Ω (see MR 408, Mechanical, 13B,
Diesel injection, Diesel temperature sensor, Removal - Refitting).

Check insulation against earth of the following connection:


– 3FAB between components 120 and 1066.

If the connection is faulty and there is a repair procedure (see Technical Note 6015A, Electrical wiring repair,
Wiring: Precautions for repair), repair the wiring, otherwise replace it.

Deal with any other faults. Clear the fault memory.


AFTER REPAIR Switch off the ignition, wait 1 minute and carry out a road test followed by another
check with the diagnostic tool.
EDC16CP33_V0C_DF098 / EDC16CP33_V10_DF098 / EDC16CP33_V14_DF098 / EDC16CP33_V16_DF098

MR-410-X83-13B000$384.mif
V5
13B-96
EDC16CP33 DIESEL INJECTION
Program No.: C4
Vdiag No.: 0C, 10, 14, 16 Fault finding – Interpretation of faults 13B
DF098
CONTINUED

CO.1 NOTES None.

Check the condition of the fuel temperature sensor connector.


Check the condition of the engine management computer connector.
If one of the connectors is faulty and there is a repair procedure (see Technical Note 6015A, Electrical wiring
repair, wiring: precautions for repair), repair the connector, otherwise replace the wiring.

Measure the resistance between connections 3FAB and 3LD of component 1066.
Replace the sensor if its resistance is less than 85 Ω or greater than 50 kΩ
Ω (see MR 408, Mechanical, 13B,
Diesel injection, Diesel temperature sensor, Removal - Refitting).

Check the continuity of the following connections:


– 3FAB between components 120 and 1066,
– 3LD between components 120 and 1066.

Check the insulation from the + 12 V feed of the following connection:


– 3FAB between components 120 and 1066.

If the connection or connections are faulty and there is a repair procedure (see Technical Note 6015A, Electrical
wiring repair, Wiring: Precautions for repair), repair the wiring, otherwise replace it.

Deal with any other faults. Clear the fault memory.


AFTER REPAIR Switch off the ignition, wait 1 minute and carry out a road test followed by another
check with the diagnostic tool.

MR-410-X83-13B000$384.mif
V5
13B-97
EDC16CP33 DIESEL INJECTION
Program No.: C4
Vdiag No.: 16 Fault finding – Interpretation of faults 13B
AUTOMATIC OR SEQUENTIAL GEARBOX CONNECTION VIA THE
DF099
PRESENT
MULTIPLEX NETWORK
OR 1.DEF: Multiplex network
STORED

Conditions for applying the fault finding procedure to stored faults:


If the fault is declared present after:
– the ignition is switched on,
– a road test.
NOTES
Special note:
If the fault is present, the European On Board Diagnostic warning light is on.
See Wiring Diagrams Technical Note, Trafic II phase 2.

Check the multiplex network (see 88B, Multiplexing).

If communication is not established, see 23A, Automatic transmission.

*AT: Automatic transmission (automatic gearbox)

Deal with any other faults. Clear the fault memory.


AFTER REPAIR Switch off the ignition, wait 1 minute and carry out a road test followed by another
check with the diagnostic tool.
EDC16CP33_V16_DF099

MR-410-X83-13B000$384.mif
V5
13B-98
EDC16CP33 DIESEL INJECTION
Program No.: C4
Vdiag No.: 0C, 10, 14, 16 Fault finding – Interpretation of faults 13B
COMPUTER MEMORY
DF107
1.DEF: Internal electronic fault
PRESENT
OR
STORED

Conditions for applying the fault finding procedure to stored faults:


If the fault is declared present after:
– the ignition is switched on,
– starting the engine,
NOTES – a road test.

Special notes:
Level 1 and EOBD warning lights are illuminated.

If the fault is stored, clear the fault from the computer memory.
Switch off the ignition and wait 1 min before switching on the ignition again.
Start the engine and re-establish dialogue.
This fault may be linked a write error following disconnection of the battery when the computer was in a write to
EEPROM phase. If this is the case, loading a new calibration will clear the fault. If a more recent calibration is
available, load this calibration on to the computer.
If the fault is still present:
– use scenario SC003 Save computer data,
– use the command RZ034 Computer memory,
– switch off the ignition and wait for the message loss of communication with the computer,
– switch on the ignition again,
– use scenario SC001 Enter saved data.

If the fault recurs, contact the Techline.

*EOBD: European On Board Diagnostic.

Deal with any other faults. Clear the fault memory.


AFTER REPAIR Switch off the ignition, wait 1 minute and carry out a road test followed by another
check with the diagnostic tool.
EDC16CP33_V0C_DF107 / EDC16CP33_V10_DF107 / EDC16CP33_V14_DF107 / EDC16CP33_V16_DF107

MR-410-X83-13B000$432.mif
V5
13B-99
EDC16CP33 DIESEL INJECTION
Program No.: C4
Vdiag No.: 0C, 10, 14, 16 Fault finding – Interpretation of faults 13B
CAMSHAFT SENSOR SIGNAL
DF119
1.DEF: No camshaft signal or timing fault (tension or setting)
PRESENT 2.DEF: Feed fault, signal interference, camshaft sensor internal fault
OR
STORED

Conditions for applying the fault finding procedure to stored faults:


If the fault is declared present after:
– starting the engine,
– a road test.
NOTES
Special notes:
Use bornier Elé. 1681 for all operation at the level of the injection computer
connectors.
See Wiring Diagrams Technical Note, Trafic II phase 2.

1.DEF NOTES None.

Check the condition of the camshaft sensor connector.


Check the condition of the engine management computer connector.
If one of the connectors is faulty and there is a repair procedure (see Technical Note 6015A, Electrical wiring
repair, wiring: precautions for repair), repair the connector, otherwise replace the wiring.

Warning:
If the fault is stored:
Visually check the condition of the surrounding area.
If, on detection of the fault, the engine speed is well below idling speed (less than 400 rpm) and no customer
complaint is declared (warning light indicated by the customer not illuminated, and vehicle can be started),
the fault was detected because the engine had stalled. Clear the fault and carry out a road test.

Check the electrical specifications of the sensor:


Note:
Measure the resistance between the indicated tracks without producing a short circuit between the tracks.
1. Disconnect the sensor before measuring the resistance with an Ohmmeter or multimeter.
2. Resistance between connections 3SV and 37X of component 1265 (signal and supply) must be between
Ω and 13.4 kΩ
7.2 kΩ Ω (10.2 kΩΩ nominal).
3. Resistance between connections 3SX and 37X of component 1265 (earth and supply) must be greater
Ω.
then 100 kΩ
4. Resistance between connections 3SX and 3SV of component 1265 (earth and signal) must be greater
Ω.
then 100 kΩ
If the values are incorrect, replace the camshaft sensor.

Deal with any other faults. Clear the fault memory.


AFTER REPAIR Switch off the ignition, wait 1 minute and carry out a road test followed by another
check with the diagnostic tool.
EDC16CP33_V0C_DF119 / EDC16CP33_V10_DF119 / EDC16CP33_V14_DF119 / EDC16CP33_V16_DF119

MR-410-X83-13B000$432.mif
V5
13B-100
EDC16CP33 DIESEL INJECTION
Program No.: C4
Vdiag No.: 0C, 10, 14, 16 Fault finding – Interpretation of faults 13B
DF119
CONTINUED

Check the continuity of the following connections:


– 3SX between components 120 and 1265,
– 3SV between components 120 and 1265.
Check the + 12 V after relay supply on the following connection:
– 37X of component 1265.
If the connection or connections are faulty and there is a repair procedure (see Technical Note 6015A, Electrical
wiring repair, Wiring: Precautions for repair), repair the wiring, otherwise replace it.

If the fault is still present, replace the camshaft sensor.

Priorities when dealing with a number of faults:


2.DEF NOTES Deal with fault DF120 Engine speed sensor signal first if it
is present or stored.

Check the condition of the camshaft sensor connector.


Check the condition of the engine management computer connector.
If one of the connectors is faulty and there is a repair procedure (see Technical Note 6015A, Electrical wiring
repair, wiring: precautions for repair), repair the connector, otherwise replace the wiring.

Check the continuity of the following connections:


– 3SX between components 120 and 1265,
– 3SV between components 120 and 1265.
Check the + 12 V after relay supply on the following connection:
– 37X of component 1265.
If the connection or connections are faulty and there is a repair procedure (see Technical Note 6015A, Electrical
wiring repair, Wiring: Precautions for repair), repair the wiring, otherwise replace it.
– Check the conformity of the assembly: camshaft sprocket/camshaft.
– Check the timing adjustment.
Carry out the necessary repairs.

If the fault is still present, contact the Techline.

Deal with any other faults. Clear the fault memory.


AFTER REPAIR Switch off the ignition, wait 1 minute and carry out a road test followed by another
check with the diagnostic tool.

MR-410-X83-13B000$432.mif
V5
13B-101
EDC16CP33 DIESEL INJECTION
Program No.: C4
Vdiag No.: 0C, 10, 14, 16 Fault finding – Interpretation of faults 13B
ENGINE SPEED SENSOR SIGNAL
DF120
1.DEF: Engine speed signal interference, broken tooth on flywheel or engine speed
PRESENT sensor internal fault
OR
2.DEF: No engine speed signal, or interference affecting engine speed signal
STORED

Conditions for applying the fault finding procedure to stored faults:


If the fault is declared present after:
– starting the engine,
– a road test,
– attempting to start the engine.

NOTES Special notes:


The engine speed sensor is consistent with the camshaft sensor.
If the fault is present, the level 2 warning light are lit.
Use bornier Elé. 1681 for all operation at the level of the injection computer
connectors.

See Wiring Diagrams Technical Note, Trafic II phase 2.

Check the condition of the engine speed sensor connector.


Check the condition of the engine management computer connector.
If one of the connectors is faulty and there is a repair procedure (see Technical Note 6015A, Electrical wiring
repair, wiring: precautions for repair), repair the connector, otherwise replace the wiring.

Check that the sensor is securely attached.


Measure the resistance between connections 3BG and 3BL of component 149.

If the winding resistance is not between 600 Ω and 1000 Ω, replace the engine speed sensor.

Check the continuity, insulation from + 12 V and absence of interference resistance on the following
connections:
– 3BG between the components 120 and 149,
– 3BL between components 120 and 149.
If the connection or connections are faulty and there is a repair procedure (see Technical Note 6015A, Electrical
wiring repair, Wiring: Precautions for repair), repair the wiring, otherwise replace it.

If the fault is still present, replace the engine speed sensor.

Deal with any other faults. Clear the fault memory.


AFTER REPAIR Switch off the ignition, wait 1 minute and carry out a road test followed by another
check with the diagnostic tool.
EDC16CP33_V0C_DF120 / EDC16CP33_V10_DF120 / EDC16CP33_V14_DF120 / EDC16CP33_V16_DF120

MR-410-X83-13B000$432.mif
V5
13B-102
EDC16CP33 DIESEL INJECTION
Program No.: C4
Vdiag No.: 0C, 10, 14, 16 Fault finding – Interpretation of faults 13B
MAIN RELAY CIRCUIT
DF151 CO.1: Open circuit or short circuit to +12 V
CC.0: Short circuit to earth
STORED

Special notes:
The level 1 warning light is on.
NOTES
See Wiring Diagrams Technical Note, Trafic II phase 2.

CO.1 NOTES None.

Note: this fault specification may be due to a premature relay cut-off.

Check the condition of the injection supply relay mounting connector.


Check the condition of the engine management computer connector.
If one of the connectors is faulty and there is a repair procedure (see Technical Note 6015A, Electrical wiring
repair, wiring: precautions for repair), repair the connector, otherwise replace the wiring.

Check that the battery terminals are in good condition and properly tightened.

Check the conformity of the main relay (relay removed):


– Insulation between connections 3FB1 and BP38 of component 983.
– Measure the resistance between connections 3FAC and BP10 of component 983.
Ω or greater than 1 kΩ
Replace the relay if its resistance is less than 6Ω Ω.

Check the + before ignition feed on the following connection:


– BP38 of component 983.
Check the + 12 V after relay feed on the following connection:
– 3FB1 of component 983.
Check the continuity and insulation from + 12 V of the following connection:
– 3FAC between components 120 and 983.
If the connection or connections are faulty and there is a repair procedure (see Technical Note 6015A, Electrical
wiring repair, Wiring: Precautions for repair), repair the wiring, otherwise replace it.

Deal with any other faults. Clear the fault memory.


AFTER REPAIR Switch off the ignition, wait 1 minute and carry out a road test followed by another
check with the diagnostic tool.
EDC16CP33_V0C_DF151M / EDC16CP33_V10_DF151M /EDC16CP33_V14_DF151M / EDC16CP33_V16_DF151M

MR-410-X83-13B000$432.mif
V5
13B-103
EDC16CP33 DIESEL INJECTION
Program No.: C4
Vdiag No.: 0C, 10, 14, 16 Fault finding – Interpretation of faults 13B
DF151
CONTINUED

Check the + 12 V after relay feed on the following connections:


– 37X of component 120,
– 3FB1 of component 120,
– 3FB2 of component 120.
Check the conformity of the earths on connections NF of component 120.
If the connection or connections are faulty and there is a repair procedure (see Technical Note 6015A, Electrical
wiring repair, Wiring: Precautions for repair), repair the wiring, otherwise replace it.

If the fault is still present, replace the injection feed relay.

CC.0 NOTES None.

Note: this fault specification may be due to a late relay cut-off.

Check the condition of the injection supply relay mounting connector.


Check the condition of the engine management computer connector.
If one of the connectors is faulty and there is a repair procedure (see Technical Note 6015A, Electrical wiring
repair, wiring: precautions for repair), repair the connector, otherwise replace the wiring.

Check the conformity of the main relay (relay removed):


– Insulation between connections 3FB1 and BP38 of component 983.
– Measure the resistance between connections 3FAC and BP10 of the component.
Replace the relay if its resistance is less than 6 Ω or greater than 1 kΩ
Ω.

Check the insulation to earth of the following connection:


– 3FAC between components 120 and 983.
If the connection is faulty and there is a repair procedure (see Technical Note 6015A, Electrical wiring repair,
Wiring: Precautions for repair), repair the wiring, otherwise replace it.
If the fault is still present, replace the injection feed relay.

Deal with any other faults. Clear the fault memory.


AFTER REPAIR Switch off the ignition, wait 1 minute and carry out a road test followed by another
check with the diagnostic tool.

MR-410-X83-13B000$432.mif
V5
13B-104
EDC16CP33 DIESEL INJECTION
Program No.: C4
Vdiag No.: 0C, 10, 14, 16 Fault finding – Interpretation of faults 13B
ACCELERATOR PEDAL POSITION SENSOR CIRCUIT
DF165
1.DEF: Inconsistent signal
PRESENT 2.DEF: Accelerator pedal sensor locked
OR
3.DEF: Pedal error
STORED

Priorities when dealing with a number of faults:


Deal with fault DF012 Sensor feed voltage no. 2 first if it is present or stored.

Conditions for applying the fault finding procedure to stored faults:


The fault is declared present when the brake pedal and accelerator pedal are
depressed simultaneously.
NOTES Special notes:
Turbocharging and cruise control are not authorised.
Engine speed is fixed at 1400 rpm.
Use bornier Elé. 1681 for all operations on the connectors of the engine management
computer.

See Wiring Diagrams Technical Note, Trafic II phase 2.

Check the condition of the pedal sensor connector.


Check the condition of the engine management computer connector.
If one of the connectors is faulty and there is a repair procedure (see Technical Note 6015A, Electrical wiring
repair, wiring: precautions for repair), repair the connector, otherwise replace the wiring.

Measure the resistance between connections 3LT and 3LR of component 921.
Ω ± 0.50 kΩ
Replace the sensor if the resistance is not: 1.2 kΩ Ω.

Measure the resistance between connections 3LU and 3LV of component 921.
Ω ± 0.70 kΩ
Replace the sensor if the resistance is not: 1.7 kΩ Ω.

Check the continuity and absence of interference resistance of the following connections:
– 3LR between components 120 and 921,
– 3LS between components 120 and 921,
– 3LT between components 120 and 921,
– 3LU between components 120 and 921,
– 3LW between components 120 and 921,
– 3LV between components 120 and 921.
If the connection or connections are faulty and there is a repair procedure (see Technical Note 6015A, Electrical
wiring repair, Wiring: Precautions for repair), repair the wiring, otherwise replace it.

If the fault is still present, contact the Techline.

Deal with any other faults. Clear the fault memory.


AFTER REPAIR Switch off the ignition, wait 1 minute and carry out a road test followed by another
check with the diagnostic tool.
EDC16CP33_V0C_DF165 / EDC16CP33_V10_DF165 / EDC16CP33_V14_DF165 / EDC16CP33_V16_DF165

MR-410-X83-13B000$432.mif
V5
13B-105
EDC16CP33 DIESEL INJECTION
Program No.: C4
Vdiag No.: 0C, 10, 14, 16 Fault finding – Interpretation of faults 13B
CAMSHAFT SENSOR / ENGINE SPEED CONSISTENCY
DF195
1.DEF: No engine speed signal, or engine speed signal interference
PRESENT
OR
STORED

Priorities when dealing with a number of faults:


Deal with fault DF119 Camshaft sensor signal and DF120 engine speed sensor
signal first if they are present or stored.

Conditions for applying the fault finding procedure to stored faults:


The fault is declared present after the starter has been running for 10 seconds
NOTES or a 1 min delay with the engine running.
Special notes:
Use bornier Elé. 1681 bornier for all operations on the connector of the engine
management computer.

See Wiring Diagrams Technical Note, Trafic II phase 2.

Check the sensor mounting and the conformity of the camshaft target.

Check the condition of the engine speed sensor connector.


Check the condition of the camshaft sensor connector.
Check the condition of the engine management computer connector.
If one of the connectors is faulty and there is a repair procedure (see Technical Note 6015A, Electrical wiring
repair, wiring: precautions for repair), repair the connector, otherwise replace the wiring.

– Check the conformity of the camshaft sprocket/camshaft assembly.


– Check the timing adjustment.

Carry out the necessary repairs.

If the fault is still present, contact the Techline.

Deal with any other faults. Clear the fault memory.


AFTER REPAIR Switch off the ignition, wait 1 minute and carry out a road test followed by another
check with the diagnostic tool.
EDC16CP33_V0C_DF195 / EDC16CP33_V10_DF195 / EDC16CP33_V14_DF195 / EDC16CP33_V16_DF195

MR-410-X83-13B000$432.mif
V5
13B-106
EDC16CP33 DIESEL INJECTION
Program No.: C4
Vdiag No.: 0C, 10, 14, 16 Fault finding – Interpretation of faults 13B
PEDAL SENSOR CIRCUIT GANG 1
DF196
CC.0: Open circuit or short circuit to earth
PRESENT CC.1: Short circuit to + 12 V
OR
1.DEF: Inconsistency between pedal gang 1 and gang 2
STORED

Priorities when dealing with a number of faults:


Deal with fault first if it is DF011 Sensor feed voltage no. 1 first if it is present
or stored.

Conditions for applying the fault finding procedure to stored faults:


The fault is declared present after a series of full load/no load actions on
the accelerator pedal.
NOTES Special notes:
– engine torque limited,
– cruise control disabled,
– the level 1 warning light is illuminated,
– idling speed is 1400 rpm,
– use bornier Elé. 1681 for all operations on the connectors of the engine
management computer.
See Wiring Diagrams Technical Note, Trafic II phase 2.

Dealing with a number of faults:


If there is a simultaneous occurrence of fault DF198 Pedal
CO.0 NOTES
sensor circuit gang 2, check that the pedal sensor
connector is connected correctly.

Check the condition of the pedal sensor connector.


Check the condition of the engine management computer connectors.
If one of the connectors is faulty and there is a repair procedure (see Technical Note 6015A, Electrical wiring
repair, wiring: precautions for repair), repair the connector, otherwise replace the wiring.
Measure the resistance between connections 3LT and 3LR of component 921.
Replace the sensor if the resistance is less than 500 Ω or greater than 2 kΩ
Ω.
Measure the resistance between connections 3LU and 3LV of component 921.
Replace the sensor if the resistance is less than 500 Ω or greater than 10 kΩ
Ω.
Check the continuity of the following connections:
– 3LS between components 120 and 921.
– 3LR between components 120 and 921.
Check the insulation against earth on the following connection:
– 3LS between components 120 and 921.
If the connection or connections are faulty and there is a repair procedure (see Technical Note 6015A, Electrical
wiring repair, Wiring: Precautions for repair), repair the wiring, otherwise replace it.

Deal with any other faults. Clear the fault memory.


AFTER REPAIR Switch off the ignition, wait 1 minute and carry out a road test followed by another
check with the diagnostic tool.
EDC16CP33_V0C_DF196 / EDC16CP33_V10_DF196 / EDC16CP33_V14_DF196 / EDC16CP33_V16_DF196

MR-410-X83-13B000$432.mif
V5
13B-107
EDC16CP33 DIESEL INJECTION
Program No.: C4
Vdiag No.: 0C, 10, 14, 16 Fault finding – Interpretation of faults 13B
DF196
CONTINUED 1

Special notes:
CC.1 NOTES
see Wiring Diagrams Technical Note, Trafic II phase 2.

Check the condition of the pedal sensor connector.


Check the condition of the engine management computer connector.
If one of the connectors is faulty and there is a repair procedure (see Technical Note 6015A, Electrical wiring
repair, wiring: precautions for repair), repair the connector, otherwise replace the wiring.

Measure the resistance between connections 3LT and 3LR of component 921.
Replace the sensor if the resistance is less than 500 Ω or greater than 2 kΩ
Ω.
Measure the resistance between connections 3LU and 3LV of component 921.
Replace the sensor if the resistance is less than 500 Ω or greater than 10 kΩ
Ω.

Check the insulation from + 12 V and + 5 V (computer feeds) of the following connection:
– 3LS between components 120 and 921.
Check the continuity of the following connection:
– 3LT between components 120 and 921.
If the connection or connections are faulty and there is a repair procedure (see Technical Note 6015A, Electrical
wiring repair, Wiring: Precautions for repair), repair the wiring, otherwise replace it.

Deal with any other faults. Clear the fault memory.


AFTER REPAIR Switch off the ignition, wait 1 minute and carry out a road test followed by another
check with the diagnostic tool.

MR-410-X83-13B000$432.mif
V5
13B-108
EDC16CP33 DIESEL INJECTION
Program No.: C4
Vdiag No.: 0C, 10, 14, 16 Fault finding – Interpretation of faults 13B
DF196
CONTINUED 2

Special notes:
1.DEF NOTES
see Wiring Diagrams Technical Note, Trafic II phase 2.

Check the condition of the pedal sensor connector.


Check the condition of the engine management computer connectors.
If one of the connectors is faulty and there is a repair procedure (see Technical Note 6015A, Electrical wiring
repair, wiring: precautions for repair), repair the connector, otherwise replace the wiring.

Measure the resistance between connections 3LT and 3LR of component 921.
Replace the sensor if the resistance is less than 500 Ω or greater than 2 kΩ
Ω.
Measure the resistance between connections 3LT and 3LS of component 921.
Replace the sensor if the resistance is less than 500 Ω or greater than 10 kΩ
Ω.
Measure the resistance between connections 3LU and 3LV of component 921.
Replace the sensor if the resistance is less than 500 Ω or greater than 3 kΩ
Ω.
Measure the resistance between connections 3LV and 3LW of component 921.
Replace the sensor if the resistance is less than 500 Ω or greater than 10 kΩ
Ω.

Check for continuity and absence of interference resistance of the following connections:
– 3LR between components 120 and 921,
– 3LS between components 120 and 921,
– 3LT between components 120 and 921,
– 3LU between components 120 and 921,
– 3LW between components 120 and 921,
– 3LV between components 120 and 921.
Check the insulation between the following connections:
– 3LS between components 120 and 921,
– 3LW between components 120 and 921.
If the connection or connections are faulty and there is a repair procedure (see Technical Note 6015A, Electrical
wiring repair, Wiring: Precautions for repair), repair the wiring, otherwise replace it.

If the fault is still present, vary the pedal position and refer to conformity check, sub-function Driver parameters
to check the operating values of the accelerator pedal sensor.
If the values displayed are inconsistent, replace the accelerator pedal sensor.

Deal with any other faults. Clear the fault memory.


AFTER REPAIR Switch off the ignition, wait 1 minute and carry out a road test followed by another
check with the diagnostic tool.

MR-410-X83-13B000$432.mif
V5
13B-109
EDC16CP33 DIESEL INJECTION
Program No.: C4
Vdiag No.: 0C, 10, 14, 16 Fault finding – Interpretation of faults 13B
PEDAL SENSOR CIRCUIT GANG 2
DF198
CO.0: Open circuit or short circuit to earth
PRESENT CC.1: Short circuit to + 12 V
OR
1.DEF: Inconsistency between pedal gang 1 and gang 2
STORED

Priorities when dealing with a number of faults:


Deal with fault DF012 Sensor feed voltage no. 2 first if it is present or stored.

Conditions for applying the fault finding procedure to stored faults:


The fault is declared present after a series of full load/no load actions on
the accelerator pedal.

NOTES Special notes:


– engine torque limited,
– cruise control disabled,
– the level 1 warning light is illuminated,
– idling speed is 1400 rpm,
– Use bornier Elé. 1681 for all operations on the connectors of the engine
management computer.
See Wiring Diagrams Technical Note, Trafic II phase 2.

Dealing with a number of faults:


If there is a simultaneous occurrence of fault DF196 Pedal
CO.0 NOTES
sensor circuit gang 1, check that the pedal sensor
connector is connected correctly.

Check the condition of the pedal sensor connector.


Check the condition of the engine management computer connectors.
If one of the connectors is faulty and there is a repair procedure (see Technical Note 6015A, Electrical wiring
repair, wiring: precautions for repair), repair the connector, otherwise replace the wiring.

Measure the resistance between connections 3LV and 3LU of component 921.
Replace the sensor if the resistance is less than 500 Ω or greater than 3 kΩ
Ω.
Measure the resistance between connections 3LV and 3LW of component 921.
Replace the sensor if the resistance is less than 500 Ω or greater than 10 kΩ
Ω.

Check the continuity of the following connections:


– 3LU between components 120 and 921.
– 3LW between components 120 and 921.
Check the insulation against earth on the following connection:
– 3LW between components 120 and 921.
If the connection or connections are faulty and there is a repair procedure (see Technical Note 6015A, Electrical
wiring repair, Wiring: Precautions for repair), repair the wiring, otherwise replace it.

Deal with any other faults. Clear the fault memory.


AFTER REPAIR Switch off the ignition, wait 1 minute and carry out a road test followed by another
check with the diagnostic tool.
EDC16CP33_V0C_DF198 / EDC16CP33_V0C_DF198 / EDC16CP33_V14_DF198 / EDC16CP33_V16_DF198

MR-410-X83-13B000$432.mif
V5
13B-110
EDC16CP33 DIESEL INJECTION
Program No.: C4
Vdiag No.: 0C, 10, 14, 16 Fault finding – Interpretation of faults 13B
DF198
CONTINUED 1

CC.1 NOTES None.

Check the condition of the pedal sensor connector.


Check the condition of the engine management computer connectors.
If one of the connectors is faulty and there is a repair procedure (see Technical Note 6015A, Electrical wiring
repair, wiring: precautions for repair), repair the connector, otherwise replace the wiring.

Measure the resistance between connections 3LV and 3LU of component 921.
Replace the sensor if the resistance is less than 500 Ω or greater than 3 kΩ
Ω.
Measure the resistance between connections 3LV and 3LW of component 921.
Replace the sensor if the resistance is less than 500 Ω or greater than 10 kΩ
Ω.

Check the insulation from + 12 V and + 5 V (computer feeds) of the following connection:
– 3LW between components 120 and 921.
Check the continuity of the following connection:
– 3LV between components 120 and 921.
If the connection or connections are faulty and there is a repair procedure (see Technical Note 6015A, Electrical
wiring repair, Wiring: Precautions for repair), repair the wiring, otherwise replace it.

Deal with any other faults. Clear the fault memory.


AFTER REPAIR Switch off the ignition, wait 1 minute and carry out a road test followed by another
check with the diagnostic tool.

MR-410-X83-13B000$432.mif
V5
13B-111
EDC16CP33 DIESEL INJECTION
Program No.: C4
Vdiag No.: 0C, 10, 14, 16 Fault finding – Interpretation of faults 13B
DF198
CONTINUED 2

1.DEF NOTES None.

Check the condition of the pedal sensor connector.


Check the condition of the engine management computer connectors.
If one of the connectors is faulty and there is a repair procedure (see Technical Note 6015A, Electrical wiring
repair, wiring: precautions for repair), repair the connector, otherwise replace the wiring.

Measure the resistance between connections 3LR and 3LT of component 921.
Replace the sensor if the resistance is less than 500 Ω or greater than 2 kΩ
Ω.
Measure the resistance between connections 3LS and 3LT of component 921.
Ω.
Replace the sensor if the resistance is less than 500 Ω or greater than 10 kΩ
Measure the resistance between connections 3LV and 3LU of component 921.
Ω.
Replace the sensor if the resistance is less than 500 Ω or greater than 3 kΩ
Measure the resistance between connections 3LV and 3LW of component 921.
Replace the sensor if the resistance is less than 500 Ω or greater than 10 kΩ
Ω.

Check for continuity and absence of interference resistance of the following connections:
– connection code 3LR,
– Connection code 3LS,
– connection code 3LT,
– connection code 3LU,
– connection code 3LW,
– Connection code 3LV,
between components 120 and 921.
Check the insulation between the following connections:
– connection code 3LW,
– Connection code 3LS,
between components 120 and 921.
If the connection or connections are faulty and there is a repair procedure (see Technical Note 6015A, Electrical
wiring repair, Wiring: Precautions for repair), repair the wiring, otherwise replace it.

If the fault is still present, vary the pedal position and refer to conformity check, sub-function Driver parameters
to check the operating values of the accelerator pedal sensor.
If the values displayed are inconsistent, replace the accelerator pedal sensor.

Deal with any other faults. Clear the fault memory.


AFTER REPAIR Switch off the ignition, wait 1 minute and carry out a road test followed by another
check with the diagnostic tool.

MR-410-X83-13B000$432.mif
V5
13B-112
EDC16CP33 DIESEL INJECTION
Program No.: C4
Vdiag No.: 0C, 10, 14, 16 Fault finding – Interpretation of faults 13B
ATMOSPHERIC PRESSURE SENSOR
DF200
1.DEF: Above maximum threshold
PRESENT 2.DEF: Below minimum threshold
OR
STORED

Conditions for applying the fault finding procedure to stored faults:


The fault is declared present after:
– the ignition is switched on,
– the engine is started,
– a road test.

Special notes:
The EOBD warning light comes on.
The atmospheric pressure sensor is integrated into the injection computer, and cannot
NOTES be separated.
Use bornier Elé. 1681 for all operations on the connectors of the engine management
computer.

If the fault is present:


– there is light smoke,
– the atmospheric pressure value changes to safe mode, PR035 Atmospheric
pressure = 750 mbar.

See Wiring Diagrams Technical Note, Trafic II phase 2.

Disconnect the injection computer and check the condition of the engine management computer connectors.
If one of the connectors is faulty and there is a repair procedure (see Technical Note 6015A, Electrical wiring
repair, wiring: precautions for repair), repair the connector, otherwise replace the wiring.
Check the value of PR035 Atmospheric pressure by comparing it with the reading on a conforming vehicle in
the workshop.
If the PR035 Atmospheric pressure value is not correct (difference greater than 0.1 bar between the 2 vehicles),
contact the Techline.

Deal with any other faults. Clear the fault memory.


AFTER REPAIR Switch off the ignition, wait 1 minute and carry out a road test followed by another
check with the diagnostic tool.
EDC16CP33_V0C_DF200 / EDC16CP33_V10_DF200 / EDC16CP33_V14_DF200 / EDC16CP33_V16_DF200

MR-410-X83-13B000$432.mif
V5
13B-113
EDC16CP33 DIESEL INJECTION
Program No.: C4
Vdiag No.: 0C, 10, 14, 16 Fault finding – Interpretation of faults 13B
EGR VALVE POSITION SENSOR CIRCUIT
DF209
CC.1: Open circuit or short circuit to + 12 V
PRESENT CO.0: Short circuit to earth
OR
STORED

Priorities when dealing with a number of faults:


– DF046 Battery voltage.
– DF012 Sensor supply voltage no. 2.

Conditions for applying the fault finding procedure to stored faults:


The fault is declared present after:
– the ignition is switched on,
– the engine is started,
NOTES – a road test.

Special notes:
If the fault is present:
– the EOBD warning light comes on.
– EGR programming cut-off: valve in the closed position.
Use bornier Elé. 1681 for all operations on the connectors of the engine management
computer.

See Wiring Diagrams Technical Note, Trafic II phase 2.

CC.1 NOTES None.

Check the condition of the EGR valve connector.


Check the condition of the engine management computer connectors.
If one of the connectors is faulty and there is a repair procedure (see Technical Note 6015A, Electrical wiring
repair, wiring: precautions for repair), repair the connector, otherwise replace the wiring.

Deal with any other faults. Clear the fault memory.


AFTER REPAIR Switch off the ignition, wait 1 minute and carry out a road test followed by another
check with the diagnostic tool.
EDC16CP33_V0C_DF209 / EDC16CP33_V10_DF209 / EDC16CP33_V14_DF209 / EDC16CP33_V16_DF209

MR-410-X83-13B000$432.mif
V5
13B-114
EDC16CP33 DIESEL INJECTION
Program No.: C4
Vdiag No.: 0C, 10, 14, 16 Fault finding – Interpretation of faults 13B
DF209
CONTINUED 1

Check the insulation from + 12 V and + 5 V (computer feeds) of the following connection:
– 3EL between components 120 and 169.

Check the continuity of the following connection:


– 3JM between components 120 and 169.

Check the insulation between the following connections:


– 3EL between components 120 and 169,
– 3VP between components 120 and 169.

If the connection or connections are faulty and there is a repair procedure (see Technical Note 6015A, Electrical
wiring repair, Wiring: Precautions for repair), repair the wiring, otherwise replace it.

Measure the resistance between connections 3GC and 3JM (sensor feed and sensor earth), and between
connections 3EL and 3JM (sensor signal and sensor earth) of component 169.
Ω.
Replace the valve if the resistances are less than 1 kΩ
After replacement, run command SC036 Reinitialise programming and select EGR valve to reinitialise the EGR
valve offsets.

If the fault is still present, contact the Techline.

Deal with any other faults. Clear the fault memory.


AFTER REPAIR Switch off the ignition, wait 1 minute and carry out a road test followed by another
check with the diagnostic tool.

MR-410-X83-13B000$432.mif
V5
13B-115
EDC16CP33 DIESEL INJECTION
Program No.: C4
Vdiag No.: 0C, 10, 14, 16 Fault finding – Interpretation of faults 13B
DF209
CONTINUED 2

CO.0 NOTES None.

Check the condition of the EGR valve connector.


Check the condition of the engine management computer connectors.
If one of the connectors is faulty and there is a repair procedure (see Technical Note 6015A, Electrical wiring
repair, wiring: precautions for repair), repair the connector, otherwise replace the wiring.

Check the continuity of the following connections:


– 3EL between components 120 and 169,
– 3GC between components 120 and 169.

Check insulation against earth of the following connection:


– 3EL between components 120 and 169.

Check the insulation between the following connections:


– 3EL between components 120 and 169,
– 3VQ between components 120 and 169.

If the connection or connections are faulty and there is a repair procedure (see Technical Note 6015A, Electrical
wiring repair, Wiring: Precautions for repair), repair the wiring, otherwise replace it.

Measure the resistance between connections 3GC and 3JM (sensor feed and sensor earth), and between
connections 3EL and 3JM (sensor signal and sensor earth) of component 169.

Ω.
Replace the valve if the resistances are greater than 15 kΩ
After replacement, run command SC036 Reinitialise programming and select EGR valve to reinitialise the EGR
valve offsets.

If the fault is still present, contact the Techline.

Deal with any other faults. Clear the fault memory.


AFTER REPAIR Switch off the ignition, wait 1 minute and carry out a road test followed by another
check with the diagnostic tool.

MR-410-X83-13B000$432.mif
V5
13B-116
EDC16CP33 DIESEL INJECTION
Program No.: C4
Vdiag No.: 0C, 10, 14, 16 Fault finding – Interpretation of faults 13B
CLUTCH CONTACT SIGNAL
1.DEF: Clutch inconsistency upon gear change
DF221
STORED

Conditions for applying the fault finding procedure to stored faults:


If the fault becomes present during a road test at speeds higher than 21 mph
(35 km/h).

Special notes:
NOTES – the cruise control/speed limiter function is switched off.
This fault is only applicable on vehicles with a manual gearbox.
Use bornier Elé. 1681 bornier for all operations on the connector of the engine
management computer.

See Wiring Diagrams Technical Note, Trafic II phase 2.

Check the condition of the clutch switch connector.


Check the condition of the engine management computer connectors.
If one of the connectors is faulty and there is a repair procedure (see Technical Note 6015A, Electrical wiring
repair, Wiring: Precautions for repair), repair the connector, otherwise replace the wiring.

– View status ET233 CLUTCH PEDAL, which should be RELEASED when the pedal is not depressed.
– Depress the clutch pedal and note whether this status becomes DEPRESSED.

If status ET233 "Clutch pedal" becomes DEPRESSED, clear the fault, switch off the ignition, wait for the end of
the power latch* and switch on the ignition again.
Carry out a road test and then take a fault reading. If the fault recurs, contact the Techline.

If status ET233 "Clutch pedal" does not become DEPRESSED.

– Remove the clutch switch, and without activating the switch, check the insulation between the following
connections:
– MJ and 145X of component 675,
– MK and 145X of component 675.

– Press the clutch switch and check the continuity between the following connections:
– MJ and 145X of component 675,
– MK and 145X of component 675.
If both these checks are not correct, replace the clutch switch.
Then check the continuity and absence of interference resistance of the connection:
– 145X between components 120 and 675.
– Check that the earth is in order on connection MJ or MK of component 675.
If the connection or connections are faulty and there is a repair procedure (see Technical Note 6015A, Electrical
wiring repair, Wiring: Precautions for repair), repair the wiring, otherwise replace it.

* The immobiliser warning light will flash a few seconds after switching the ignition off.

Deal with any other faults. Clear the fault memory.


AFTER REPAIR Switch off the ignition, wait 1 minute and carry out a road test followed by another
check with the diagnostic tool.
EDC16CP33_V0C_DF221M / EDC16CP33_V10_DF221M / EDC16CP33_V14_DF221M / EDC16CP33_V16_DF221M

MR-410-X83-13B000$432.mif
V5
13B-117
EDC16CP33 DIESEL INJECTION
Program No.: C4
Vdiag No.: 0C, 10, 14, 16 Fault finding – Interpretation of faults 13B
BRAKE SIGNAL
DF228
1.DEF: Consistency with redundant brakes
PRESENT
OR
STORED

Conditions for applying the fault finding procedure to


stored faults:
The fault is declared present after the brake pedal is
depressed.

Special notes:
1.DEF NOTES
If the fault is present:
– Cruise control/speed limiter cut off
Use bornier Elé. 1681 for all operations on the connectors of
the engine management computer.

See Wiring Diagrams Technical Note, Trafic II phase 2.

Deal with any other faults. Clear the fault memory.


AFTER REPAIR Switch off the ignition, wait 1 minute and carry out a road test followed by another
check with the diagnostic tool.
EDC16CP33_V0C_DF228 / EDC16CP33_V10_DF228 / EDC16CP33_V14_DF228 / EDC16CP33_V16_DF228

MR-410-X83-13B000$432.mif
V5
13B-118
EDC16CP33 DIESEL INJECTION
Program No.: C4
Vdiag No.: 0C, 10, 14, 16 Fault finding – Interpretation of faults 13B
DF228
CONTINUED 1

From the List of statuses menu, check ET704 Brake switch no. 1 and ET705 Brake switch no. 2
and check:
– brake pedal at rest ET704 = INACTIVE and ET705 = INACTIVE
– brake pedal depressed ET704 = ACTIVE and ET705 = ACTIVE

Has ET705 been correctly recognised?


NO YES
YES Clear the fault
Has ET704 been correctly recognised? End of fault finding
procedure
NO

Check the condition of the brake pedal switch connector.


Check the condition of the ABS computer connector.
Check the condition of the engine management computer connectors.
If one of the connectors is faulty and there is a repair procedure (see Technical Note 6015A,
Electrical wiring repair, wiring: precautions for repair), repair the connector, otherwise replace
the wiring.
Check the + 12 V after relay feed on the following connection:
– AP26 of component 160.
Disconnect component 1094 and check the continuity and insulation against + 12 V and against
earth on the following connection:
– 65A between components 1094 and 160.
If the connection or connections are faulty and there is a repair procedure (see Technical Note
6015A, Electrical wiring repair, Wiring: Precautions for repair), repair the wiring, otherwise
replace it.
Remove the brake pedal switch and check that it is working correctly:
– in rest position: continuity between connections AP26 and 5A of component 160,
– pressed: continuity between connections AP26 and 65A of component 160.
Replace the brake switch if necessary.
If the fault is still present, run fault finding on the Anti-lock Braking System - electronic stability
program; if no irregularity is detected, then run multiplexed network fault finding.

Deal with any other faults. Clear the fault memory.


AFTER REPAIR Switch off the ignition, wait 1 minute and carry out a road test followed by another
check with the diagnostic tool.

MR-410-X83-13B000$432.mif
V5
13B-119
EDC16CP33 DIESEL INJECTION
Program No.: C4
Vdiag No.: 0C, 10, 14, 16 Fault finding – Interpretation of faults 13B
DF228
CONTINUED 2

Check the condition of the brake pedal switch connector.


Check the condition of the engine management computer connectors.
If one of the connectors is faulty and there is a repair procedure (see Technical Note 6015A,
Electrical wiring repair, wiring: precautions for repair), repair the connector, otherwise replace
the wiring.
Remove and check the condition and setting of the brake pedal switch.
Check the + 12 V after relay feed to the brake pedal switch:
– AP26 of component 160.
If the connection or connections are faulty and there is a repair procedure (see Technical Note
6015A, Electrical wiring repair, Wiring: Precautions for repair), repair the wiring, otherwise
replace it.
Disconnect the ABS computer and check the continuity and insulation against + 12 V and against
earth on the following connection:
– 5A between components 120 and 160.
If the connection or connections are faulty and there is a repair procedure (see Technical Note
6015A, Electrical wiring repair, Wiring: Precautions for repair), repair the wiring, otherwise
replace it.
Check that the brake pedal switch is working correctly:
– in rest position: continuity between connections AP26 and 5A of component 160,
– pressed: continuity between connections AP26 and 65A of component 160.
Replace the brake switch if necessary.

Deal with any other faults. Clear the fault memory.


AFTER REPAIR Switch off the ignition, wait 1 minute and carry out a road test followed by another
check with the diagnostic tool.

MR-410-X83-13B000$432.mif
V5
13B-120
EDC16CP33 DIESEL INJECTION
Program No.: C4
Vdiag No.: 0C, 10, 14, 16 Fault finding – Interpretation of faults 13B
COLD LOOP AIR CONDITIONING RELAY CONTROL CIRCUIT
DF230
CO: Open circuit
PRESENT CC.0: Short circuit to earth
OR
CC.1: short-circuit to + 12 V
STORED
1.DEF: Internal electronic fault

Special notes:
Use bornier Elé. 1681 for all operations on the connectors of the engine management
NOTES
computer.
See Wiring Diagrams Technical Note, Trafic II phase 2.

Check the condition of the air conditioning relay connector.


Check the condition of the engine management computer connectors.
If one of the connectors is faulty and there is a repair procedure (see Technical Note 6015A, Electrical wiring
repair, wiring: precautions for repair), repair the connector, otherwise replace the wiring.

Check the conformity of the air conditioning fuse.

Check the insulation, continuity and the absence of interference resistance of the following connection:
– 38K between the components 120 and 584.
Check the + 12 V feed on the following connection:
– 37X of component 584.
If the connection or connections are faulty and there is a repair procedure (see Technical Note 6015A, Electrical
wiring repair, Wiring: Precautions for repair), repair the wiring, otherwise replace it.

Replace the relay if the fault is still present.

Deal with any other faults. Clear the fault memory.


AFTER REPAIR Switch off the ignition, wait 1 minute and carry out a road test followed by another
check with the diagnostic tool.
EDC16CP33_V0C_DF230 / EDC16CP33_V10_DF230 /EDC16CP33_V14_DF230 / EDC16CP33_V16_DF230

MR-410-X83-13B000$432.mif
V5
13B-121
EDC16CP33 DIESEL INJECTION
Program No.: C4
Vdiag No.: 0C, 10, 14, 16 Fault finding – Interpretation of faults 13B
REFRIGERANT PRESSURE SENSOR CIRCUIT
DF232
1.DEF: Short circuit to earth
PRESENT 2.DEF: Open circuit or short circuit to + 12 V
OR
STORED

Special notes:
Use bornier Elé. 1681 for all operations on the connectors of the engine management
NOTES
computer.
See Wiring Diagrams Technical Note, Trafic II phase 2.

Check the air conditioning circuit.

Check the condition of the refrigerant pressure sensor connector.


Check the condition of the engine management computer connectors.
If one of the connectors is faulty and there is a repair procedure (see Technical Note 6015A, Electrical wiring
repair, wiring: precautions for repair), repair the connector, otherwise replace the wiring.

Disconnect the battery and the engine management computer.


Check the insulation and the continuity of the following connections:
– 38Y between components 120 and 1202,
– 38X between components 120 and 1202,
– 38U between components 120 and 1202.
If the connection or connections are faulty and there is a repair procedure (see Technical Note 6015A, Electrical
wiring repair, Wiring: Precautions for repair), repair the wiring, otherwise replace it.

If the fault is still present, replace the refrigerant pressure sensor.

Deal with any other faults. Clear the fault memory.


AFTER REPAIR Switch off the ignition, wait 1 minute and carry out a road test followed by another
check with the diagnostic tool.
EDC16CP33_V0C_DF232 / EDC16CP33_V10_DF232 / EDC16CP33_V14_DF232 / EDC16CP33_V16_DF232

MR-410-X83-13B000$432.mif
V5
13B-122
EDC16CP33 DIESEL INJECTION
Program No.: C4
Vdiag No.: 0C, 10, 14, 16 Fault finding – Interpretation of faults 13B
INJECTOR CONTROL
DF249
1.DEF: Internal electronic fault
PRESENT
OR
STORED

Conditions for applying the fault finding procedure to stored faults:


If the fault becomes present after:
– the ignition is switched on,
– the engine is started.

Priority when dealing with a number of faults:


Deal with faults DF046 Battery voltage, DF026 Injector cylinder 1 control circuit,
DF027 Injector cylinder 2 control circuit, DF028 Injector cylinder 3 control
NOTES circuit and DF029 Injector cylinder 4 control circuit first if they are present
or stored.

Special notes:
If the fault is present:
– in certain cases, the level 2 warning light is lit and the engine is stopped.
Use bornier Elé. 1681 for all operations on the connectors of the engine management
computer.

See Wiring Diagrams Technical Note, Trafic II phase 2.

This fault appears when the computer detects a fault on the injector control section.

Check the condition of the injector connectors.


Check the condition of the engine management computer connectors.
If one of the connectors is faulty and there is a repair procedure (see Technical Note 6015A, Electrical wiring
repair, wiring: precautions for repair), repair the connector, otherwise replace the wiring.

Check the continuity and insulation of the following connections:


– 3KW between components 120 and 193,
– 3CR between components 120 and 193,
– 3KX between components 120 and 194,
– 3CS between components 120 and 194,
– 3KY between components 120 and 195,
– 3CT between components 120 and 195,
– 3KZ between components 120 and 196,
– 3CU between components 120 and 196.
If the connection or connections are faulty and there is a repair procedure (see Technical Note 6015A, Electrical
wiring repair, Wiring: Precautions for repair), repair the wiring, otherwise replace it.

If the fault is still present, contact the Techline.

Deal with any other faults. Clear the fault memory.


AFTER REPAIR Switch off the ignition, wait 1 minute and carry out a road test followed by another
check with the diagnostic tool.
EDC16CP33_V0C_DF249 / EDC16CP33_V10_DF249 / EDC16CP33_V14_DF249 / EDC16CP33_V16_DF249

MR-410-X83-13B000$432.mif
V5
13B-123
EDC16CP33 DIESEL INJECTION
Program No.: C4
Vdiag No.: 0C, 10, 14, 16 Fault finding – Interpretation of faults 13B
INJECTOR NO. 1
DF265
1.DEF: Internal electronic fault
PRESENT
OR
STORED

Priority when dealing with a number of faults:


Deal with fault DF026 Injector 1 control circuit first, if it is present or stored.

Conditions for applying the fault finding procedure to stored faults:


If the fault becomes present after:
– the engine is started,
– a road test.

NOTES IMPORTANT
– Cylinder no. 1 is located at the timing end.
– Please observe the cleanliness guidelines and safety advice.
– Do not disconnect the injector connections with the engine running as this may
damage the engine.

Use bornier Elé. 1681 for all operations on the connectors of the engine management
computer.
See Wiring Diagrams Technical Note, Trafic II phase 2.

Run test 10 Incorrect injector operation.

Check the condition of the connector for injector no. 1.


Check the condition of the engine management computer connectors.
If one of the connectors is faulty and there is a repair procedure (see Technical Note 6015A, Electrical wiring
repair, wiring: precautions for repair), repair the connector, otherwise replace the wiring.

Check for continuity and absence of interference resistance of the following connections:
– 3KW between components 120 and 193,
– 3CR between components 120 and 193.
If the connection or connections are faulty and there is a repair procedure (see Technical Note 6015A, Electrical
wiring repair, Wiring: Precautions for repair), repair the wiring, otherwise replace it.

If the fault is still present, contact the Techline.

Deal with any other faults. Clear the fault memory.


AFTER REPAIR Switch off the ignition, wait 1 minute and carry out a road test followed by another
check with the diagnostic tool.
EDC16CP33_V0C_DF265 / EDC16CP33_V10_DF265 / EDC16CP33_V14_DF265 / EDC16CP33_V16_DF265

MR-410-X83-13B000$432.mif
V5
13B-124
EDC16CP33 DIESEL INJECTION
Program No.: C4
Vdiag No.: 0C, 10, 14, 16 Fault finding – Interpretation of faults 13B
INJECTOR N˚ 2
DF266
1.DEF: Internal electronic fault
PRESENT
OR
STORED

Priority when dealing with a number of faults:


Deal with fault DF027 Injector 2 control circuit first, if it is present or stored.

Conditions for applying the fault finding procedure to stored faults:


If the fault becomes present after:
– the engine is started,
– a road test.

NOTES IMPORTANT
– Cylinder no. 1 is located at the timing end.
– Please observe the cleanliness guidelines and safety advice.
– Do not disconnect the injector connections with the engine running as this may
damage the engine.

Use bornier Elé. 1681 for all operations on the connectors of the engine management
computer.
See Wiring Diagrams Technical Note, Trafic II phase 2.

Run test 10 Incorrect injector operation.

Check the condition of the connector for injector no. 2.


Check the condition of the engine management computer connectors.
If one of the connectors is faulty and there is a repair procedure (see Technical Note 6015A, Electrical wiring
repair, wiring: precautions for repair), repair the connector, otherwise replace the wiring.

Check for continuity and absence of interference resistance of the following connections:
– 3KX between components 120 and 194,
– 3CS between components 120 and 194.
If the connection or connections are faulty and there is a repair procedure (see Technical Note 6015A, Electrical
wiring repair, Wiring: Precautions for repair), repair the wiring, otherwise replace it.

If the fault is still present, contact the Techline.

Deal with any other faults. Clear the fault memory.


AFTER REPAIR Switch off the ignition, wait 1 minute and carry out a road test followed by another
check with the diagnostic tool.
EDC16CP33_V0C_DF266 / EDC16CP33_V10_DF266 / EDC16CP33_V14_DF266 / EDC16CP33_V16_DF266

MR-410-X83-13B000$432.mif
V5
13B-125
EDC16CP33 DIESEL INJECTION
Program No.: C4
Vdiag No.: 0C, 10, 14, 16 Fault finding – Interpretation of faults 13B
INJECTOR NO. 3
DF267
1.DEF: Internal electronic fault
PRESENT
OR
STORED

Priority when dealing with a number of faults:


Deal with fault DF028 Injector 3 control circuit first, if it is present or stored.

Conditions for applying the fault finding procedure to stored faults:


If the fault becomes present after:
– the engine is started,
– a road test.

NOTES IMPORTANT
– Cylinder no. 1 is located at the timing end.
– Please observe the cleanliness guidelines and safety advice.
– Do not disconnect the injector connections with the engine running as this may
damage the engine.

Use bornier Elé. 1681 for all operations on the connectors of the engine management
computer.
See Wiring Diagrams Technical Note, Trafic II phase 2.

Run test 10 Incorrect injector operation.

Check the condition of the connector for injector no. 3.


Check the condition of the engine management computer connectors.
If one of the connectors is faulty and there is a repair procedure (see Technical Note 6015A, Electrical wiring
repair, wiring: precautions for repair), repair the connector, otherwise replace the wiring.

Check for continuity and absence of interference resistance of the following connections:
– 3KY between components 120 and 195,
– 3CT between components 120 and 195.
If the connection or connections are faulty and there is a repair procedure (see Technical Note 6015A, Electrical
wiring repair, Wiring: Precautions for repair), repair the wiring, otherwise replace it.

If the fault is still present, contact the Techline.

Deal with any other faults. Clear the fault memory.


AFTER REPAIR Switch off the ignition, wait 1 minute and carry out a road test followed by another
check with the diagnostic tool.
EDC16CP33_V0C_DF267 / EDC16CP33_V10_DF267 / EDC16CP33_V14_DF267 / EDC16CP33_V16_DF267

MR-410-X83-13B000$432.mif
V5
13B-126
EDC16CP33 DIESEL INJECTION
Program No.: C4
Vdiag No.: 0C, 10, 14, 16 Fault finding – Interpretation of faults 13B
INJECTEUR N˚ 4
DF268
1.DEF: Internal electronic fault
PRESENT
OR
STORED

Priority when dealing with a number of faults:


Deal with fault DF029 Injector 4 control circuit first, if it is present or stored.

Conditions for applying the fault finding procedure to stored faults:


If the fault becomes present after:
– the engine is started,
– a road test.

NOTES IMPORTANT
– Cylinder no. 1 is located at the timing end.
– Please observe the cleanliness guidelines and safety advice.
– Do not disconnect the injector connections with the engine running as this may
damage the engine.

Use bornier Elé. 1681 for all operations on the connectors of the engine management
computer.
See Wiring Diagrams Technical Note, Trafic II phase 2.

Run test 10 Incorrect injector operation.

Check the condition of the connector for injector no. 4.


Check the condition of the engine management computer connectors.
If one of the connectors is faulty and there is a repair procedure (see Technical Note 6015A, Electrical wiring
repair, wiring: precautions for repair), repair the connector, otherwise replace the wiring.

Check for continuity and absence of interference resistance of the following connections:
– 3KZ between components 120 and 196,
– 3CU between components 120 and 196.
If the connection or connections are faulty and there is a repair procedure (see Technical Note 6015A, Electrical
wiring repair, Wiring: Precautions for repair), repair the wiring, otherwise replace it.

If the fault is still present, contact the Techline.

Deal with any other faults. Clear the fault memory.


AFTER REPAIR Switch off the ignition, wait 1 minute and carry out a road test followed by another
check with the diagnostic tool.
EDC16CP33_V0C_DF268 / EDC16CP33_V10_DF268 / EDC16CP33_V14_DF268 / EDC16CP33_V16_DF268

MR-410-X83-13B000$432.mif
V5
13B-127
EDC16CP33 DIESEL INJECTION
Program No.: C4
Vdiag No.: 0C, 10, 14, 16 Fault finding – Interpretation of faults 13B
EGR VALVE CONTROL CIRCUIT
DF272 CO: Open circuit
PRESENT CC.0: Short circuit to earth
OR CC.1: Short circuit to + 12 V
STORED CC: Short circuit
1.DEF: Internal electronic fault

Conditions for applying the fault finding procedure to stored faults:


The fault is declared present after:
– the ignition is switched on,
– the engine is started,
– a road test.

Special notes:
NOTES
If the fault is present:
– the EOBD warning light comes on,
– the EGR function is inhibited,
Use bornier Elé. 1681 bornier for all operations on the connector of the engine
management computer.
See Wiring Diagrams Technical Note, Trafic II phase 2.

CO NOTES None.

Check the condition of the EGR valve connector.


Check the condition of the engine management computer connectors.
If one of the connectors is faulty and there is a repair procedure (see Technical Note 6015A, Electrical wiring
repair, wiring: precautions for repair), repair the connector, otherwise replace the wiring.

Check the continuity of the following connections:


– 3VP between components 120 and 169,
– 3VQ between components 120 and 169.

If the connection or connections are faulty and there is a repair procedure (see Technical Note 6015A, Electrical
wiring repair, Wiring: Precautions for repair), repair the wiring, otherwise replace it.

Measure the resistance between connections 3VP and 3VQ of component 169.
Replace the EGR valve if the resistance is greater than 400 Ω (see MR 408, Mechanical, 14A, Emission control,
Exhaust gas recirculation solenoid valve, Removal - Refitting).
After replacement, run command SC036 Reinitialise programming and select EGR valve to reinitialise the EGR
valve offsets.

If the fault is still present, contact the Techline.

Deal with any other faults. Clear the fault memory.


AFTER REPAIR Switch off the ignition, wait 1 minute and carry out a road test followed by another
check with the diagnostic tool.
EDC16CP33_V0C_DF272 / EDC16CP33_V10_DF272 / EDC16CP33_V14_DF272 / EDC16CP33_V16_DF272

MR-410-X83-13B000$432.mif
V5
13B-128
EDC16CP33 DIESEL INJECTION
Program No.: C4
Vdiag No.: 0C, 10, 14, 16 Fault finding – Interpretation of faults 13B
DF272
CONTINUED 1

CC.0
CC.1 NOTES None.
CC

Check the condition of the EGR valve connector.


Check the condition of the engine management computer connectors.
If one of the connectors is faulty and there is a repair procedure (see Technical Note 6015A, Electrical wiring
repair, wiring: precautions for repair), repair the connector, otherwise replace the wiring.

Check the insulation against + 12 V and against the earth and between the following connections:
– 3VP between components 120 and 169,
– 3VQ between components 120 and 169.

If the connection or connections are faulty and there is a repair procedure (see Technical Note 6015A, Electrical
wiring repair, Wiring: Precautions for repair), repair the wiring, otherwise replace it.

Measure the resistance between connections 3VP and 3VQ of component 169.
Replace the EGR valve if the resistance is less than 1 Ω or greater than 400 Ω (see MR 408, Mechanical, 14A,
Emission control, Exhaust gas recirculation solenoid valve, Removal - Refitting).
After replacement, run command SC036 Reinitialise programming and select EGR valve to reinitialise the EGR
valve offsets.

If the fault is still present, contact the Techline.

Deal with any other faults. Clear the fault memory.


AFTER REPAIR Switch off the ignition, wait 1 minute and carry out a road test followed by another
check with the diagnostic tool.

MR-410-X83-13B000$432.mif
V5
13B-129
EDC16CP33 DIESEL INJECTION
Program No.: C4
Vdiag No.: 0C, 10, 14, 16 Fault finding – Interpretation of faults 13B
DF272
CONTINUED 2

Special notes:
1.DEF NOTES This fault appears when the computer control section has
overheated.

If the fault is still present, contact the Techline.

Deal with any other faults. Clear the fault memory.


AFTER REPAIR Switch off the ignition, wait 1 minute and carry out a road test followed by another
check with the diagnostic tool.

MR-410-X83-13B000$432.mif
V5
13B-130
EDC16CP33 DIESEL INJECTION
Program No.: C4
Vdiag No.: 0C, 10, 14, 16 Fault finding – Interpretation of faults 13B
WATER IN DIESEL FUEL DETECTOR
DF293
1.DEF: Open circuit on the line or water present in the diesel fuel
PRESENT
OR
STORED

Fault finding procedure application conditions:


Present or stored fault.
IMPORTANT
NOTES
Please observe the cleanliness guidelines and safety advice.

See Wiring Diagrams Technical Note, Trafic II phase 2.

Make sure there is no water in the fuel filter.


Bleed the fuel filter and the low pressure diesel circuit if necessary.
Start the engine and wait at least 1 minute to confirm the repair.
If the fault was stored but not present, carry out a road test (see Note).
If the fault does not recur, end the fault finding procedure.
Check continuity and make sure there is no interference resistance on the following connection:
– 3WT between the components 120 and 414.
Check the + 12 V after relay feed on the following connection:
– 37X of component 414.
Check for complete earthing on connection ML of component 414.
If the connection or connections are faulty and there is a repair procedure (see Technical Note 6015A, Electrical
wiring repair, Wiring: Precautions for repair), repair the wiring, otherwise replace it.
– Start the engine and wait at least 1 minute to confirm the repair.
Ensure that the correct fuel is being used:
Run test 8 Diesel fuel conformity check.
If none of these checks reveal any faults:
– replace the water detection sensor,
– clear the fault,
– start the engine and wait at least 1 minute to confirm the repair.
Note:
When the water level in the fuel filter unit is below the sensor's electrodes, some driving conditions (cornering,
gradients) may result in water being detected (in fact, the sensor's off-centre position in the fuel filter unit,
combined with the driving conditions, causes water to be detected).

Deal with any other faults. Clear the fault memory.


AFTER REPAIR Switch off the ignition, wait 1 minute and carry out a road test followed by another
check with the diagnostic tool.
EDC16CP33_V0C_DF293 / EDC16CP33_V10_DF293 /
EDC16CP33_V14_DF293 / EDC16CP33_V16_DF293
MR-410-X83-13B000$480.mif
V5
13B-131
EDC16CP33 DIESEL INJECTION
Program No.: C4
Vdiag No.: 0C, 10, 14, 16 Fault finding – Interpretation of faults 13B
EGR BY-PASS CIRCUIT
DF304
CO: Open circuit
PRESENT
CC.0: Short circuit to earth
OR
CC.1: Short circuit to + 12V
STORED
1.DEF: Internal electronic fault

Conditions for applying the fault finding procedure to stored faults:


The fault reappears when the ignition is switched on.

NOTES Special notes:


Use bornier Ele. 1681 for all operations on the engine management computer
connectors.
See Wiring Diagrams Technical Note, Trafic II phase 2.

CO NOTES None.

Check the condition of the EGR bypass solenoid valve connector.


Check the condition of the engine management computer connectors.
If one of the connectors is faulty and there is a repair procedure (see Technical Note 6015A, Electrical wiring
repair, Wiring: Precautions for repair), repair the connector, otherwise replace the wiring.

Measure the resistance between connections 37X and 3TP of component 1301.
Ω or less than 6 Ω, replace the EGR bypass solenoid valve.
If the resistance measured is greater than 1 kΩ

Check the continuity of the following connection:


– 3TP between components 120 and 1301.

Check the + 12 V after relay feed on the following connection:


– 37X of component 1301.

If the connection or connections are faulty and there is a repair procedure (see Technical Note 6015A, Electrical
wiring repair, Wiring: Precautions for repair), repair the wiring, otherwise replace it.

If the fault is still present, replace the EGR by-pass solenoid valve.

CC.0 NOTES None.

Check the condition of the EGR bypass solenoid valve connector.


Check the condition of the engine management computer connectors.
If one of the connectors is faulty and there is a repair procedure (see Technical Note 6015A, Electrical wiring
repair, wiring: precautions for repair), repair the connector, otherwise replace the wiring.

Deal with any other faults. Clear the fault memory.


AFTER REPAIR Switch off the ignition, wait 1 minute and carry out a road test followed by another
check with the diagnostic tool.
EDC16CP33_V0C_DF304 / EDC16CP33_V10_DF304 /
EDC16CP33_V14_DF304 / EDC16CP33_V16_DF304
MR-410-X83-13B000$480.mif
V5
13B-132
EDC16CP33 DIESEL INJECTION
Program No.: C4
Vdiag No.: 0C, 10, 14, 16 Fault finding – Interpretation of faults 13B
DF304
CONTINUED 1

Measure the resistance between connections 37X and 3TP of component 1301.
If the resistance measured is greater than 1 kΩ or less than 6 Ω, replace the EGR bypass solenoid valve.

Check the continuity, and insulation from earth of the following connection:
– 3TP between components 120 and 1301.

Check the + 12 V after relay feed on the following connection:


– 37X of component 1301.

If the connection or connections are faulty and there is a repair procedure (see Technical Note 6015A, Electrical
wiring repair, Wiring: Precautions for repair), repair the wiring, otherwise replace it.

If the fault is still present, replace the EGR by-pass solenoid valve.

CC.1 NOTES None.

Check the condition of the EGR bypass solenoid valve connector.


Check the condition of the engine management computer connectors.
If one of the connectors is faulty and there is a repair procedure (see Technical Note 6015A, Electrical wiring
repair, wiring: precautions for repair), repair the connector, otherwise replace the wiring.

Measure the resistance between connections 37X and 3TP of component 1301.
Ω or less than 6 Ω, replace the EGR bypass solenoid valve.
If the resistance measured is greater than 1 kΩ

Check the continuity and insulation from + 12 V of the following connection:


– 3TP between components 120 and 1301.

If the connection or connections are faulty and there is a repair procedure (see Technical Note 6015A, Electrical
wiring repair, Wiring: Precautions for repair), repair the wiring, otherwise replace it.
If the fault is still present, replace the EGR by-pass solenoid valve.

Deal with any other faults. Clear the fault memory.


AFTER REPAIR Switch off the ignition, wait 1 minute and carry out a road test followed by another
check with the diagnostic tool.

MR-410-X83-13B000$480.mif
V5
13B-133
EDC16CP33 DIESEL INJECTION
Program No.: C4
Vdiag No.: 0C, 10, 14, 16 Fault finding – Interpretation of faults 13B
DF304
CONTINUED 2

Special notes:
This fault appears when the computer control section has
1.DEF NOTES
overheated.
A road test may be necessary to reveal this fault.

Check the condition of the EGR bypass solenoid valve connector.


Check the condition of the engine management computer connectors.
If one of the connectors is faulty and there is a repair procedure (see Technical Note 6015A, Electrical wiring
repair, Wiring: Precautions for repair), repair the connector, otherwise replace the wiring.

Measure the resistance between connections 37X and 3TP of component 1301.
If the resistance measured is not 46 Ω ± 14 Ω, replace the EGR bypass solenoid valve.

Check continuity and make sure there is no interference resistance on the following connection:
– 3TP between components 120 and 1301.

Check the + 12 V after relay feed on the following connection:


– 37X of component 1301.

If the connection or connections are faulty and there is a repair procedure (see Technical Note 6015A, Electrical
wiring repair, Wiring: Precautions for repair), repair the wiring, otherwise replace it.

If the fault is still present, contact the Techline.

Deal with any other faults. Clear the fault memory.


AFTER REPAIR Switch off the ignition, wait 1 minute and carry out a road test followed by another
check with the diagnostic tool.

MR-410-X83-13B000$480.mif
V5
13B-134
EDC16CP33 DIESEL INJECTION
Program No.: C4
Vdiag No.: 0C, 10, 14, 16 Fault finding – Interpretation of faults 13B
DAMPER VALVE
DF323 CO: Open circuit
PRESENT CC.0: Short circuit to earth
OR CC.1: Short circuit to + 12 V
STORED CC: Short circuit
1.DEF: Internal electronic fault

Conditions for applying the fault finding procedure to stored faults:


The fault is declared present after the ignition has been switched on.

NOTES Special notes:


Use bornier Ele. 1681 for all operations on the engine management computer
connector.
See Wiring Diagrams Technical Note, Trafic II phase 2.

CC.0
NOTES None.
CC.1

Check the condition of the damper valve connector.


Check the condition of the engine management computer connectors.
If one of the connectors is faulty and there is a repair procedure (see Technical Note 6015A, Electrical wiring
repair, wiring: precautions for repair), repair the connector, otherwise replace the wiring.

Measure the resistance between connections 3AAX and 3AAY of component 1461.

Replace the damper valve if the resistance is less than 0.5 Ω or greater than 400 Ω (see MR 408,
Mechanical,12A, Fuel mixture, Damper valve, Removal - Refitting).

Then run command SC036 Reinitialise programming and select damper valve to reinitialise the valve's
opening and closing stops.

Check the insulation from the earth of the following connections:


– 3AAX between the components 120 and 1461,
– 3AAY between the components 120 and 1461.

Check the insulation from + 12 V of the following connections:


– 3AAX between the components 120 and 1461,
– 3AAY between the components 120 and 1461.

If the connection or connections are faulty and there is a repair procedure (see Technical Note 6015A, Electrical
wiring repair, Wiring: Precautions for repair), repair the wiring, otherwise replace it.

If the fault is still present, contact the Techline.

Deal with any other faults. Clear the fault memory.


AFTER REPAIR Switch off the ignition, wait 1 minute and carry out a road test followed by another
check with the diagnostic tool.
EDC16CP33_V0C_DF323 / EDC16CP33_V10_DF323 /
EDC16CP33_V14_DF323 / EDC16CP33_V16_DF323
MR-410-X83-13B000$480.mif
V5
13B-135
EDC16CP33 DIESEL INJECTION
Program No.: C4
Vdiag No.: 0C, 10, 14, 16 Fault finding – Interpretation of faults 13B
DF323
CONTINUED 1

CC
NOTES None.
CO

Check the condition of the damper valve connector.


Check the condition of the engine management computer connectors.
If one of the connectors is faulty and there is a repair procedure (see Technical Note 6015A, Electrical wiring
repair, wiring: precautions for repair), repair the connector, otherwise replace the wiring.

Measure the resistance between connections 3AAX and 3AAY of component 1461.
Replace the damper valve if the resistance is less than 0.5 Ω or greater than 400 Ω (see MR 408,
Mechanical,12A, Fuel mixture, Damper valve, Removal - Refitting).

Then run command SC036 Reinitialise programming and select damper valve to reinitialise the valve's
opening and closing stops.

Check the insulation between the following connections:


– 3AAX between the components 120 and 1461,
– 3AAY between the components 120 and 1461.

If the connection or connections are faulty and there is a repair procedure (see Technical Note 6015A, Electrical
wiring repair, Wiring: Precautions for repair), repair the wiring, otherwise replace it.

If the fault is still present, contact the Techline.

Deal with any other faults. Clear the fault memory.


AFTER REPAIR Switch off the ignition, wait 1 minute and carry out a road test followed by another
check with the diagnostic tool.

MR-410-X83-13B000$480.mif
V5
13B-136
EDC16CP33 DIESEL INJECTION
Program No.: C4
Vdiag No.: 0C, 10, 14, 16 Fault finding – Interpretation of faults 13B
DF323
CONTINUED 2

Special notes:
This fault appears when the computer control section has
1.DEF NOTES overheated.
A road test may be necessary.
See Wiring Diagrams Technical Note, Trafic II phase 2.

Check the condition of the damper valve connector.


Check the condition of the engine management computer connectors.
If one of the connectors is faulty and there is a repair procedure (see Technical Note 6015A, Electrical wiring
repair, Wiring: Precautions for repair), repair the connector, otherwise replace the wiring.

Measure the resistance between connections 3AAX and 3AAY of component 1461.
Replace the damper valve if the resistance is less than 0.5 Ω or greater than 400 Ω (see MR 408,
Mechanical,12A, Fuel mixture, Damper valve, Removal - Refitting).

Then run command SC036 Reinitialise programming and select damper valve to reinitialise the valve's
opening and closing stops.

Check the continuity of the following connections:


– 3AAX between the components 120 and 1461,
– 3AAY between the components 120 and 1461.

Check the insulation from + 5 V (computer supplies) of the following connections:


– 3AAX between the components 120 and 1461,
– 3AAY between the components 120 and 1461.

If the connection or connections are faulty and there is a repair procedure (see Technical Note 6015A, Electrical
wiring repair, Wiring: Precautions for repair), repair the wiring, otherwise replace it.

If the fault is still present, contact the Techline.

Deal with any other faults. Clear the fault memory.


AFTER REPAIR Switch off the ignition, wait 1 minute and carry out a road test followed by another
check with the diagnostic tool.

MR-410-X83-13B000$480.mif
V5
13B-137
EDC16CP33 DIESEL INJECTION
Program No.: C4
Vdiag No.: 0C, 10, 14, 16 Fault finding – Interpretation of faults 13B
CRUISE CONTROL OR SPEED LIMITER BUTTON
DF502
1.DEF : Cruise control/Speed limiter on/off button inconsistency
PRESENT
OR
STORED

Conditions for applying the fault finding procedure to stored faults:


If the fault is declared present after:
– a road test with activation of the cruise control/speed limiter function,
– the engine is started.

Special notes:
NOTES
If the fault is present:
– Cruise control/speed limiter cut off
Use bornier Elé. 1681 for all operations on the engine management computer
connectors.

See Wiring Diagrams Technical Note, Trafic II phase 2.

Check the condition of the cruise control/speed limiter on-off button connector.
Check the condition of the engine management computer connectors.
If one of the connectors is faulty and there is a repair procedure (see Technical Note 6015A, Electrical wiring
repair, Wiring: Precautions for repair), repair the connector, otherwise replace the wiring.

With the button released, check the insulation between the following connections:
– AP3 and 3FX of component 1081,
– AP3 and 3PD of component 1081.

– Check the continuity between AP3 and 3FX of component 1081 in cruise control position.
– Check the continuity between AP3 and 3PD of component 1081 in the speed limiter position.

Replace the Cruise control/Speed limiter on/ off button if necessary.

Check the continuity and absence of interference resistance of the following connections:
– 3FX between components 120 and 1081,
– 3PD between components 120 and 1081.

If the connection or connections are faulty and there is a repair procedure (see Technical Note 6015A, Electrical
wiring repair, Wiring: Precautions for repair), repair the wiring, otherwise replace it.

If the fault is still present, contact the Techline.

Deal with any other faults. Clear the fault memory.


AFTER REPAIR Switch off the ignition, wait 1 minute and carry out a road test followed by another
check with the diagnostic tool.
EDC16CP33_V0C_DF502 / EDC16CP33_V10_DF502 /
EDC16CP33_V14_DF502 / EDC16CP33_V16_DF502
MR-410-X83-13B000$480.mif
V5
13B-138
EDC16CP33
DIESEL INJECTION
Program No.: C4
Vdiag No.: 10, 14, 16 Fault finding – Interpretation of faults 13B
ALTERNATOR CHARGE SIGNAL
DF532
1.DEF: Internal electronic fault
PRESENT 2.DEF: Inconsistent signal
OR
STORED

Priorities when dealing with a number of faults:


Deal with fault DF046 Battery voltage first if it is present or stored.

Conditions for applying the fault finding procedure to stored faults:


If the fault is declared present after:
– a road test,
NOTES – the engine is started.
Special notes:
Computer operating voltage: between 6 V and 16.5 V.
Use bornier Elé. 1681 for all operations on the engine management computer
connectors.

See Wiring Diagrams Technical Note, Trafic II phase 2.

Check the condition of the alternator connector.


Check the condition of the engine management computer connectors.
If one of the connectors is faulty and there is a repair procedure (see Technical Note 6015A, Electrical wiring
repair, Wiring: Precautions for repair), repair the connector, otherwise replace the wiring.

Check the following connection for continuity and for the absence of interference resistance:
– 2K between components 120 and 103.

If the connection is faulty and there is a repair procedure (see Technical Note 6015A, Electrical wiring repair,
Wiring: Precautions for repair), repair the wiring, otherwise replace it.

Check the charging circuit, see Technical Note 6014A Checking the charging circuit.
Carry out the necessary repairs.

If the fault is still present, contact the Techline.

Deal with any other faults. Clear the fault memory.


AFTER REPAIR Switch off the ignition, wait 1 minute and carry out a road test followed by another
check with the diagnostic tool.
EDC16CP33_V10_DF532 / EDC16CP33_V14_DF532 /
EDC16CP33_V16_DF532
MR-410-X83-13B000$480.mif
V5
13B-139
EDC16CP33 DIESEL INJECTION
Program No.: C4
Vdiag No.: 0C, 10, 14, 16 Fault finding – Interpretation of faults 13B
TURBOCHARGING CIRCUIT
DF569
1.DEF:Turbocharging pressure too high
PRESENT 2.DEF: Turbocharging pressure too low
OR
STORED

Priorities when dealing with a number of faults:


Deal with faults DF054 Turbocharging solenoid valve control circuit, and DF004
Turbocharging pressure sensor circuit first, if they are present or stored.
Conditions for applying the fault finding procedure to stored faults:
If the fault is declared present after:
– the ignition is switched on,
– starting the engine,
– a road test.
NOTES Special notes:
Use bornier Ele. 1681 for all operations on the engine management computer
connectors.
If the fault is present:
– engine torque limited,
– turbocharging regulation is inhibited,
– the EGR function is inhibited,
– the level 1 and EOBD warning lights are lit.
See Wiring Diagrams Technical Note, Trafic II phase 2.

1.DEF
NOTES None.
2.DEF

Perform the following road test (looking for a loss of power when accelerating under full load):
– in the highest gear ratio, accelerate fully,
– lift your foot off the accelerator pedal completely for at least 2 seconds,
– accelerate fully again,
– release the accelerator pedal completely,
– accelerate slightly.

If loss of power was not noted during slight acceleration and if there was a loss of engine power during each
acceleration at full load, replace the diesel injector fuel return rail and its overpressure valve (see MR 408
Mechanical, 13B, Diesel injection, Diesel injector fuel return rail: Removal - Refitting).
Check the condition of the turbocharging pressure sensor connector.
Check the condition of the engine management computer connectors.
If one of the connectors is faulty and there is a repair procedure (see Technical Note 6015A, Electrical wiring
repair, wiring: precautions for repair), repair the connector, otherwise replace the wiring.

Deal with any other faults. Clear the fault memory.


AFTER REPAIR Switch off the ignition, wait 1 minute and carry out a road test followed by another
check with the diagnostic tool.
EDC16CP33_V0C_DF569 / EDC16CP33_V10_DF569 /
EDC16CP33_V14_DF569 / EDC16CP33_V16_DF569
MR-410-X83-13B000$480.mif
V5
13B-140
EDC16CP33 DIESEL INJECTION
Program No.: C4
Vdiag No.: 0C, 10, 14, 16 Fault finding – Interpretation of faults 13B
DF569
CONTINUED

Check the continuity and absence of interference resistance of the following connections:
– 3LQ between components 120 and 1071,
– 3LP between components 120 and 1071,
– 3LN between components 120 and 1071.
If the connection or connections are faulty and there is a repair procedure (see Technical Note 6015A, Electrical
wiring repair, Wiring: Precautions for repair), repair the wiring, otherwise replace it.
Run test SC035 High pressure fuel circuit fault finding.
With the engine switched off and ignition on, view parameters PR035 Atmospheric pressure and PR041
Turbocharging pressure.

If there is a difference of > 100 mbar, check that the atmospheric pressure reading is consistent (by comparison
with another vehicle for example).

If atmospheric pressure is consistent, replace the turbocharging sensor.

If not, contact the Techline.


Apply test 4: Turbocharged air inlet circuit check
Apply ALP8 Engine stalling.
If the fault is still present, refer to the interpretation of parameter PR041 Turbocharging pressure.

Deal with any other faults. Clear the fault memory.


AFTER REPAIR Switch off the ignition, wait 1 minute and carry out a road test followed by another
check with the diagnostic tool.

MR-410-X83-13B000$480.mif
V5
13B-141
EDC16CP33 DIESEL INJECTION
Program No.: C4
Vdiag No.: 0C, 10, 14, 16 Fault finding – Interpretation of faults 13B
DAMPER VALVE POSITION REGULATION
DF645
1.DEF: Value outside permitted tolerance values
PRESENT
2.DEF: Damper valve jammed open
OR
3.DEF: Data inconsistency
STORED

Conditions for applying the fault finding procedure to stored faults:


The fault is declared present after the engine has been started.

Priorities when dealing with a number of faults:


Deal with faults DF323 Damper valve, DF012 Sensor feed voltage no. 2 and DF046
NOTES Damper valve position sensor first, if they are present or stored.

Special notes:
Use the Elé. 1681 bornier for all operations on the engine management computer
connector.
See Wiring Diagrams Technical Note, Trafic II phase 2.

1.DEF
2.DEF NOTES None.
3.DEF

Check that the valve is not mechanically jammed:


With the engine switched off, disconnect the air inlet hose from the damper valve.
Check that the valve is in the open position.
Start, then switch off the engine.
Check that the valve closes when the engine is switched off and then opens again when the engine has stopped.
If this does not happen, replace the damper valve.
Then run command SC036 Reinitialise programming and select Damper valve to reinitialise the valve's opening
and closing stops.

Ensure that the valve is clean.


Clean if necessary.

Check the condition of the damper valve connector.


Check the condition of the engine management computer connectors.
If one of the connectors is faulty and there is a repair procedure (see Technical Note 6015A, Electrical wiring
repair, wiring: precautions for repair), repair the connector, otherwise replace the wiring.

Deal with any other faults. Clear the fault memory.


AFTER REPAIR Switch off the ignition, wait 1 minute and carry out a road test followed by another
check with the diagnostic tool.
EDC16CP33_V0C_DF645 / EDC16CP33_V10_DF645 /
EDC16CP33_V14_DF645 / EDC16CP33_V16_DF645
MR-410-X83-13B000$480.mif
V5
13B-142
EDC16CP33 DIESEL INJECTION
Program No.: C4
Vdiag No.: 0C, 10, 14, 16 Fault finding – Interpretation of faults 13B

DF645
CONTINUED

Measure the resistances between connections 38KQ and 38KP (potentiometer feed and potentiometer
earth) and between 38KS and 38KP (potentiometer signal and potentiometer earth) of component 1461.
Replace the damper valve if the resistances are not between 290 Ω and 6 kΩ
Ω (see MR 408, Mechanical, 12A,
Fuel mixture, Damper valve, Removal - Refitting).
Then run command SC036 Reinitialise programming and select Damper valve to reinitialise the valve's opening
and closing stops.
Check for the absence of interference resistance on the following connections:
– 38KQ between components 120 and 1461,
– 38KS between components 120 and 1461,
– 38KP between components 120 and 1461.

Check the insulation from + 12 V (computer supplies) of the following connections:


– 3AAX between the components 120 and 1461,
– 3AAY between the components 120 and 1461.

If the connection or connections are faulty and there is a repair procedure (see Technical Note 6015A, Electrical
wiring repair, Wiring: Precautions for repair), repair the wiring, otherwise replace it.

If the fault is still present, contact the Techline.

Deal with any other faults. Clear the fault memory.


AFTER REPAIR Switch off the ignition, wait 1 minute and carry out a road test followed by another
check with the diagnostic tool.

MR-410-X83-13B000$480.mif
V5
13B-143
EDC16CP33 DIESEL INJECTION
Program No.: C4
Vdiag No.: 0C, 10, 14, 16 Fault finding – Interpretation of faults 13B
DAMPER VALVE POSITION SENSOR
DF646
CC: Short circuit
PRESENT
CO.0: Open circuit or short circuit to earth.
OR
STORED

Conditions for applying the fault finding procedure to stored faults:


The fault is declared present after:
– the engine is started,
– a road test.

Priorities when dealing with a number of faults:


NOTES
Deal with fault DF012 Sensor feed voltage no. 2 first if it is present or stored.

Special notes:
Use the Elé. 1681 bornier for all operations on the engine management computer
connector.
See Wiring Diagrams Technical Note, Trafic II phase 2.

CC NOTES None.

Check the condition of the damper valve connector.


Check the condition of the engine management computer connectors.
If one of the connectors is faulty and there is a repair procedure (see Technical Note 6015A, Electrical wiring
repair, wiring: precautions for repair), repair the connector, otherwise replace the wiring.

Measure the resistances between connections 38KQ and 38KP (potentiometer feed and potentiometer earth)
and even 38KS and 38KP (potentiometer signal and potentiometer earth) of component 1461.
Replace the damper valve if the resistances are not between 290 Ω and 6 kΩ
Ω (see MR 408, Mechanical, 12A,
Fuel mixture, Damper valve, Removal - Refitting).
Then run command SC036 Reinitialise programming and select Damper valve to reinitialise the valve's opening
and closing stops.

Check the insulation from + 12 V and + 5 V (computer feeds) of the following connection:
– 38KS between components 120 and 1461.
Check the insulation between the following connections:
– 38KP between components 120 and 1461,
– 38KQ between components 120 and 1461,
– 38KS between components 120 and 1461.
If the connection or connections are faulty and there is a repair procedure (see Technical Note 6015A, Electrical
wiring repair, Wiring: Precautions for repair), repair the wiring, otherwise replace it.

If the fault is still present, contact the Techline.

Deal with any other faults. Clear the fault memory.


AFTER REPAIR Switch off the ignition, wait 1 minute and carry out a road test followed by another
check with the diagnostic tool.
EDC16CP33_V0C_DF646 / EDC16CP33_V10_DF646 /
EDC16CP33_V14_DF646 / EDC16CP33_V16_DF646
MR-410-X83-13B000$480.mif
V5
13B-144
EDC16CP33 DIESEL INJECTION
Program No.: C4
Vdiag No.: 0C, 10, 14, 16 Fault finding – Interpretation of faults 13B

DF646
CONTINUED

CO.0 NOTES None.

Check the condition of the damper valve connector.


Check the condition of the engine management computer connectors.
If one of the connectors is faulty and there is a repair procedure (see Technical Note 6015A, Electrical wiring
repair, wiring: precautions for repair), repair the connector, otherwise replace the wiring.

Measure the resistances between connections 38KQ and 38KP (potentiometer feed and potentiometer earth)
and between 38KS and 38KP (potentiometer signal and potentiometer earth) of component 1461.
Replace the damper valve if the resistances are not between 290 Ω and 6 kΩ
Ω (see MR 408, Mechanical, 12A,
Fuel mixture, Damper valve, Removal - Refitting).
Then run command SC036 Reinitialise programming and select Damper valve to reinitialise the valve's opening
and closing stops.

Check the insulation against earth on the following connection:


– 38KS between components 120 and 1461.
Check the continuity of the following connections:
– 38KS between components 120 and 1461,
– 38KQ between components 120 and 1461.
If the connection or connections are faulty and there is a repair procedure (see Technical Note 6015A, Electrical
wiring repair, Wiring: Precautions for repair), repair the wiring, otherwise replace it.

If the fault is still present, contact the Techline.

Deal with any other faults. Clear the fault memory.


AFTER REPAIR Switch off the ignition, wait 1 minute and carry out a road test followed by another
check with the diagnostic tool.

MR-410-X83-13B000$480.mif
V5
13B-145
EDC16CP33 DIESEL INJECTION
Program No.: C4
Vdiag No.: 0C, 10, 14, 16 Fault finding – Interpretation of faults 13B
EGR VALVE POSITION REGULATION
DF647
1.DEF: Inconsistent EGR 1 offset
PRESENT
2.DEF: Inconsistent EGR 2 offset
OR
3.DEF: Valve jammed closed
STORED
4.DEF: Valve jammed open

Conditions for applying the fault finding procedure to stored faults:


The fault is declared present after:
– the engine is started,
– a road test.

Special notes:
NOTES – the level 1 and EOBD warning lights are lit for 1.DEF, 2.DEF and 3.DEF,
– only the EOBD warning light comes on for 4.DEF,
– the EGR function is inhibited by the engine management computer,
– use bornier Ele. 1681 for all operations on the engine management computer
connector.

See Wiring Diagrams Technical Note, Trafic II phase 2.

Priorities when dealing with a number of faults:


– DF209 EGR valve position sensor circuit,
1.DEF
NOTES – DF046 Battery voltage,
2.DEF
– DF012 Sensor feed voltage no. 2,
– DF272 EGR valve control circuit.

Check the condition of the EGR valve connector.


Check the condition of the engine management computer connectors.
If one of the connectors is faulty and there is a repair procedure (see Technical Note 6015A, Electrical wiring
repair, Wiring: Precautions for repair), repair the connector, otherwise replace the wiring.

Check for continuity and absence of interference resistance of the following connections:
– 3GC between components 120 and 169,
– 3EL between components 120 and 169,
– 3JM between components 120 and 169.

If the connection or connections are faulty and there is a repair procedure (see Technical Note 6015A, Electrical
wiring repair, Wiring: Precautions for repair), repair the wiring, otherwise replace it.

*EOBD: European On Board Diagnostics

Deal with any other faults. Clear the fault memory.


AFTER REPAIR Switch off the ignition, wait 1 minute and carry out a road test followed by another
check with the diagnostic tool.
EDC16CP33_V0C_DF647 / EDC16CP33_V10_DF647 /
EDC16CP33_V14_DF647 / EDC16CP33_V16_DF647
MR-410-X83-13B000$480.mif
V5
13B-146
EDC16CP33 DIESEL INJECTION
Program No.: C4
Vdiag No.: 0C, 10, 14, 16 Fault finding – Interpretation of faults 13B

DF647
CONTINUED 1

Measure the resistance between connections 3VP and 3VQ of component 169.
Replace the valve if the resistance is not between 0.5 Ω < X < 1 kΩ
Ω.

Measure the resistance between connections 3GC and 3JM of component 169.
Replace the valve if the resistance is not between 10 Ω < X < 100 kΩ
Ω.

Measure the resistance between connections 3GC and 3EL of component 169.
Ω < X < 100 kΩ
Replace the valve if the resistance is not between 10 kΩ Ω.

After replacement, run command SC036 Reinitialise programming and select EGR valve to reinitialise the EGR
valve offsets.

If the fault is still present, remove and clean the EGR valve, then refit it (see MR 408, Mechanical, 14A Emission
control, Exhaust gas recirculation solenoid valve: Removal - Refitting).

Run command SC036 Reinitialise programming and select EGR valve to reinitialise the EGR valve offsets

If the fault is still present, replace the EGR valve then run command SC036 Reinitialise programming and select
EGR valve to reinitialise the EGR valve offsets.

Deal with any other faults. Clear the fault memory.


AFTER REPAIR Switch off the ignition, wait 1 minute and carry out a road test followed by another
check with the diagnostic tool.

MR-410-X83-13B000$480.mif
V5
13B-147
EDC16CP33 DIESEL INJECTION
Program No.: C4
Vdiag No.: 0C, 10, 14, 16 Fault finding – Interpretation of faults 13B

DF647
CONTINUED 2

Priorities when dealing with a number of faults:


– DF209 EGR valve position sensor circuit
3.DEF
NOTES – DF046 Battery voltage.
4.DEF
– DF012 Sensor feed voltage no. 2
– DF272 EGR valve control circuit

Remove and clean the EGR valve, then refit it (see MR 408, Mechanical, 14A Emission control, Exhaust gas
recirculation solenoid valve: Removal - Refitting).
Run command SC036 Reinitialise programming and select EGR valve to reinitialise the EGR valve offsets.

If the fault is still present, replace the EGR valve then run command SC036 Reinitialise programming and select
EGR valve to reinitialise the EGR valve offsets.

Deal with any other faults. Clear the fault memory.


AFTER REPAIR Switch off the ignition, wait 1 minute and carry out a road test followed by another
check with the diagnostic tool.

MR-410-X83-13B000$480.mif
V5
13B-148
EDC16CP33 DIESEL INJECTION
Program No.: C4
Vdiag No.: 0C, 10, 14, 16 Fault finding – Interpretation of faults 13B
GROUP 1 INJECTORS FEED
DF891
CC.O : Short circuit to earth
PRESENT
1.DEF : Faulty connections
OR
STORED

Conditions for applying the fault finding procedure to stored faults:


If the fault becomes present after:
– the ignition is switched on,
– the engine is started.

Priority when dealing with a number of faults:


Deal with faults DF026 Cylinder 1 injector control circuit, DF027 Cylinder 2
injector control circuit first if they are present or stored.
NOTES
Special notes:
If the fault is present:
– the level 2 warning light will be lit,
– the engine stops.
Use bornier Elé. 1681 for all operations on the engine management computer
connectors.

See Wiring Diagrams Technical Note, Trafic II phase 2.

Check the condition of the injector connectors.


Check the condition of the engine management computer connectors.
If one of the connectors is faulty and there is a repair procedure (see Technical Note 6015A, Electrical wiring
repair, wiring: precautions for repair), repair the connector, otherwise replace the wiring.

Check the continuity and insulation of the following connections:


– 3KW between components 120 and 193,
– 3CR between components 120 and 193,
– 3KX between components 120 and 194,
– 3CS between components 120 and 194,
If the connection or connections are faulty and there is a repair procedure (see Technical Note 6015A, Electrical
wiring repair, Wiring: Precautions for repair), repair the wiring, otherwise replace it.

If the fault is still present, contact the Techline.

Deal with any other faults. Clear the fault memory.


AFTER REPAIR Switch off the ignition, wait 1 minute and carry out a road test followed by another
check with the diagnostic tool.
EDC16CP33_V0C_DF891 / EDC16CP33_V10_DF891 /
EDC16CP33_V14_DF891 / EDC16CP33_V16_DF891
MR-410-X83-13B000$480.mif
V5
13B-149
EDC16CP33 DIESEL INJECTION
Program No.: C4
Vdiag No.: 0C, 10, 14, 16 Fault finding – Interpretation of faults 13B
GROUP 2 INJECTORS FEED
DF892
CC.O : Short circuit to earth
PRESENT
1.DEF : Faulty connections
OR
STORED

Conditions for applying the fault finding procedure to stored faults:


If the fault becomes present after:
– the ignition is switched on,
– the engine is started.

Priority when dealing with a number of faults:


Deal with faults DF028 Cylinder 3 injector control circuit, DF029 Cylinder 4
injector control circuit first if they are present or stored.
NOTES
Special notes:
If the fault is present:
– the level 2 warning light will be lit,
– the engine stops.
Use bornier Elé. 1681 for all operations on the engine management computer
connectors.

See Wiring Diagrams Technical Note, Trafic II phase 2.

Check the condition of the injector connectors.


Check the condition of the engine management computer connectors.
If one of the connectors is faulty and there is a repair procedure (see Technical Note 6015A, Electrical wiring
repair, wiring: precautions for repair), repair the connector, otherwise replace the wiring.

Check the continuity and insulation of the following connections:


– 3KY between components 120 and 195,
– 3CT between components 120 and 195,
– 3KZ between components 120 and 196,
– 3CU between components 120 and 196.
If the connection or connections are faulty and there is a repair procedure (see Technical Note 6015A, Electrical
wiring repair, Wiring: Precautions for repair), repair the wiring, otherwise replace it.

If the fault is still present, contact the Techline.

Deal with any other faults. Clear the fault memory.


AFTER REPAIR Switch off the ignition, wait 1 minute and carry out a road test followed by a check
with the diagnostic tool.
EDC16CP33_V0C_DF892 / EDC16CP33_V10_DF892 /
EDC16CP33_V14_DF892 / EDC16CP33_V16_DF892
MR-410-X83-13B000$480.mif
V5
13B-150
EDC16CP33 DIESEL INJECTION
Program No.: C4
Vdiag No.: 0C, 10, 14, 16 Fault finding – Interpretation of faults 13B
PRESSURE REGULATION ON RAIL
DF895
1.DEF: Below minimum threshold
PRESENT
2.DEF: Above maximum threshold
OR
3.DEF: Negative loop deviation
STORED
4.DEF: Positive loop deviation

Conditions for applying the fault finding procedure to stored faults:


The fault is declared present after:
– the ignition is switched on.
– the engine is started,
– a road test.

Special notes:
Fault DF895 Pressure regulation on rail depends on the pressure regulator on the
rail (DRV).
Fault DF896 Pressure regulation on pump depends on the pressure regulator
integrated in the pump (MPROP).
NOTES The fuel pressure regulator built into the rail (DRV) and the fuel pressure regulator
built into the pump (MPROP) are never actuated at the same time.
If the fault is present:
– the engine stops and the level 2 warning light comes on: 1.DEF, 4.DEF,
– the level 1 warning light is lit: 2.DEF, 3.DEF,
– engine torque limited 2.DEF, 3.DEF, 4.DEF,
– the rail pressure is regulated by a regulator built into the pump (MPROP): 2.DEF,
3.DEF, 4.DEF.

Use bornier Elé. 1681 for all operations on the engine management computer
connectors.
See Wiring Diagrams Technical Note, Trafic II phase 2.

1.DEF Priorities when dealing with a number of faults:


2.DEF Deal with fault DF898 Rail pressure regulator circuit,
NOTES
3.DEF DF897 Pump pressure regulator circuit, DF896 Pressure
4.DEF regulator on pump first, if they are present or stored.

Check that there are no leaks on the high pressure diesel fuel circuit.
Repair if necessary.
Check the fuel level in the tank: If there is a fault with the fuel sender sensor, deal with this first.
Check the low pressure circuit by running test 3 low pressure circuit test and check that there are no exterior
leaks or air leaks in the low pressure fuel circuit.
Run test SC035 High pressure fuel circuit fault finding.
If the fault is still present, check the rail pressure regulator connections (DRV).
check the engine management computer connections.
If one of the connectors is faulty and there is a repair procedure (see Technical Note 6015A, Electrical wiring
repair, wiring: precautions for repair), repair the connector, otherwise replace the wiring.

Deal with any other faults. Clear the fault memory.


AFTER REPAIR Switch off the ignition, wait 1 minute and carry out a road test followed by a check
with the diagnostic tool.
EDC16CP33_V0C_DF895 / EDC16CP33_V10_DF895 /
EDC16CP33_V14_DF895 / EDC16CP33_V16_DF895
MR-410-X83-13B000$480.mif
V5
13B-151
EDC16CP33 DIESEL INJECTION
Program No.: C4
Vdiag No.: 0C, 10, 14, 16 Fault finding – Interpretation of faults 13B

DF895
CONTINUED

Check the seal on the rail pressure regulator (DRV):


Disconnect the low-pressure return pipe from the rail pressure regulator (DRV).
In its place, connect a transparent pipe, with the other end leading to a container of some sort in order to collect
the drained diesel fuel.
Start the engine and let the engine idle.
When the engine is started, no diesel should flow into the transparent pipe as the rail pressure regulator (DRV) is
closed so that the pressure in the hydraulic system can rise.
Diesel fuel should flow into the transparent pipe a few seconds after the engine is started, provided that the diesel
is cold (less than 15˚C), as the regulation is provided by the rail pressure regulator (DRV).
If the diesel is warm (above 15˚C), regulation is controlled by the pump pressure regulator (MPROP).
No diesel should flow into the pipe.

If the diesel does not behave in accordance with this description, replace the rail (removing the rail pressure
regulator (DRV) is not permitted).

Note: the above description no longer applies if faults DF898 Rail pressure regulator circuit, DF897 Pump
pressure regulator circuit and DF896 Pump pressure regulation are present.

Check the condition of the pressure regulator connector on the pump (MPROP).
Check the condition of the engine management computer connectors.
If one of the connectors is faulty and there is a repair procedure (see Technical Note 6015A, Electrical wiring
repair, wiring: precautions for repair), repair the connector, otherwise replace the wiring.

Measure the resistance between connections 3FB and 3HI of component 1105.
Contact Techline if the resistance is not between: 2 Ω and 6 Ω at 20˚C.

If the fault is still present, contact the Techline.

Deal with any other faults. Clear the fault memory.


AFTER REPAIR Switch off the ignition, wait 1 minute and carry out a road test followed by another
check with the diagnostic tool.

MR-410-X83-13B000$480.mif
V5
13B-152
EDC16CP33 DIESEL INJECTION
Program No.: C4
Vdiag No.: 0C, 10, 14, 16 Fault finding – Interpretation of faults 13B
PRESSURE REGULATOR ON PUMP
DF896
1.DEF: Below minimum threshold
PRESENT
2.DEF: Above maximum threshold
OR
3.DEF: Negative loop deviation
STORED
4.DEF: Positive loop deviation

Conditions for applying the fault finding procedure to stored faults:


The fault is declared present after:
– the ignition is switched on.
– the engine is started.

Special notes:
NOTES
If the fault is present:
– the engine stops and the level 2 warning light comes on: 1.DEF,
– the level 1 warning light comes on: 2.DEF, 3.DEF, 4.DEF,
– engine torque is limited: 2.DEF, 3.DEF, 4.DEF,
– the rail pressure is regulated by a regulator built into the rail (DRV): 2.DEF, 3.DEF,
4.DEF.

1.DEF Priorities when dealing with a number of faults:


2.DEF Deal with faults DF897 Pump pressure regulator circuit,
NOTES
3.DEF DF898 Rail pressure regulator circuit first, if they are
4.DEF present or stored.

Check that there are no leaks on the high pressure diesel fuel circuit.
Repair if necessary.

Check the level of fuel in the tank.


Check the low pressure circuit by running test 3 low pressure circuit test and check that there are no exterior
leaks or air leaks in the low pressure fuel circuit.

Run test SC035 High pressure fuel circuit fault finding.

Check the condition of the pressure regulator connector on the pump (MPROP).
Check the condition of the engine management computer connectors.
If one of the connectors is faulty and there is a repair procedure (see Technical Note 6015A, Electrical wiring
repair, wiring: precautions for repair), repair the connector, otherwise replace the wiring.

Check the condition of the pressure regulator connector on the rail (DRV).
Check the condition of the engine management computer connectors.
If one of the connectors is faulty and there is a repair procedure (see Technical Note 6015A, Electrical wiring
repair, wiring: precautions for repair), repair the connector, otherwise replace the wiring.

If the fault is still present, contact the Techline.

Deal with any other faults. Clear the fault memory.


AFTER REPAIR Switch off the ignition, wait 1 minute and carry out a road test followed by another
check with the diagnostic tool.
EDC16CP33_V0C_DF896 / EDC16CP33_V10_DF896 /
EDC16CP33_V14_DF896 / EDC16CP33_V16_DF896
MR-410-X83-13B000$480.mif
V5
13B-153
EDC16CP33 DIESEL INJECTION
Program No.: C4
Vdiag No.: 0C, 10, 14, 16 Fault finding – Interpretation of faults 13B
PUMP PRESSURE REGULATOR CIRCUIT
DF897
CO: Open circuit
PRESENT
CC.0: Short circuit to earth
OR
CC.1: Short circuit to + 12 V
STORED
1.DEF: Internal electronic fault

Conditions for applying the fault finding procedure to stored faults:


The fault reappears after:
– ignition is switched on
– the regulator is actuated using command AC226 Pump pressure regulator.

Special notes:
The fuel flow regulator is built into the high pressure pump.
If the fault is present:
– the quantity of fuel injected limited and the engine speed limited to 3000 rpm: CO,
NOTES CC.1, 1.DEF
– regulation with open loop for fuel flow,
– the level 2 warning light comes on: CC.0: engine stop,
– the level 1 warning light comes on: CO, CC.1, 1.DEF,
– pressure is regulated by the pump pressure regulator (MPROP).

Use bornier Elé. 1681 for all operations on the engine management computer
connectors.

See Wiring Diagrams Technical Note, Trafic II phase 2.

CO NOTES None.

Check the condition of the pressure regulator connector on the pump (MPROP).
Check the condition of the engine management computer connectors.
If one of the connectors is faulty and there is a repair procedure (see Technical Note 6015A, Electrical wiring
repair, wiring: precautions for repair), repair the connector, otherwise replace the wiring.

Measure the resistance between connections 37X and 3HI of component 1105.
Contact the Techline if the resistance is less than 1.5 Ω or greater than 1 kΩ
Ω.

Check the continuity of the following connection:


– 3HI between the components 120 and 1105.
Check the + 12 V after relay feed on the following connection:
– 37X of component 1105.
If the connection or connections are faulty and there is a repair procedure (see Technical Note 6015A, Electrical
wiring repair, Wiring: Precautions for repair), repair the wiring, otherwise replace it.

If the fault is still present, contact the Techline.

Deal with any other faults. Clear the fault memory.


AFTER REPAIR Switch off the ignition, wait 1 minute and carry out a road test followed by another
check with the diagnostic tool.

EDC16CP33_V0C_DF897 / EDC16CP33_V10_DF897 /
EDC16CP33_V14_DF897 / EDC16CP33_V16_DF897
MR-410-X83-13B000$480.mif
V5
13B-154
EDC16CP33 DIESEL INJECTION
Program No.: C4
Vdiag No.: 0C, 10, 14, 16 Fault finding – Interpretation of faults 13B
DF897
CONTINUED 1

CC.0 NOTES None.

Check the condition of the pressure regulator connector on the pump (MPROP).
Check the condition of the engine management computer connectors.
If one of the connectors is faulty and there is a repair procedure (see Technical Note 6015A, Electrical wiring
repair, Wiring: Precautions for repair), repair the connector, otherwise replace the wiring.

Measure the resistance between connections 37X and 3HI of component 1105.
Contact the Techline if the resistance is less than 1.5 Ω or greater than 1 kΩ
Ω.

Check the continuity and insulation from earth of the following connection:
– 3HI between the components 120 and 1105.
Check the + 12 V after relay supply on the following connection:
– 37X of component 1105.
If the connection or connections are faulty and there is a repair procedure (see Technical Note 6015A, Electrical
wiring repair, Wiring: Precautions for repair), repair the wiring, otherwise replace it.
If the fault is still present, contact the Techline.

CC.1 NOTES None.

Check the condition of the pressure regulator connector on the pump (MPROP).
Check the condition of the engine management computer connectors.
If one of the connectors is faulty and there is a repair procedure (see Technical Note 6015A, Electrical wiring
repair, wiring: precautions for repair), repair the connector, otherwise replace the wiring.

Measure the resistance between connections 37X and 3HI of component 1105.
Contact the Techline if the resistance is less than 1.5 Ω or greater than 1 kΩ
Ω.

Check the continuity and insulation from + 12 V of the following connection:


– 3HI between components 120 and 1105.
Check the + 12 V after relay supply on the following connection:
– 37X of component 1105.
If the connection or connections are faulty and there is a repair procedure (see Technical Note 6015A, Electrical
wiring repair, Wiring: Precautions for repair), repair the wiring, otherwise replace it.

If the fault is still present, contact the Techline.

Deal with any other faults. Clear the fault memory.


AFTER REPAIR Switch off the ignition, wait 1 minute and carry out a road test followed by another
check with the diagnostic tool.

MR-410-X83-13B000$480.mif
V5
13B-155
EDC16CP33 DIESEL INJECTION
Program No.: C4
Vdiag No.: 0C, 10, 14, 16 Fault finding – Interpretation of faults 13B

DF897
CONTINUED 2

Special notes:
1.DEF NOTES This fault appears when the computer control section has
overheated.

Check the condition of the pressure regulator connector on the pump (MPROP).
Check the condition of the engine management computer connectors.
If one of the connectors is faulty and there is a repair procedure (see Technical Note 6015A, Electrical wiring
repair, wiring: precautions for repair), repair the connector, otherwise replace the wiring.

Measure the resistance between connections 37X and 3HI of component 1105.
Contact the Techline if the resistance is less than 2 Ω or greater than 6 Ω.

Check continuity and make sure there is no interference resistance on the following connection:
– 3HI between the components 120 and 1105.
Check the + 12 V after relay feed on the following connection:
– 37X of component 1105.
If the connection or connections are faulty and there is a repair procedure (see Technical Note 6015A, Electrical
wiring repair, Wiring: Precautions for repair), repair the wiring, otherwise replace it.

If the fault is still present, contact the Techline.

Deal with any other faults. Clear the fault memory.


AFTER REPAIR Switch off the ignition, wait 1 minute and carry out a road test followed by another
check with the diagnostic tool.

MR-410-X83-13B000$480.mif
V5
13B-156
EDC16CP33 DIESEL INJECTION
Program No.: C4
Vdiag No.: 0C, 10, 14, 16 Fault finding – Interpretation of faults 13B
PRESSURE REGULATOR CIRCUIT ON RAIL
DF898
CO: Open circuit
PRESENT
CC.0: Short circuit to earth
OR CC.1: Short circuit to + 12 V
STORED 1.DEF: Internal electronic fault

Conditions for applying the fault finding procedure to stored faults:


The fault reappears after:
– the ignition is switched on,
– the regulator is actuated using command AC225 Rail pressure regulator.

Special notes:
The rail pressure regulator (DRV) is built into the high-pressure rail.
DF898 Rail pressure regulator circuit depends on the pressure regulator on the rail
(DRV).
If the fault is present:
NOTES
– the quantity of fuel injected limited and the engine speed limited to 3000 rpm: CO,
CC.1, 1.DEF,
– the level 2 warning light will be lit,
– the engine stops immediately for CO, CC.1, 1.DEF,
– the engine stops after a few minutes for CC.0,
– the rail pressure is regulated by a regulator built into the pump (MPROP).
Use bornier Elé. 1681 for all operations on the engine management computer
connectors.

See Wiring Diagrams Technical Note, Trafic II phase 2.

CO NOTES None.

Check the condition of the pressure regulator connector on the rail (DRV).
Check the condition of the engine management computer connectors.
If one of the connectors is faulty and there is a repair procedure (see Technical Note 6015A, Electrical wiring
repair, wiring: precautions for repair), repair the connector, otherwise replace the wiring.

Measure the resistance between connections 37X and 3RG of component 1198.
Contact the Techline if the resistance is less than 2 Ω or greater than 1 kΩ
Ω.

Check the continuity of the following connection:


– 3RG between the components 120 and 1198.
Check the + 12 V after relay feed on the following connection:
– 37X of component 1198.
If the connection or connections are faulty and there is a repair procedure (see Technical Note 6015A, Electrical
wiring repair, Wiring: Precautions for repair), repair the wiring, otherwise replace it.

If the fault is still present, contact the Techline.

Deal with any other faults. Clear the fault memory.


AFTER REPAIR Switch off the ignition, wait 1 minute and carry out a road test followed by another
check with the diagnostic tool.

EDC16CP33_V0C_DF898 / EDC16CP33_V10_DF898 /
EDC16CP33_V14_DF898 / EDC16CP33_V16_DF898
MR-410-X83-13B000$480.mif
V5
13B-157
EDC16CP33 DIESEL INJECTION
Program No.: C4
Vdiag No.: 0C, 10, 14, 16 Fault finding – Interpretation of faults 13B
DF898
CONTINUED 1

CC.0 NOTES None.

Check the condition of the pressure regulator connector on the rail (DRV).
Check the condition of the engine management computer connectors.
If one of the connectors is faulty and there is a repair procedure (see Technical Note 6015A, Electrical wiring
repair, wiring: precautions for repair), repair the connector, otherwise replace the wiring.

Measure the resistance between connections 37X and 3RG of component 1198.
Contact the Techline if the resistance is less than 2 Ω or greater than 1 kΩ
Ω.

Check the continuity and insulation against earth of the following connection:
– 3RG between the components 120 and 1198.
Check the + 12 V after relay feed on the following connection:
– 37X of component 1198.
If the connection or connections are faulty and there is a repair procedure (see Technical Note 6015A, Electrical
wiring repair, Wiring: Precautions for repair), repair the wiring, otherwise replace it.

If the fault is still present, contact the Techline.

CC.1 NOTES None.

Check the condition of the pressure regulator connector on the rail (DRV).
Check the condition of the engine management computer connectors.
If one of the connectors is faulty and there is a repair procedure (see Technical Note 6015A, Electrical wiring
repair, wiring: precautions for repair), repair the connector, otherwise replace the wiring.

Measure the resistance between connections 37X and 3RG of component 1198.
Contact the Techline if the resistance is less than 2 Ω or greater than 1 kΩ
Ω.

Check the continuity and insulation from + 12 V of the following connection:


– 3RG between the components 120 and 1198.
Check the + 12 V after relay supply on the following connection:
– 3FB of component 1198.
If the connection or connections are faulty and there is a repair procedure (see Technical Note 6015A, Electrical
wiring repair, Wiring: Precautions for repair), repair the wiring, otherwise replace it.

If the fault is still present, contact the Techline.

Deal with any other faults. Clear the fault memory.


AFTER REPAIR Switch off the ignition, wait 1 minute and carry out a road test followed by another
check with the diagnostic tool.

MR-410-X83-13B000$480.mif
V5
13B-158
EDC16CP33 DIESEL INJECTION
Program No.: C4
Vdiag No.: 0C, 10, 14, 16 Fault finding – Interpretation of faults 13B

DF898
CONTINUED 2

Special notes:
1.DEF NOTES This fault appears when the computer control section has
overheated.

Check the condition of the pressure regulator connector on the rail (DRV).
Check the condition of the engine management computer connectors.
If one of the connectors is faulty and there is a repair procedure (see Technical Note 6015A, Electrical wiring
repair, wiring: precautions for repair), repair the connector, otherwise replace the wiring.

Measure the resistance between connections 37X and 3RG of component 1198.
Contact the Techline if the resistance is less than 2 Ω or greater than 6 Ω.

Check for continuity and the absence of interference resistance on the following connection:
– 3RG between the components 120 and 1198.
Check the + 12 V after relay supply on the following connection:
– 3FB of component 1198.
If the connection or connections are faulty and there is a repair procedure (see Technical Note 6015A, Electrical
wiring repair, Wiring: Precautions for repair), repair the wiring, otherwise replace it.

If the fault is still present, contact the Techline.

Deal with any other faults. Clear the fault memory.


AFTER REPAIR Switch off the ignition, wait 1 minute and carry out a road test followed by another
check with the diagnostic tool.

MR-410-X83-13B000$480.mif
V5
13B-159
EDC16CP33
DIESEL INJECTION
Program No.: C4
Vdiag No.: 14 Fault finding – Interpretation of faults 13B
HEATER PLUGS NOT CONFIGURED
DF1069
1.DEF: Configuration/Initialisation
PRESENT
OR
STORED

Special notes:
If the fault is present:
– engine torque limited,
– an engine speed below 1500 rpm.
NOTES The level 1 warning light is illuminated.

Conditions in which the fault appears:


This fault only appears when the computer is reprogrammed after a change
in Vdiag 14.

If the fault is present, show the status ET781 Heater plugs.


If status ET781Heater plugs is STATUS 3, this means that the heater plugs are not configured in the injection
computer.
To determine the type of heater plugs fitted to the engine, a coloured ring can be identified on the plugs:
– slow plugs have a black ring,
– fast plugs have a white ring.

To configure the type of plugs installed, use command SC036 Reinitialise programming and select HEATER
PLUGS.

If the fault is stored, clear the fault

If the fault is still present and the status ET781 Heater Plugs is not STATUS 3, contact the Techline.

Deal with any other faults. Clear the fault memory.


AFTER REPAIR Switch off the ignition, wait 1 minute and carry out a road test followed by another
check with the diagnostic tool.

EDC16CP33_V14_DF1069
MR-410-X83-13B000$480.mif
V5
13B-160
EDC16CP33
DIESEL INJECTION
Program No.: C4
Vdiag No.: 0C, 10, 14, 16 Fault finding – Conformity check 13B
Only carry out this conformity check after a full check with the diagnostic tool.
NOTES The values shown in this conformity check are given as a guide.
Test conditions: ENGINE OFF, IGNITION ON.

MAIN COMPUTER STATUSES AND PARAMETERS

Parameter or state
Order Function Display and notes Fault finding
checked or action

In the event of a fault, test the


battery and carry out a fault
1 Power supply PR074: Battery voltage 8.5 V < X < 15 V
finding procedure on the charging
circuit.

2 PR055: Engine speed Indicates the engine's In the event of a fault, refer to the
speed of rotation in interpretation of fault DF195
Engine speed
Engine idle rpm. Camshaft sensor/engine speed
3 PR190: Ignition on at 0 rpm consistency.
speed setpoint.

YES = completed
NO = not completed In the event of a fault, consult the
Injection Injector code
4 ET104: This status is shown if interpretation of DF066 Injector
configuration use
programming of the injector code(s).
codes has been completed.

Indicates the atmospheric


pressure in mbar. In the event of a fault, consult the
Atmospheric
5 PR035: The sensor is incorporated interpretation of fault DF200
pressure
in the computer. Atmospheric pressure sensor.
Pressure Default value: 750 mbar.

0 bar < X < 90


In the event of a fault, consult the
bar If the coolant
6 PR038: Rail pressure interpretation of fault DF007 Rail
temperature
pressure sensor circuit.
< 30 ˚C.

Indicates the inlet air


In the event of a fault, consult the
Inlet air temperature in ˚C
7 Temperature PR059: interpretation of DF002 Air
temperature PR059 ≈ PR064
temperature sensor circuit.
cold engine

Indicates the engine


In the event of a fault, consult the
Coolant coolant temperature in ˚C
8 PR064: interpretation of DF001 Coolant
temperature PR059 ≈ PR064
temperature sensor circuit
cold engine

Gives the vehicle speed in If there is a fault, carry out a


mph. This parameter is multiplex network test (see 88B,
transmitted by the ABS Multiplex).
9 Speed signal PR089: Vehicle speed
computer. This signal is And then complete fault finding on
transmitted to the injection the ABS computer (see 38C,
by a wire connection. Anti-lock braking system).

EDC16CP33_V0C_CCONF / EDC16CP33_V10_CCONF/
EDC16CP33_V14_CCONF / EDC16CP33_V16_CCONF
MR-410-X83-13B000$528.mif
V5
13B-161
EDC16CP33 DIESEL INJECTION
Program No.: C4
Vdiag No.: 0C, 10, 14, 16 Fault finding – Conformity check 13B
Only carry out this conformity check after a full check with the diagnostic tool.
NOTES The values shown in this conformity check are given as a guide.
Test conditions: ENGINE OFF, IGNITION ON.

MAIN COMPUTER STATUSES AND PARAMETERS (CONTINUED)

Parameter or state
Order Function Display and notes Fault finding
checked or action
In the event of a fault, consult
Indicates the inlet air flow in
the interpretation for fault
10 Inlet PR132: Air flow kg/h
DF056 Air flow sensor
0 kg/h
circuit
NO If YES, run complete fault
This signal is transmitted by finding on the airbag computer
11 Safety ET077: Impact detected
the airbag computer via the (see 88C, Airbag and
multiplex network. pretensioners)
In the event of a fault, refer to
Alternator Indicates the alternator
12 PR002: Alternator charge Technical Note 6014A,
charge charge in %
Checking the charge circuit

MR-410-X83-13B000$528.mif
V5
13B-162
EDC16CP33 DIESEL INJECTION
Program No.: C4
Vdiag No.: 0C, 10, 14, 16 Fault finding – Conformity check 13B
Only carry out this conformity check after a full check with the diagnostic tool.
NOTES The values shown in this conformity check are given as a guide.
Test conditions: ENGINE OFF, IGNITION ON.

AIR CIRC. SUB-FUNCTION (TURBO/INLET)

Parameter or state
Order Function Display and notes Fault finding
checked or action

Indicates the inlet air


In the event of a fault, consult the
Inlet air temperature in ˚C.
1 PR059: interpretation of fault DF002 Air
temperature PR059 ≈
temperature sensor circuit.
PR064 cold engine
Temperature Gives the engine
coolant temperature In the event of a fault, consult the
Coolant
2 PR064: in ˚C interpretation of DF001 Coolant
temperature
PR059 ≈ PR064 temperature sensor circuit.
cold engine

Turbocharging
3 PR009: ≈ 1 bar None
pressure setpoint

Turbocharging In the event of a fault, consult the


Turbocharging PR041 = PR035 interpretation of DF004
4 PR041:
pressure ± 0.20 bar Turbocharging pressure
sensor circuit.

Indicates the
atmospheric pressure
in mbar. The sensor is In the event of a fault, consult the
Atmospheric
5 PR035: incorporated in the interpretation of DF200
pressure
computer. Atmospheric pressure sensor.
Default value:
750 mbar.

Indicates the inlet air


6 PR132: Air flow flow in kg/h
0 kg/h In the event of a fault, consult the
Air circulation
Indicates the flow of air interpretation of parameter DF056
entering the engine in Air flow sensor circuit.
7 PR490: Engine air flow
mg/st
0.0 mg/st

In the event of a fault, consult the


Indicates the damper
interpretation of faults DF645
valve position as a
Damper valve Damper valve position
8 PR747: percentage
position regulation, DF646 Damper
Stationary PR747 =
valve position sensor and
0%
DF323 Damper valve.

MR-410-X83-13B000$528.mif
V5
13B-163
EDC16CP33 DIESEL INJECTION
Program No.: C4
Vdiag No.: 0C, 10, 14, 16 Fault finding – Conformity check 13B
Only carry out this conformity check after a full check with the diagnostic tool.
NOTES The values shown in this conformity check are given as a guide.
Test conditions: ENGINE OFF, IGNITION ON.

AIR CIRC. SUB-FUNCTION (TURBO/INLET) (CONTINUED)

Parameter or state
Order Function Display and notes Fault finding
checked or action

In the event of a fault, consult the


Air flow sensor
9 PR225: 0V<X<5V interpretation of parameter DF056
voltage
Air flow sensor circuit.

Atmospheric
10 PR079: pressure sensor 0V<X<5V
voltage In the event of a fault, consult the
Sensor feed interpretation of faults DF011
Air temperature Sensor feed voltage no. 1,
11 PR083: 0V<X<5V
sensor voltage DF012 Sensor feed voltage no.
2 and DF013 Sensor feed
Turbocharging voltage no. 3.
12 PR224: pressure sensor 0V<X<5V
voltage
Gives the vehicle speed
in mph. This parameter In the event of a fault, carry out a
is transmitted by the multiplex network test (see 88
13 Speed signal PR089: Vehicle speed ABS computer. This B, Multiplex) then fault finding on
signal is transmitted to the ABS computer (see 38C,
the injection by a wire Anti-lock braking system).
connection.

In the event of a fault, consult the


EGR valve interpretation of faults DF209
Exhaust gas Indicates the EGR valve
14 PR051: position EGR valve position sensor
recirculation opening ratio
feedback circuit and DF647 EGR valve
position regulation.

Gives the engine's


In the event of a fault, refer to the
rotational speed
interpretation of fault DF195
15 Engine speed PR055: Engine speed in rpm.
Camshaft sensor/engine speed
With the ignition on at
consistency.
0 rpm

Indicates the
difference between
In the event of a fault, consult the
Air flow the inlet air flow and
16 Air circulation PR023: interpretation of fault DF056 Air
difference the air entering the
flow sensor circuit.
engine.
X > 400 mg/st

MR-410-X83-13B000$528.mif
V5
13B-164
EDC16CP33 DIESEL INJECTION
Program No.: C4
Vdiag No.: 0C, 10, 14, 16 Fault finding – Conformity check 13B
Only carry out this conformity check after a full check with the diagnostic tool.
NOTES The values shown in this conformity check are given as a guide.
Test conditions: ENGINE OFF, IGNITION ON.

FUEL CIRCUIT SUB-FUNCTION

Parameter or state
Order Function Display and notes Fault finding
checked or action
In the event of a fault, refer to
Gives the engine's rotational
the interpretation of DF195
1 Engine speed PR055: Engine speed speed in rpm.
Camshaft sensor/engine
With the ignition on at 0 rpm
speed consistency.
If there is a fault, carry out a
Gives the vehicle speed in mph.
multiplex network test (see 88B,
This parameter is transmitted
Multiplex).
2 Speed signal PR089: Vehicle speed by the ABS computer. This
And then complete fault finding
signal is transmitted to the
on the ABS computer (see 38C,
injection by a wire connection.
Anti-lock braking system).
Indicates the theoretical
Rail reference pressure value for optimal
3 PR008: None
pressure engine operation
X = 250 ± 50 bar
Pressure In the event of a fault, consult
4 PR038: Rail pressure 0 bar < X < 90 bar the interpretation of fault DF007
Rail pressure sensor circuit.
Rail pressure
5 PR213: X = PR008 - PR038
loop difference
In the event of a fault, consult
With ignition on the interpretation of DF897
6 PR017: Fuel flow
0.0 mg/st Pump pressure regulator
Flow
circuit.
With ignition on
7 PR157: Fuel flow setpoint None
0.0 mg/st
Indicates the solenoid valve In the event of a fault, consult
Fuel regulation
Fuel opening control as a the interpretation of DF897
8 PR484: solenoid valve
regulation percentage Pump pressure regulator
OCR*
0.0 % circuit.
Cylinder no. 1
9 PR364:
fuel correction
Cylinder no. 2
10 PR405: fuel flow
correction In the event of a fault, consult
Flow
Cylinder no. 3 X = 0.0 mg/st test 10 Incorrect injector
correction
11 PR406: fuel flow operation
correction
Cylinder no. 4
12 PR365: fuel flow
correction

Opening cyclic ratio signal

MR-410-X83-13B000$528.mif
V5
13B-165
EDC16CP33 DIESEL INJECTION
Program No.: C4
Vdiag No.: 0C, 10, 14, 16 Fault finding – Conformity check 13B
Only carry out this conformity check after a full check with the diagnostic tool.
NOTES The values shown in this conformity check are given as a guide.
Test conditions: ENGINE OFF, IGNITION ON.

FUEL CIRCUIT SUB-FUNCTION (CONTINUED)

Parameter or state
Order Function Display and notes Fault finding
checked or action

In the event of a fault, refer to the


Rail pressure
13 PR080: 0V<X<5V interpretation of DF013 Sensor
sensor voltage
feed voltage no. 3.
Sensor feed
In the event of a fault, consult the
Fuel temperature
14 PR082: 0V<X<5V interpretation of DF098 Fuel
sensor voltage
temperature sensor circuit.
Gives the fuel
In the event of a fault, consult the
temperature
15 PR063: Fuel temperature interpretation of DF098 Fuel
- 30 ˚C < X < 90 ˚C
temperature sensor circuit.
Safe value: 100 ˚C
Temperature Gives the engine
coolant temperature In the event of a fault, consult the
Coolant
16 PR064: in ˚C interpretation of DF001 Coolant
temperature
PR059 ≈ PR064 temperature sensor circuit
cold engine

Indicates the current


In the event of a fault, consult the
Rail pressure absorbed by the rail
17 PR006: interpretation of DF898 Rail
regulator current pressure regulator
pressure regulator circuit.
PR006 ≈ PR007

Rail pressure Indicates the theoretical


18 Current PR007: regulator current current absorbed by the None
setpoint rail pressure regulator

Indicates the current


Fuel flow In the event of a fault, consult the
absorbed by the fuel
19 PR739: solenoid valve interpretation of DF897 Pump
flow solenoid valve
current pressure regulator circuit.
~ 200 mA

MR-410-X83-13B000$528.mif
V5
13B-166
EDC16CP33 DIESEL INJECTION
Program No.: C4
Vdiag No.: 0C, 10, 14, 16 Fault finding – Conformity check 13B
Only carry out this conformity check after a full check with the diagnostic tool.
NOTES The values shown in this conformity check are given as a guide.
Test conditions: ENGINE OFF, IGNITION ON.

DRIVER PARAMETERS SUB-FUNCTION

Parameter or state
Function Display and notes Fault finding
checked or action
PR055: Engine speed Gives the engine's rotational
In the event of a fault, refer to the
speed in rpm.
Engine speed Engine idle interpretation of fault DF195 Camshaft
PR190: With the ignition on at
speed setpoint. sensor/engine speed consistency.
0 rpm
Indicates the accelerator
In the event of a fault, refer to the
pedal position.
Accelerator Accelerator interpretation of DF196 Pedal sensor
PR030: If there is no pressure
pedal position pedal position circuit gang 1 or DF198 Pedal sensor
on the pedal X =
circuit gang 2.
0%
Pedal
Accelerator pedal released
PR086: potentiometer
0.70 V < X < 0.80 V
voltage gang 1
Sensor feed NOTEThis relates to normal operation.
Pedal
Accelerator pedal released
PR088: potentiometer
0.30 V < X < 0.40 V
voltage gang 2
Each time ignition is switched
Non-conformity of the clutch switch signal
Clutch pedal on ET034 is NO and changes
Clutch pedal ET034: can cause "engine racing" during gear
registered to YES when the clutch pedal
changes.
is depressed
In the event of a fault, carry out a
Gives the vehicle speed in multiplex network test (see 88B,
mph. This parameter is sent Multiplexing),
Speed signal PR089: Vehicle speed
by the ABS computer via a and then complete fault finding on the
wire connection. ABS computer (see 38C, Anti-lock
braking system).
In the event of a fault, consult the
Coolant Shows the engine coolant
Temperature PR064: interpretation of DF001 Coolant
temperature temperature in ˚C
temperature sensor circuit
In the event of a fault, refer to the
Accelerator Indicates the accelerator interpretation of DF196 Pedal sensor
PR003: Pedal load
pedal pedal load in % circuit gang 1 or DF198 Pedal sensor
circuit gang 2.
Clutch pedal depressed:
ACTIVE In the event of a fault, consult the
Clutch pedal
Clutch pedal ET405: interpretation of status ET405 Clutch
switch Clutch pedal released: pedal switch
INACTIVE
This parameter indicates the
Oil oxidation PR874: Last service vehicle mileage the last time -
a service was carried out.
(*) Pedal voltages - when cold, ignition on (average values ± 0.2 data provided as a guide).
PR030 Accelerator pedal position 0% 100 % 138 %
PR086 Pedal potentiometer gang 1 voltage * 0.73 V 3.50 V 4.53 V
PR088 Pedal potentiometer gang 2 voltage * 0.36 V 1.74 V 2.26 V

MR-410-X83-13B000$528.mif
V5
13B-167
EDC16CP33 DIESEL INJECTION
Program No.: C4
Vdiag No.: 0C, 10, 14, 16 Fault finding – Conformity check 13B
Only carry out this conformity check after a full check with the diagnostic tool.
NOTES The values shown in this conformity check are given as a guide.
Test conditions: ENGINE OFF, IGNITION ON.

PREHEATING/IGNITION SUB-FUNCTION

Parameter or state
Function Display and notes Fault finding
checked or action

ACTIVE
Pre- when the heater plugs are
ET007: postheating activated,
control depending on the computer
programming

Pre- If there is a fault refer to the interpretation


Indicates whether ET120 is of faults DF017 "Pre-postheating unit
Preheating ET120: postheating
PRESENT or ABSENT control circuit" and DF1069 "Heater
signal.
plugs not configured".
Heater plug type.
STATUS 1: Slow plugs.
ET781* Heater plugs
STATUS 2: Fast plugs.
STATUS 3: Not defined.

Gives the vehicle speed in In the event of a fault, carry out a multiplex
mph. This parameter is network test (see 88B, Multiplex), then
Speed signal PR089: Vehicle speed
sent by the ABS computer fault finding on the ABS computer
via a wire connection. (see 38C, Anti-lock braking system).

Indicates the engine's


In the event of a fault, refer to the
speed of rotation in rpm.
Engine speed PR055: Engine speed interpretation of DF195 Camshaft
With the ignition on at
sensor/engine speed consistency.
0 rpm

Gives the engine coolant


In the event of a fault, consult the
Coolant temperature in ˚C
PR064: interpretation of DF001 Coolant
temperature PR059 ≈ PR064
temperature sensor circuit
cold engine
Temperature
Shows the inlet air
In the event of a fault, consult the
Inlet air temperature
PR059: interpretation of DF002 Air temperature
temperature PR059 ≈ PR064
sensor circuit.
cold engine

Indicates whether the


engine is in + after ignition
Engine status ET038: Engine None
feed
RUNNING or STOPPED

* Only with Vdiag 14 and 16.

MR-410-X83-13B000$528.mif
V5
13B-168
EDC16CP33 DIESEL INJECTION
Program No.: C4
Vdiag No.: 0C, 10, 14, 16 Fault finding – Conformity check 13B
Only carry out this conformity check after a full check with the diagnostic tool.
NOTES The values shown in this conformity check are given as a guide.
Test conditions: ENGINE OFF, IGNITION ON.

EMISSION CONTROL/OBD SUB-FUNCTION

Parameter or state
Order Function Display and notes Fault finding
checked or action

Indicates the engine's In the event of a fault, refer to


speed of rotation in rpm. the interpretation of fault DF195
1 Engine speed PR055: Engine speed
With the ignition on at Camshaft sensor/engine
0 rpm speed consistency.

In the event of a fault, consult


Indicates the required the interpretation of faults
EGR valve opening
2 PR005: opening ratio for the DF209 EGR valve position
setpoint
EGR valve sensor circuit and DF647 EGR
valve position regulation.

Indicates the percentage


EGR valve position
difference between the
3 PR022: feedback loop
setpoint and the EGR
difference
valve
Exhaust gas
recirculation EGR valve position Indicates the EGR valve
4 PR051:
feedback opening ratio

First EGR
5 PR128:
valve offset Indicates the percentage
Last EGR valve ≈ 20 %
6 PR129:
offset

Cooling of INACTIVE
7 ET587: recirculated Depending on the
exhaust gas computer programming

Indicates the inlet air flow In the event of a fault, consult


8 Flow PR132: Air flow in kg/h the interpretation of parameter
PR132 = 0 kg/h DF056 Air flow sensor circuit.

Indicates the flow of


air entering the engine
9 PR490: Engine air flow
in mg/st
PR490 = 0 mg/st None

Air flow setpoint Indicates the required air


10 PR171:
for EGR flow for the EGR valve

MR-410-X83-13B000$528.mif
V5
13B-169
EDC16CP33 DIESEL INJECTION
Program No.: C4
Vdiag No.: 0C, 10, 14, 16 Fault finding – Conformity check 13B
Only carry out this conformity check after a full check with the diagnostic tool.
NOTES The values shown in this conformity check are given as a guide.
Test conditions: ENGINE OFF, IGNITION ON.

EMISSION CONTROL/OBD SUB-FUNCTION (CONTINUED)

Parameter or state
Order Function Display and notes Fault finding
checked or action

In the event of a fault, consult


the interpretation of faults
EGR valve position EGR valve in closed
11 Sensor feed PR077: DF209 EGR valve position
sensor voltage position
sensor circuit and DF647 EGR
valve position regulation.

Gives the vehicle speed in If there is a fault, carry out a


mph. This parameter is multiplex network test (see 88B,
transmitted by the ABS Multiplex).
12 Speed signal PR089: Vehicle speed
computer. This signal is And then complete fault finding
transmitted to the injection on the ABS computer (see 38C,
by a wire connection. Anti-lock braking system).

Indicates the difference


In the event of a fault, consult
between the inlet air flow
13 Air flow PR023: Air flow difference the interpretation of fault DF056
and the air entering the
Air flow sensor circuit.
engine in mg/st.

Displays the opening cycle


14 EGR valve PR220: EGR valve OCR* ratio percentage for the None
EGR valve.

*OCR: Opening cycle ratio

MR-410-X83-13B000$528.mif
V5
13B-170
EDC16CP33 DIESEL INJECTION
Program No.: C4
Vdiag No.: 0C, 10, 14, 16 Fault finding – Conformity check 13B
Only carry out this conformity check after a full check with the diagnostic tool.
NOTES The values shown in this conformity check are given as a guide.
Test conditions: ENGINE OFF, IGNITION ON.

ENGINE COOLING SUB-FUNCTION

Parameter or state
Order Function Display and notes Fault finding
checked or action

Shows the engine In the event of a fault, consult the


Coolant Coolant
1 PR064: coolant temperature interpretation of DF001 Coolant
temperature temperature
in ˚C temperature sensor circuit.

Gives the engine's


In the event of a fault, refer to the
rotational speed
interpretation of fault DF195
2 PR055: Engine speed in rpm.
Camshaft sensor/engine speed
With the ignition on
consistency.
at 0 rpm
Engine speed Indicates the engine's
speed of rotation with
Engine speed
air conditioning
3 PR053: requested by air NONE
in rpm.
conditioning
With the ignition on
at 0 rpm

Coolant In the event of a fault, consult the


4 Sensor feed PR084: temperature 0V<X<5V interpretation of DF001 Coolant
sensor voltage temperature sensor circuit.

Gives the vehicle speed


If there is a fault, carry out a
in mph. This parameter
multiplex network test (see 88B,
is transmitted by the
Multiplex).
5 Speed signal PR089: Vehicle speed ABS computer. This
And then complete fault finding on
signal is transmitted to
the ABS computer (see 38C,
the injection by a wire
Anti-lock braking system).
connection.

In the event of a fault, consult the


Low speed fan
interpretation of DF018 Low-
6 ET143: assembly relay
INACTIVE speed fan assembly control
control
Cold engine with circuit.
Relay control
climate control In the event of a fault, consult
High-speed fan switched off interpretation of DF019 High-
7 ET144: assembly relay
speed fan assembly
control
control circuit.

MR-410-X83-13B000$528.mif
V5
13B-171
EDC16CP33 DIESEL INJECTION
Program No.: C4
Vdiag No.: 0C, 10, 14, 16 Fault finding – Conformity check 13B
Only carry out this conformity check after a full check with the diagnostic tool.
NOTES The values shown in this conformity check are given as a guide.
Test conditions: ENGINE OFF, IGNITION ON.

COLD LOOP SUB-FUNCTION

Parameter or state
Function Display and notes Fault finding
checked or action
Gives the vehicle speed in
In the event of a fault, carry out a
mph. This parameter is
multiplex network test (see 88B,
transmitted by the ABS
Speed signal PR089: Vehicle speed Multiplex), then fault finding on the ABS
computer. This signal is
computer (see 38C, Anti-lock braking
transmitted to the injection
system).
by a wire connection.
In the event of a fault, consult the
Coolant Coolant Shows the engine coolant
PR064: interpretation of DF001 Coolant
temperature temperature temperature in ˚C
temperature sensor circuit
Indicates the engine's
In the event of a fault, refer to the
speed of rotation in rpm.
PR055: Engine speed interpretation of DF195 Camshaft
With the ignition on at
sensor/engine speed consistency.
0 rpm
Engine speed Indicates the engine's
Engine speed speed of rotation with air
PR053: requested by air conditioning in rpm.
conditioning With the ignition on at None
0 rpm
Air conditioning YES or NO
ET079:
present Depending on equipment
Air conditioning
Air conditioning Completed or Not
ET018:
request completed
None
Exterior air Exterior air Gives the external air
PR061:
temperature temperature temperature in ˚C
Air conditioning
Indicates the voltage of the If there is a fault, refer to the
refrigerant
PR290: refrigerant pressure interpretation of DF232 "Refrigerant
pressure sensor
sensor in volts pressure sensor circuit".
voltage
Refrigerant
Indicates value of the If there is a fault, apply the fault finding
pressure sensor
refrigerant fluid pressure in procedure for DF232 "Refrigerant
Refrigerant
PR037: the system in bar, pressure sensor circuit". If the fault is
pressure
2bar < PR037 < 27 bar still present, replace the refrigerant
Default value: 0 bar sensor
STATUS 1: battery voltage
too low
STATUS 2: refrigerant
overpressure In the event of a fault, consult the
Air conditioning Air conditioning
ET752: STATUS 3: refrigerant interpretation of ALP9 The air
shut-off shut-off
underpressure conditioning does not work.
STATUS 4: Engine
running
STATUS 5: Too much heat

MR-410-X83-13B000$528.mif
V5
13B-172
EDC16CP33 DIESEL INJECTION
Program No.: C4
Vdiag No.: 0C, 10, 14, 16 Fault finding – Conformity check 13B
Only carry out this conformity check after a full check with the diagnostic tool.
NOTES The values shown in this conformity check are given as a guide.
Test conditions: ENGINE OFF, IGNITION ON.

HEATING SUB-FUNCTION

Parameter or state
Function Display and notes Fault finding
checked or action
Indicates whether the
engine is in + after
Engine status ET038: Engine None
ignition feed
RUNNING or STOPPED
Indicates the engine's
In the event of a fault, refer to the
speed of rotation in rpm.
Engine speed PR055: Engine speed interpretation of DF195 Camshaft
With the ignition on at
sensor/engine speed consistency.
0 rpm
Indicates the engine
In the event of a fault, consult the
Coolant coolant temperature in ˚C
Temperature PR064: interpretation of DF001 Coolant
temperature PR059 ≈ PR064
temperature sensor circuit
cold engine
Gives the vehicle speed in
In the event of a fault, carry out a
mph. This parameter is
multiplex network test (see 88B,
transmitted by the ABS
Speed signal PR089: Vehicle speed Multiplex), then fault finding on the
computer. This signal is
ABS computer (see 38C, Anti-lock
transmitted to the injection
braking system).
by a wire connection.
Heating element
ET205:
No. 1 relay control ACTIVE or INACTIVE.
Heating element Depending on the
Relay control ET206: None
No. 2 relay control computer programming, air
Heating element and coolant temperatures.
ET207:
No. 3 relay control
Heating element
ET024:
no. 1 request ACTIVE or INACTIVE.
Heating element Heating element Depending on the
ET025: None
request no. 2 request computer programming, air
Heating element and coolant temperatures.
ET026:
no. 3 request
Number of Number of heating
ET780 *: 0 or 4 None
heating elements elements*

* Except Vdiag 0C.

MR-410-X83-13B000$528.mif
V5
13B-173
EDC16CP33 DIESEL INJECTION
Program No.: C4
Vdiag No.: 0C, 10, 14, 16 Fault finding – Conformity check 13B
Only carry out this conformity check after a full check with the diagnostic tool.
NOTES The values shown in this conformity check are given as a guide.
Test conditions: ENGINE OFF, IGNITION ON.

CRUISE CONTROL/SPEED LIMITER SUB-FUNCTION

Parameter or state
Order Function Display and notes Fault finding
checked or action

If there is a fault, carry out a


Gives the vehicle speed in multiplex network test (see
mph. This parameter is
88B, Multiplex).
transmitted by the ABS
1 PR089: Vehicle speed And then complete fault finding
computer. This signal is
on the ABS computer
transmitted to the injection
(see 38C, Anti-lock braking
by a wire connection.
system).
Cruise control can only be
Cruise control Indicates the cruise control
2 PR130: activated for a speed.
setpoint cruising speed
V > 18 mph (30 km/h)
Cruise control/
speed limiter In the event of a fault, refer to
INACTIVE: when no button the interpretation of status
is pressed. ET042 Cruise control/
speed limiter.

Cruise control/ CRUISE CONTROL:


3 ET042: Lights the green warning light
Speed limiter cruise control ON/OFF
on the instrument panel.
button pressed

SPEED LIMITER: speed


Lights the orange warning light
limiter ON/OFF button
on the instrument panel.
pressed

Nonconformity of the brake


4 ET704: Brake switch no. 1 signals and or the clutch switch
signals can cause "engine
Brake pedal depressed racing" during gear changes.
Brake pedal ACTIVE
In the event of a fault, consult
position Brake pedal released the interpretation of statuses
INACTIVE ET704 Brake switch no. 1,
ET705 Brake switch no. 2
5 ET705: Brake switch no. 2 and ET405 Clutch
pedal switch

MR-410-X83-13B000$528.mif
V5
13B-174
EDC16CP33 DIESEL INJECTION
Program No.: C4
Vdiag No.: 0C, 10, 14, 16 Fault finding – Conformity check 13B
Only carry out this conformity check after a full check with the diagnostic tool.
NOTES The values shown in this conformity check are given as a guide.
Test conditions: ENGINE OFF, IGNITION ON.

CRUISE CONTROL/SPEED LIMITER SUB-FUNCTION (CONTINUED)

Parameter or state checked


Order Function Display and notes Fault finding
or action

Clutch pedal depressed In the event of a fault,


Clutch pedal ACTIVE consult the interpretation
6 ET405: Clutch pedal switch
position Clutch pedal released of status ET405 Clutch
INACTIVE pedal switch.

Brake pedal
STATUS 1:
depressed

Clutch pedal
STATUS 2:
depressed
Suspend button In the event of a fault,
STATUS 3: apply interpretation of
Driver deactivation pressed.
status ET556 Driver
7 ET556: of the cruise control/ Traction control
STATUS 4: deactivation of the
speed limiter request cruise control/speed
limiter.
Gear lever in neutral
STATUS 5:
position
Deactivation of
cruise control/ Lack of correlation
speed limiter STATUS 6: between the request
and the vehicle speed

Automatic gearbox in
STATUS 1:
defect mode.

Monitoring by In the event of a fault,


STATUS 2: apply interpretation of
Deactivation by injection computer
status ET557
8 ET557: cruise control/speed Vehicle speed
STATUS 3: Deactivation by cruise
limiter function monitoring control/speed limiter
function.
Cruise control or
STATUS 4: speed limiter
monitoring
Not detected
Inactive In the event of a fault,
Cruise control/ Cruise control/
Resume consult the interpretation
9 speed limiter ET703: speed limiter
Suspend of DF051 Cruise control/
buttons buttons
More speed limiter function.
Less
Indicates the maximum speed
Maximum
10 ET739: authorised following speed
Speed authorised speed
restriction None
restriction
Optional vehicle With
11 ET741:
speed restriction Without

MR-410-X83-13B000$528.mif
V5
13B-175
EDC16CP33 DIESEL INJECTION
Program No.: C4
Vdiag No.: 0C, 10, 14, 16 Fault finding – Conformity check 13B
Only carry out this conformity check after a full check with the diagnostic tool.
NOTES The values shown in this conformity check are given as a guide.
Test conditions: ENGINE OFF, IGNITION ON.

START SUB-FUNCTION

Parameter or state
Order Function Display and notes Fault finding
checked or action
In the event of a fault, apply
Computer +
the interpretation of DF046
1 ET001: after ignition Ignition on PRESENT
Battery voltage or DF151
feed
Main relay circuit.
Power supply
In the event of a fault, test the
battery and carry out a fault
2 PR074: Battery voltage 8.5 V < X < 15 V
finding procedure on the
charging circuit.
In the event of a fault, refer to
Alternator Alternator Indicates the alternator
3 PR002: Technical Note 6014A,
charge charge charge in %
Checking the charge circuit
Indicates whether the
engine is in + after
4 Engine status ET038: Engine None
ignition feed
RUNNING or STOPPED
Immobiliser
5 ET341: code YES
programmed In the event of a fault, (see
Engine 87B, Passenger
6 immobiliser ET076: Starting AUTHORISED compartment connection
unit, conformity check)
Engine
7 ET003: INACTIVE
immobiliser
Any phase difference between
the camshaft sensor and the
TDC sensor (chain slack or
timing shift) will lead to the
NOT COMPLETED
appearance of DF195
then becomes
8 Starting ET238: Synchronisation Camshaft sensor/engine
Completed when under
speed consistency.
the starter motor
When starting is not possible:
the status while the engine is
being cranked becomes
COMPLETED.
NO If YES, run complete fault
This signal is transmitted finding on the airbag computer
9 Safety ET077: Impact detected
by the airbag computer (see 88C, Airbag and
via the multiplex network. pretensioners)
PRESENT
In the event of a fault, consult
upon activation of the
Pre-postheating the interpretation of fault
10 Preheating ET120: heater plugs.
signal. DF017 Preheating unit
According to computer
control circuit.
programming.

MR-410-X83-13B000$528.mif
V5
13B-176
EDC16CP33 DIESEL INJECTION
Program No.: C4
Vdiag No.: 0C, 10, 14, 16 Fault finding – Conformity check 13B
Only carry out a conformity check after a complete check with the diagnostic tool.
NOTES The values shown in this conformity check are given as a guide.
Test conditions: ENGINE OFF, IGNITION ON.

PROTECTION SUB-FUNCTION:

Parameter or state
Order Function Display and notes Fault finding
checked or action

NO
If YES, run complete fault
This signal is
finding on the airbag
1 Safety ET077: Impact detected transmitted by the
computer (see 88C, Airbag
airbag computer via
and pretensioners).
the multiplex network.

Immobiliser code
2 ET341: YES
programmed
In the event of a fault, (see
Engine 87B, Passenger
3 ET076: Starting AUTHORISED
immobiliser compartment connection
unit, conformity check).
Engine
4 ET003: INACTIVE
immobiliser

MR-410-X83-13B000$528.mif
V5
13B-177
EDC16CP33 DIESEL INJECTION
Program No.: C4
Vdiag No.: 0C, 10, 14, 16 Fault finding – Conformity check 13B
Only carry out this conformity check after a full check with the diagnostic tool.
The values shown in this conformity check are given as a guide.
NOTES
Execution conditions: ENGINE WARM AT IDLE SPEED, FUNCTION
TEMPERATURE > 80 ˚C, WITHOUT ELECTRICAL CONSUMER.

MAIN COMPUTER STATUSES AND PARAMETERS

Parameter or state
Order Function Display and notes Fault finding
checked or action
In the event of a fault, test the battery
1 Power supply PR074: Battery voltage 8.5 V < X < 15 V and carry out a fault finding
procedure on the charging circuit.
In the event of a fault, refer to the
2 PR055: Engine speed The difference between the engine
interpretation of fault DF195
Engine speed speed and the idling speed setpoint
Engine idle Camshaft sensor/engine speed
3 PR190: should be less than 50 rpm
speed setpoint. consistency.
This status indicates whether or not
the injector codes have been In the event of a fault consult the
Injection
4 ET104: Injector code use programmed. interpretation of DF066 Injector
configuration
YES = completed code(s).
NO = not completed
Indicates the atmospheric pressure
in mbar. In the event of a fault, consult the
Atmospheric
5 PR035: The sensor is built into the interpretation of DF200
pressure
computer. Atmospheric pressure sensor.
Pressure Default value: 750 mbar.
Idle speed
In the event of a fault, consult the
270 bar ± 20 bar
6 PR038: Rail pressure interpretation of fault DF007 Rail
Full load
pressure sensor circuit.
1700 bar ± 20 bar
In the event of a fault, consult the
Inlet air
PR059: Shows the inlet air temperature interpretation of fault DF002 Air
temperature
temperature sensor circuit.
7 Temperature
In the event of a fault, consult the
Coolant Shows the engine coolant
PR064: interpretation of DF001 Coolant
temperature temperature in ˚C
temperature sensor circuit.
Gives the vehicle speed in mph. If there is a fault, carry out a multiplex
This parameter is transmitted by network test (see 88B, Multiplex).
8 Speed signal PR089: Vehicle speed the ABS computer. This signal is And then complete fault finding on
transmitted to the injection by a the ABS computer (see 38C, Anti-
wire connection. lock braking system).
In the event of a fault, consult the
9 Inlet PR132: Air flow Indicates the inlet air flow in kg/h interpretation of parameter DF056
Air flow sensor circuit.
NO
If YES, run complete fault finding on
This signal is transmitted by the
10 Safety ET077: Impact detected the airbag computer (see 88C,
airbag computer via the multiplex
Airbag and pretensioners).
network.
In the event of a fault, refer to
Alternator
11 PR002: Alternator charge Indicates the alternator charge in % Technical Note 6014A, Checking the
charge
charging circuit.

MR-410-X83-13B000$528.mif
V5
13B-178
EDC16CP33 DIESEL INJECTION
Program No.: C4
Vdiag No.: 0C, 10, 14, 16 Fault finding – Conformity check 13B
Only carry out this conformity check after a full check with the diagnostic tool.
The values shown in this conformity check are given as a guide.
NOTES
Execution conditions: ENGINE WARM AT IDLE SPEED, FUNCTION
TEMPERATURE > 80 ˚C, WITHOUT ELECTRICAL CONSUMER.

AIR CIRC. SUB-FUNCTION (TURBO/INLET)

Parameter or state
Order Function Display and notes Fault finding
checked or action

In the event of a fault,


Inlet air Shows the inlet air consult the interpretation of
1 PR059:
temperature temperature DF002 Air temperature
sensor circuit.
Temperature In the event of a fault,
Shows the engine consult the interpretation of
Coolant
2 PR064: coolant temperature DF001 Coolant
temperature
in ˚C temperature sensor
circuit

Turbocharging
3 PR009: pressure ≈ 1 bar None
setpoint
Turbocharging In the event of a fault,
Turbocharging PR041 = PR035 consult the interpretation of
4 PR041:
pressure ± 0.20 bar DF004 Turbocharging
pressure sensor circuit.

Indicates the
atmospheric pressure in In the event of a fault,
Atmospheric mbar. The sensor is built consult the interpretation of
5 PR035:
pressure into the computer. DF200 Atmospheric
Default value: pressure sensor.
750 mbar.

Do not interpret this


6 PR132: Air flow In the event of a fault,
value
consult the interpretation of
Air circulation Indicates the inlet air flow parameter DF056 Air flow
7 PR490: Engine air flow entering the engine sensor circuit.
in mg/st.

In the event of a fault,


consult the interpretation of
Indicates the damper
faults DF645 Damper valve
Damper valve valve position as a
8 PR747: position regulation, DF646
position percentage
Damper valve position
PR747 = PR672
sensor and DF323
Damper valve.

MR-410-X83-13B000$528.mif
V5
13B-179
EDC16CP33 DIESEL INJECTION
Program No.: C4
Vdiag No.: 0C, 10, 14, 16 Fault finding – Conformity check 13B
Only carry out this conformity check after a full check with the diagnostic tool.
The values shown in this conformity check are given as a guide.
NOTES
Execution conditions: ENGINE WARM AT IDLE SPEED, FUNCTION
TEMPERATURE > 80 ˚C, WITHOUT ELECTRICAL CONSUMER.

AIR CIRC. SUB-FUNCTION (TURBO/INLET) (CONTINUED)

Parameter or state
Order Function Display and notes Fault finding
checked or action
In the event of a fault,
Air flow sensor consult the interpretation of
9 PR225: 0V<X<5V
voltage parameter DF056 Air flow
sensor circuit.

Atmospheric
10 PR079: pressure 0V<X<5V In the event of a fault,
Sensor feed sensor voltage consult the interpretation of
faults DF011 Sensor feed
Air temperature
11 PR083: 0V<X<5V voltage no. 1, DF012
sensor voltage
Sensor feed voltage no. 2
Turbocharging and DF013 Sensor feed
12 PR224: pressure 0V<X<5V voltage no. 3.
sensor voltage

Gives the vehicle speed If there is a fault, carry out a


in mph. This parameter multiplex network test (see
is transmitted by the ABS 88B, Multiplex).
13 Speed signal PR089: Vehicle speed computer. This signal is And then complete fault
transmitted to the finding on the ABS computer
injection by a wire (see 38C, Anti-lock
connection. braking system).

EGR valve
Exhaust gas Do not interpret this
14 PR051: position None
recirculation value.
feedback

The difference between In the event of a fault, refer


the engine speed and to the interpretation of
15 Engine speed PR055: Engine speed the idling speed setpoint DF195 Camshaft sensor/
should be less than engine speed
50 rpm. consistency.

Indicates the difference In the event of a fault,


Air flow between the inlet air flow consult the interpretation of
16 Air circulation PR023:
difference and the air entering the fault DF056 Air flow sensor
engine in mg/st. circuit.

MR-410-X83-13B000$528.mif
V5
13B-180
EDC16CP33 DIESEL INJECTION
Program No.: C4
Vdiag No.: 0C, 10, 14, 16 Fault finding – Conformity check 13B
Only carry out this conformity check after a full check with the diagnostic tool.
The values shown in this conformity check are given as a guide.
NOTES
Execution conditions: ENGINE WARM AT IDLE SPEED, FUNCTION
TEMPERATURE > 80 ˚C, WITHOUT ELECTRICAL CONSUMER.

FUEL CIRCUIT SUB-FUNCTION

Parameter or state
Order Function Display and notes Fault finding
checked or action
The difference between the In the event of a fault, consult
engine speed and the idling the interpretation of fault DF195
1 Engine speed PR055: Engine speed
speed setpoint should be Camshaft sensor/engine
less than 50 rpm speed consistency.
Gives the vehicle speed in If there is a fault, carry out a
mph. This parameter is multiplex network test (see 88B,
transmitted by the ABS Multiplex).
2 Speed signal PR089: Vehicle speed
computer. This signal is And then complete fault finding
transmitted to the injection on the ABS computer (see 38C,
by a wire connection. Anti-lock braking system).
Indicates the theoretical
Rail reference pressure value for optimal
3 PR008: None
pressure engine operation
X = 250 ± 50 bar
Pressure
4 PR038: Rail pressure ± 40 bar In the event of a fault, consult
the interpretation of fault DF007
Rail pressure Rail pressure sensor circuit.
5 PR213: X = PR008 - PR038
loop difference
In the event of a fault, consult
the interpretation of DF897
6 PR017: Fuel flow
Engine running Pump pressure regulator
Flow
PR017 = PR157 circuit.
Fuel flow
7 PR157: None
setpoint
In the event of a fault, consult
Fuel regulation Indicates the solenoid valve
the interpretation of DF897
8 Fuel regulation PR484: solenoid valve opening control as a
Pump pressure regulator
OCR* percentage
circuit.
Cylinder no. 1
9 PR364:
fuel correction
Cylinder no. 2
10 PR405: fuel flow
correction In the event of a fault, consult
- 5 mg/stroke < X < 5 mg/
Flow correction Cylinder no. 3 test 10 Incorrect injector
stroke
11 PR406: fuel flow operation.
correction
Cylinder no. 4
12 PR365: fuel flow
correction

* Opening cyclic ratio signal

MR-410-X83-13B000$528.mif
V5
13B-181
EDC16CP33 DIESEL INJECTION
Program No.: C4
Vdiag No.: 0C, 10, 14, 16 Fault finding – Conformity check 13B
Only carry out this conformity check after a full check with the diagnostic tool.
The values shown in this conformity check are given as a guide.
NOTES
Execution conditions: ENGINE WARM AT IDLE SPEED, FUNCTION
TEMPERATURE > 80 ˚C, WITHOUT ELECTRICAL CONSUMER.

FUEL CIRCUIT SUB-FUNCTION (CONTINUED)

Parameter or state
Order Function Display and notes Fault finding
checked or action
In the event of a fault, refer
Rail pressure to the interpretation of
13 PR080: 0V<X<5V
sensor voltage DF013 Sensor feed
voltage no. 3.
Sensor feed
In the event of a fault,
Fuel
consult the interpretation of
14 PR082: temperature 0V<X<5V
DF098 Fuel temperature
sensor voltage
circuit.

Gives the fuel In the event of a fault,


Fuel temperature consult the interpretation of
15 PR063:
temperature - 20 ˚C < X < 90 ˚C DF098 Fuel temperature
Safe value: 100 ˚C sensor circuit.
Temperature In the event of a fault,
consult the interpretation of
Coolant Gives the coolant
16 PR064: DF001 Coolant
temperature temperature in ˚C.
temperature sensor
circuit

In the event of a fault,


Rail pressure
consult the interpretation of
17 PR006: regulator Indicates the current DF898 Rail pressure
current absorbed by the rail regulator circuit.
pressure regulator
Rail pressure PR006 = PR007
18 Current PR007: regulator None
current setpoint

Indicates the current In the event of a fault,


Fuel flow
absorbed by the fuel flow consult the interpretation of
19 PR739: solenoid valve
solenoid valve DF897 Pump pressure
current
700 mA ± 100 mA regulator circuit.

MR-410-X83-13B000$528.mif
V5
13B-182
EDC16CP33 DIESEL INJECTION
Program No.: C4
Vdiag No.: 0C, 10, 14, 16 Fault finding – Conformity check 13B
Only carry out this conformity check after a full check with the diagnostic tool.
The values shown in this conformity check are given as a guide.
NOTES
Execution conditions: ENGINE WARM AT IDLE SPEED, FUNCTION
TEMPERATURE > 80 ˚C, WITHOUT ELECTRICAL CONSUMER.

DRIVER PARAMETERS SUB-FUNCTION

Parameter or state
Function Display and notes Fault finding
checked or action

PR055: Engine speed The difference between In the event of a fault, refer to the
Engine speed idling speed and its setpoint interpretation of fault DF195 Camshaft
Engine idle should be less than 50 rpm. sensor/engine speed consistency.
PR190:
speed setpoint.
Indicates the accelerator In the event of a fault, refer to the
Accelerator Accelerator pedal position. interpretation of DF196 Pedal sensor
PR030:
pedal position pedal position If there is no pressure on circuit gang 1 or DF198 Pedal sensor
the pedal X = 0 % circuit gang 2.
Pedal
Accelerator pedal released
PR086: potentiometer
0.74 V ± 0.03
voltage gang 1 IMPORTANT
Sensor feed
Pedal This corresponds to normal operation.
Accelerator pedal released
PR088: potentiometer
0.39 V ± 0.03
voltage gang 2
Each time ignition is
switched on ET034 is NO Non-conformity of the clutch switch signal
Clutch pedal
Clutch pedal ET034: and changes to YES when can cause "engine racing" during gear
registered
the clutch pedal is changes.
depressed
Gives the vehicle speed in
If there is a fault, carry out a multiplex
mph. This parameter is
network test (see 88B, Multiplex).
transmitted by the ABS
Speed signal PR089: Vehicle speed And then complete fault finding on the
computer. This signal is
ABS computer (see 38C, Anti-lock
transmitted to the injection
braking system).
by a wire connection.

MR-410-X83-13B000$528.mif
V5
13B-183
EDC16CP33 DIESEL INJECTION
Program No.: C4
Vdiag No.: 0C, 10, 14, 16 Fault finding – Conformity check 13B
Only carry out this conformity check after a full check with the diagnostic tool.
The values shown in this conformity check are given as a guide.
NOTES
Execution conditions: ENGINE WARM AT IDLE SPEED, FUNCTION
TEMPERATURE > 80 ˚C, WITHOUT ELECTRICAL CONSUMER.

DRIVER PARAMETERS SUB-FUNCTION (CONTINUED)

Parameter or state
Function Display and notes Fault finding
checked or action
In the event of a fault, consult the
Coolant Shows the engine coolant
Temperature PR064: interpretation of DF001 Coolant
temperature temperature in ˚C
temperature sensor circuit
In the event of a fault, consult the
Accelerator Indicates the accelerator interpretation of DF196 Pedal sensor
PR003: Pedal load
pedal pedal load in % circuit gang 1 or DF198 Pedal sensor
circuit gang 2.
Clutch pedal depressed:
ACTIVE In the event of a fault, consult the
Clutch pedal
Clutch pedal ET405: interpretation of status ET405 Clutch
switch Clutch pedal released: pedal switch.
INACTIVE
This parameter indicates the
Oil oxidation PR874: Last service vehicle mileage the last time -
a service was carried out.

(*) Pedal voltages - when cold, ignition on (average values ± 0.2 data provided as a guide).
PR030 Accelerator pedal position 0% 100 % 138 %
PR086 Pedal potentiometer gang 1 voltage * 0.73 V 3.50 V 4.53 V
PR088 Pedal potentiometer gang 2 voltage * 0.36 V 1.74 V 2.26 V

MR-410-X83-13B000$528.mif
V5
13B-184
EDC16CP33 DIESEL INJECTION
Program No.: C4
Vdiag No.: 0C, 10, 14, 16 Fault finding – Conformity check 13B
Only carry out this conformity check after a full check with the diagnostic tool.
The values shown in this conformity check are given as a guide.
NOTES
Execution conditions: ENGINE WARM AT IDLE SPEED, FUNCTION
TEMPERATURE > 80 ˚C, WITHOUT ELECTRICAL CONSUMER.

PREHEATING/IGNITION SUB-FUNCTION

Parameter or state
Function Display and notes Fault finding
checked or action

ACTIVE
Pre- when the heater plugs
ET007: postheating are activated
control According to computer
programming
In the event of a fault, consult the
Pre- Indicates whether status
Preheating interpretation of DF017: Pre-
ET120: postheating is PRESENT or
postheating control circuit.
signal ABSENT.

Heater plug type


STATUS 1: Slow plugs
ET781*: Heater Plugs
STATUS 2: Cold plugs
STATUS 3: Not defined

Indicates the vehicle


speed in mph (km/h).
In the event of a fault, carry out a
This parameter is
multiplex network test (see 88B,
transmitted by the ABS
Speed signal PR089: Vehicle speed Multiplex), then fault finding on the
computer. This signal is
ABS computer (see 38C, Anti-lock
transmitted to the
braking system).
injection by a wire
connection.

The difference between


In the event of a fault, refer to the
idling speed and its
Engine speed PR055: Engine speed interpretation of DF195 Camshaft
setpoint should be less
sensor/engine speed consistency.
than 50 rpm.

In the event of a fault, consult the


Coolant Gives the coolant
PR064: interpretation of DF001 Coolant
temperature temperature in ˚C.
temperature sensor circuit
Temperature
In the event of a fault, consult the
Inlet air Shows the inlet air
PR059: interpretation of DF002 Air
temperature temperature
temperature sensor circuit.

Indicates whether the


engine is in + after
Engine status ET038: Engine None
ignition feed,
RUNNING or STOPPED

* Only with Vdiag 14 and 16.

MR-410-X83-13B000$528.mif
V5
13B-185
EDC16CP33 DIESEL INJECTION
Program No.: C4
Vdiag No.: 0C, 10, 14, 16 Fault finding – Conformity check 13B
Only carry out this conformity check after a full check with the diagnostic tool.
The values shown in this conformity check are given as a guide.
NOTES
Execution conditions: ENGINE WARM AT IDLE SPEED, FUNCTION
TEMPERATURE > 80 ˚C, WITHOUT ELECTRICAL CONSUMER.

EMISSION CONTROL/OBD SUB-FUNCTION

Parameter or state checked


Order Function Display and notes Fault finding
or action
In the event of a fault, refer
The difference between
to the interpretation of fault
the idle speed and its
1 Engine speed PR055: Engine speed DF195 Camshaft sensor/
setpoint should be less
engine speed
than 50 rpm
consistency.
EGR valve opening
2 PR005: Do not interpret this value
setpoint
EGR valve position
3 PR022: feedback loop ±5% In the event of a fault,
difference consult the interpretation of
faults DF209 EGR valve
EGR valve position
4 PR051: Do not interpret this value position sensor circuit
feedback
Exhaust gas and DF647 EGR valve
recirculation First EGR valve position regulation.
5 PR128: These 2 values should be
offset
close together and
Last EGR valve approximately 20 %
6 PR129:
offset
In the event of a fault,
Cooling of ACTIVE or INACTIVE
consult the interpretation of
7 ET587: recirculated exhaust depending on computer
DF304 EGR by-pass
gas program
circuit.

8 PR132: Air flow ± 50 mg/stroke In the event of a fault,


consult the interpretation of
Indicates the inlet air flow parameter DF056 Air flow
9 Flow PR490: Engine air flow
in mg/st sensor circuit.
Air flow setpoint for Do not interpret this
10 PR171: None
EGR value.
In the event of a fault,
consult the interpretation of
EGR valve in the closed
EGR valve position faults DF209 EGR valve
11 Sensor feed PR077: position
sensor voltage position sensor circuit
1<X<5V
and DF647 EGR valve
position regulation.
Gives the vehicle speed If there is a fault, carry out a
in mph. This parameter is multiplex network test (see
transmitted by the ABS 88B, Multiplex).
12 Speed signal PR089: Vehicle speed computer. This signal is And then complete fault
transmitted to the finding on the ABS
injection by a wire computer (see 38C, Anti-
connection. lock braking system).

MR-410-X83-13B000$528.mif
V5
13B-186
EDC16CP33 DIESEL INJECTION
Program No.: C4
Vdiag No.: 0C, 10, 14, 16 Fault finding – Conformity check 13B
Only carry out this conformity check after a full check with the diagnostic tool.
The values shown in this conformity check are given as a guide.
NOTES
Execution conditions: ENGINE WARM AT IDLE SPEED, FUNCTION
TEMPERATURE > 80 ˚C, WITHOUT ELECTRICAL CONSUMER.

EMISSION CONTROL/OBD SUB-FUNCTION (CONTINUED)

Parameter or state checked


Order Function Display and notes Fault finding
or action

Indicates the difference In the event of a fault,


between the inlet air flow consult the interpretation of
13 Air flow PR023: Air flow difference
and the air entering the fault DF056 Air flow
engine in mg/st. sensor circuit.

Displays the opening


14 EGR valve PR220: EGR valve OCR* cycle ratio percentage None
for the EGR valve.

*OCR: Opening cycle ratio

MR-410-X83-13B000$528.mif
V5
13B-187
EDC16CP33 DIESEL INJECTION
Program No.: C4
Vdiag No.: 0C, 10, 14, 16 Fault finding – Conformity check 13B
Only carry out this conformity check after a full check with the diagnostic tool.
The values shown in this conformity check are given as a guide.
NOTES
Execution conditions: ENGINE WARM AT IDLE SPEED, FUNCTION
TEMPERATURE > 80 ˚C, WITHOUT ELECTRICAL CONSUMER.

ENGINE COOLING SUB-FUNCTION

Parameter or state
Order Function Display and notes Fault finding
checked or action
In the event of a fault,
Shows the engine consult the interpretation of
Coolant Coolant
1 PR064: coolant temperature DF001 Coolant
temperature temperature
in ˚C temperature sensor
circuit.
The difference between In the event of a fault, refer
the idle speed and its to the interpretation of fault
2 PR055: Engine speed setpoint should be DF195 Camshaft sensor/
less than engine speed
50 rpm consistency.
Engine speed
Indicates the engine's
Engine speed speed of rotation with
3 PR053: requested by air conditioning in rpm. None
air conditioning 0 rpm if air
conditioning off.

In the event of a fault,


Coolant consult the interpretation of
4 Sensor feed PR084: temperature 0V<X<5V DF001 Coolant
sensor voltage temperature sensor
circuit

Gives the vehicle speed If there is a fault, carry out a


in mph. This parameter multiplex network test (see
is transmitted by the ABS 88B, Multiplex).
5 Speed signal PR089: Vehicle speed computer. This signal is And then complete fault
transmitted to the finding on the ABS computer
injection by a wire (see 38C, Anti-lock
connection. braking system).

In the event of a fault,


Low speed fan
(air conditioning off) consult the interpretation of
6 ET143: assembly relay
INACTIVE DF018 Low-speed fan
control
OR assembly control circuit.
Relay control
ACTIVE In the event of a fault,
High-speed fan Depending on engine consult interpretation of
7 ET144: assembly relay coolant temperature DF019 High-speed fan
control
assembly control circuit.

MR-410-X83-13B000$528.mif
V5
13B-188
EDC16CP33 DIESEL INJECTION
Program No.: C4
Vdiag No.: 0C, 10, 14, 16 Fault finding – Conformity check 13B
Only carry out this conformity check after a full check with the diagnostic tool.
The values shown in this conformity check are given as a guide.
NOTES
Execution conditions: ENGINE WARM AT IDLE SPEED, FUNCTION
TEMPERATURE > 80 ˚C, WITHOUT ELECTRICAL CONSUMER.

COLD LOOP SUB-FUNCTION

Parameter or state
Function Display and notes Fault finding
checked or action
Gives the vehicle speed
in mph. This parameter is In the event of a fault, carry out a
transmitted by the ABS multiplex network test (see 88B,
Speed signal PR089: Vehicle speed computer. This signal is Multiplex), then fault finding on the
transmitted to the ABS computer (see 38C, Anti-lock
injection by a wire braking system).
connection.
In the event of a fault, consult the
Coolant Coolant Gives the coolant
PR064: interpretation of DF001 Coolant
temperature temperature temperature in ˚C.
temperature sensor circuit
The difference between
In the event of a fault, refer to the
the idle speed and its
PR055: Engine speed interpretation of DF195 Camshaft
setpoint should be less
sensor/engine speed consistency.
than 50 rpm
Engine speed Indicates the engine's
Engine speed speed of rotation with
PR053: requested by air air conditioning in rpm.
conditioning 0 rpm if air the None
conditioning is off.
Air conditioning YES or NO
ET079:
present Depending on equipment
Air conditioning
Air conditioning Completed or Not
ET018:
request completed
None
Exterior air Exterior air Gives the external air
PR061:
temperature temperature temperature in ˚C

MR-410-X83-13B000$528.mif
V5
13B-189
EDC16CP33 DIESEL INJECTION
Program No.: C4
Vdiag No.: 0C, 10, 14, 16 Fault finding – Conformity check 13B
Only carry out this conformity check after a full check with the diagnostic tool.
The values shown in this conformity check are given as a guide.
NOTES
Execution conditions: ENGINE WARM AT IDLE SPEED, FUNCTION
TEMPERATURE > 80 ˚C, WITHOUT ELECTRICAL CONSUMER.

COLD LOOP SUB-FUNCTION (CONTINUED)

Parameter or state
Function Display and notes Fault finding
checked or action
Air conditioning
Refrigerant Indicates the voltage of In the event of a fault, refer to the
refrigerant
pressure PR290: the refrigerant pressure interpretation for fault DF232
pressure sensor
sensor sensor in volts Refrigerant pressure sensor circuit.
voltage
Indicates value of the If there is a fault, apply the fault finding
Refrigerant refrigerant fluid pressure procedure for DF232 "Refrigerant
Refrigerant
pressure PR037: in the system in bar, pressure sensor circuit". If the
pressure
sensor 2 bar < PR037 < 27 bar incident persists, replace the
Default value: 0 bar refrigerant sensor.
STATUS 1: battery
voltage too low
STATUS 2: refrigerant
overpressure
In the event of a fault, consult the
Air conditioning Air conditioning STATUS 3: refrigerant
ET752: interpretation of ALP9 The air
shut-off shut-off underpressure
conditioning does not work.
STATUS 4: Engine
running
STATUS 5: Too
much heat

MR-410-X83-13B000$528.mif
V5
13B-190
EDC16CP33 DIESEL INJECTION
Program No.: C4
Vdiag No.: 0C, 10, 14, 16 Fault finding – Conformity check 13B
Only carry out this conformity check after a full check with the diagnostic tool.
The values shown in this conformity check are given as a guide.
NOTES
Execution conditions: ENGINE WARM AT IDLE SPEED, FUNCTION
TEMPERATURE > 80 ˚C, WITHOUT ELECTRICAL CONSUMER.

HEATING SUB-FUNCTION

Parameter or state checked


Function Display and notes Fault finding
or action
Indicates whether the
engine is in + after
Engine status ET038: Engine None
ignition feed, RUNNING
or STOPPED
The difference between In the event of a fault, refer to the
the idle speed and its interpretation of DF195 Camshaft
Engine speed PR055: Engine speed
setpoint should be less sensor/engine speed
than 50 rpm consistency.
In the event of a fault, consult the
Coolant Shows the engine coolant
Temperature PR064: interpretation of DF001 Coolant
temperature temperature in ˚C
temperature sensor circuit
Indicates the vehicle
speed in mph (km/h). In the event of a fault, carry out a
This parameter is multiplex network test (see 88B,
Speed signal PR089: Vehicle speed transmitted by the ABS Multiplex), then fault finding on the
computer. This signal is ABS computer (see 38C, Anti-lock
transmitted to the injection braking system).
by a wire connection.
Heating element
ET205: ACTIVE or INACTIVE.
No. 1 relay control
Heating element Depending on the
Relay control ET206: computer programming, None
No. 2 relay control
air and coolant
Heating element
ET207: temperatures.
No. 3 relay control
Heating element
ET024: ACTIVE or INACTIVE.
no. 1 request
Heating element Heating element Depending on the
ET025: computer programming, None
request no. 2 request
air and coolant
Heating element
ET026: temperatures.
no. 3 request
Number of Number of
ET780 *: 0 or 4 None
heating elements heating elements*

* Except Vdiag 0C.

MR-410-X83-13B000$528.mif
V5
13B-191
EDC16CP33 DIESEL INJECTION
Program No.: C4
Vdiag No.: 0C, 10, 14, 16 Fault finding – Conformity check 13B
Only carry out this conformity check after a full check with the diagnostic tool.
The values shown in this conformity check are given as a guide.
NOTES
Execution conditions: ENGINE WARM AT IDLE SPEED, FUNCTION
TEMPERATURE > 80 ˚C, WITHOUT ELECTRICAL CONSUMER.

CRUISE CONTROL/SPEED LIMITER SUB-FUNCTION

Parameter or state
Order Function Display and notes Fault finding
checked or action
Gives the vehicle
If there is a fault, carry out a
speed in mph. This
multiplex network test (see
parameter is
88B, Multiplex).
transmitted by the ABS
1 PR089: Vehicle speed And then complete fault
computer. This signal
finding on the ABS computer
is transmitted to the
(see 38C, Anti-lock braking
injection by a wire
system).
connection.

Cruise control can only be


Cruise control Indicates the cruise
2 PR130: activated for a speed.
setpoint control cruising speed
V > 18 mph (30 km/h)
Cruise control/
speed limiter In the event of a fault, refer to
INACTIVE: when no the interpretation of status
button is pressed. ET042 Cruise control/
speed limiter.

CRUISE CONTROL:
Cruise control/
3 ET042: cruise Lights the green warning light
Speed limiter
control ON/OFF button on the instrument panel.
pressed

SPEED LIMITER:
Lights the orange warning
speed limiter ON/OFF
light on the instrument panel.
button pressed

MR-410-X83-13B000$528.mif
V5
13B-192
EDC16CP33 DIESEL INJECTION
Program No.: C4
Vdiag No.: 0C, 10, 14, 16 Fault finding – Conformity check 13B
Only carry out this conformity check after a full check with the diagnostic tool.
The values shown in this conformity check are given as a guide.
NOTES
Execution conditions: ENGINE WARM AT IDLE SPEED, FUNCTION
TEMPERATURE > 80 ˚C, WITHOUT ELECTRICAL CONSUMER.

CRUISE CONTROL/SPEED LIMITER SUB-FUNCTION (CONTINUED)

Parameter or state
Order Function Display and notes Fault finding
checked or action
Brake switch Brake pedal depressed Non-conformity of the brake
5 ET704:
Brake pedal no. 1 ACTIVE signals and or the clutch
position Brake switch switch signals can cause the
6 ET705: Brake pedal released
no. 2 engine to race during gear
INACTIVE
changes.

Clutch pedal depressed In the event of a fault, consult


ACTIVE the interpretation of statuses
Clutch pedal Clutch pedal
7 ET405: ET704 Brake switch no. 1,
position switch Clutch pedal released ET705 Brake switch no. 2
INACTIVE and ET405 Clutch pedal
switch
STATUS 1: Brake pedal depressed
STATUS 2: Clutch pedal depressed
Driver
STATUS 3: Suspend button pressed. In the event of a fault, apply
deactivation of
STATUS 4: Traction control request interpretation of status ET556
8 ET556: the cruise
STATE 5: Gear lever in neutral position. Driver deactivation of the
control/speed
cruise control/speed limiter.
limiter Inconsistency between the
Deactivation of STATE 6: request and the vehicle
cruise control/ speed.
speed limiter Automatic transmission in
STATUS 1:
defect mode. In the event of a fault, apply
Deactivation by Monitoring by injection interpretation of status ET557
cruise control/ STATUS 2:
9 ET557: computer. Deactivation by cruise
speed limiter
STATUS 3: Vehicle speed monitoring. control/speed limiter
function
Cruise control or speed limiter function.
STATUS 4:
monitoring
Not detected
Inactive In the event of a fault, consult
Cruise control/ Cruise control/
Resume the interpretation of fault
10 speed limiter ET703: speed limiter
Cancel DF051 Cruise control/speed
buttons buttons
Plus limiter function.
Minus
Maximum
Indicates the maximum speed authorised
11 ET739: authorised
following speed restriction
Speed speed
None
restriction Optional
With
12 ET741: vehicle speed
None
restriction

MR-410-X83-13B000$528.mif
V5
13B-193
EDC16CP33 DIESEL INJECTION
Program No.: C4
Vdiag No.: 0C, 10, 14, 16 Fault finding – Conformity check 13B
Only carry out this conformity check after a full check with the diagnostic tool.
The values shown in this conformity check are given as a guide.
NOTES
Execution conditions: ENGINE WARM AT IDLE SPEED, FUNCTION
TEMPERATURE > 80 ˚C, WITHOUT ELECTRICAL CONSUMER.

START SUB-FUNCTION

Parameter or state
Order Function Display and notes Fault finding
checked or action
In the event of a fault, apply
Computer +
Running the interpretation of DF046
1 ET001: after ignition
PRESENT Battery voltage or DF151
feed
Main relay circuit.
Power supply
In the event of a fault, test the
battery and carry out a fault
2 PR074: Battery voltage 8.5 V < X < 15 V
finding procedure on the
charging circuit.
In the event of a fault, refer to
Alternator Alternator Indicates the alternator
3 PR002: Technical Note 6014A,
charge charge charge in %
Checking the charging circuit.
Indicates whether the
engine is in + after
4 Engine status ET038: Engine None
ignition feed
RUNNING or STOPPED
Immobiliser
5 ET341: code YES
In the event of a fault,
programmed
Engine (see 87B, Passenger
6 immobiliser ET076: Starting AUTHORISED compartment connection
unit, conformity check)
Engine
7 ET003: INACTIVE
immobiliser
Any phase difference between
the camshaft sensor and the
TDC sensor (chain slack or
timing shift) will lead to the
NOT COMPLETED
appearance of DF195
then becomes
8 Starting ET238: Synchronisation Camshaft sensor/engine
Completed when under
speed consistency.
the starter motor
When starting is not possible:
the status while the engine is
being cranked becomes
COMPLETED.
NO If YES, run complete fault
This signal is transmitted finding on the airbag computer
9 Safety ET077: Impact detected
by the airbag computer (see 88C, Airbag and
via the multiplex network. pretensioners).
PRESENT
In the event of a fault, consult
when the heater plugs
Pre-postheating the interpretation of fault
10 Preheating ET120: are switched on,
signal DF017: Pre-postheating
depending on the
control circuit.
computer program.

MR-410-X83-13B000$528.mif
V5
13B-194
EDC16CP33 DIESEL INJECTION
Program No.: C4
Vdiag No.: 0C, 10, 14, 16 Fault finding – Conformity check 13B
Only carry out this conformity check after a full check with the diagnostic tool.
The values shown in this conformity check are given as a guide.
NOTES
Execution conditions: ENGINE WARM AT IDLE SPEED, FUNCTION
TEMPERATURE > 80 ˚C, WITHOUT ELECTRICAL CONSUMER.

PROTECTION SUB-FUNCTION:

Parameter or state
Order Function Display and notes Fault finding
checked or action
NO
This signal is If YES, run complete fault
transmitted by the finding on the airbag
1 Safety ET077: Impact detected
airbag computer via computer (see 88C, Airbag
the multiplex and pretensioners)
network.
Immobiliser code
2 ET341: NO
programmed
In the event of a fault,
Engine (see 87B, Passenger
3 ET076: Starting AUTHORISED
immobiliser compartment connection
unit, conformity check)
Engine
4 ET003: INACTIVE
immobiliser

MR-410-X83-13B000$528.mif
V5
13B-195
EDC16CP33 DIESEL INJECTION
Program No.: C4
Vdiag No.: 0C, 10, 14, 16 Fault finding – Status summary table 13B
Tool status Diagnostic tool title

ET001 + After ignition computer feed

ET003 Engine immobiliser

ET007 Pre-postheating control

ET018 Air conditioning request

ET024 Heating element no. 1 request

ET025 Heating element no. 2 request

ET026 Heating element no. 3 request

ET034 Clutch signal registered

ET038 Engine

ET042 Cruise control/speed limiter

ET076 Starting

ET077 Impact detected

ET079 Air conditioning present

ET104 Injector code use

ET120 Pre-postheating signal

ET143 Low speed fan assembly relay control

ET144 High-speed fan assembly relay control


ET205 Heating element no. 1 relay control

ET206 Heating element no. 2 relay control

ET207 Heating element no. 3 relay control


ET238 Synchronisation

ET341 Immobiliser code programmed

ET405 Clutch pedal switch

ET556 Driver deactivation of the cruise control/speed limiter

ET557 Deactivation by cruise control/speed limiter function

ET587 Cooling of recirculated exhaust gas

ET703 Cruise control/speed limiter buttons

ET704 Brake switch no. 1

ET705 Brake switch no. 2

ET739 Maximum authorised speed

ET741 Optional vehicle speed restriction

ET752 Air conditioning shut-off

ET780 * Number of heating elements*

ET781 ** Heater plugs


* Except Vdiag 0C. **Only withVdiag 14 and 16.
MR-410-X83-13B000$576.mif
V5
13B-196
EDC16CP33 DIESEL INJECTION
Program No.: C4
Vdiag No.: 0C, 10, 14, 16 Fault finding – Interpretation of statuses 13B
COMPUTER + AFTER IGNITION FEED

ET001

NOTES See Wiring Diagram Technical Note for Trafic II phase 2.

ABSENT NOTES Ignition on

If the ignition is not switched on, status ET001 should be "ABSENT".


As soon as the ignition is switched on, the computer should be supplied with power. Status ET001 becomes
"PRESENT".
If this status remains locked on ABSENT, follow the procedure below:
– Check the condition of the fuse in the engine fuse and relay box.
– Check for continuity and the absence of interference resistance on the following connection:
– connection code 3FAC, between components 120 and 983.

If the connection or connections are faulty and there is a repair method (see Technical Note 6015A, Electrical
wiring repair, wiring: precautions for repair), repair the wiring, otherwise replace it.

Check the condition of the connector of component 120.


If one of the connectors is faulty and there is a repair method (see Technical Note 6015A, Electrical wiring
repair, wiring: precautions for repair), repair the connector, otherwise replace the wiring.

If the fault is still present, contact Techline.

PRESENT NOTES Ignition on

Normal operating condition.


The computer is correctly supplied after the ignition has been switched on.

Deal with any other faults. Clear the fault memory.


AFTER REPAIR Switch off the ignition and carry out a road test followed by a test with the diagnostic
tool.
EDC16CP33_V0C_ET001 / EDC16CP33_V10_ET001/
EDC16CP33_V14_ET001 / EDC16CP33_V16_ET001
MR-410-X83-13B000$624.mif
V5
13B-197
EDC16CP33 DIESEL INJECTION
Program No.: C4
Vdiag No.: 0C, 10, 14, 16 Fault finding – Interpretation of statuses 13B
PRE-POSTHEATING UNIT CONTROL

ET007

NOTES See Trafic II phase 2 Wiring Diagrams Technical Note.

ACTIVE When the ignition is switched on, status ET007 should be ACTIVE for a time that varies according
to the engine coolant temperature. Both the relay and the heater plugs are supplied.
After starting, the status should remain ACTIVE for a variable period according to the engine
coolant temperature. This is postheating.
If ET007 is INACTIVE when the ignition is switched on, check:
– Supply fuse F1B of component 777.
– The supply to components 680, 681, 682, 683 following relay actuation, and their connections.
Important: The plugs feed voltage varies on this engine.

– The continuity and absence of interference resistance on the following connections:


– 37AB between components 257 and 682,
– 37AA between components 257 and 681,
– 37Z between components 257 and 680,
– 37AC between components 257 and 683.
If the connection or connections are faulty and there is a repair method (see Technical Note
6015A, Electrical wiring repair, wiring: precautions for repair), repair the wiring, otherwise
replace it.

– Check that component 257 is correctly connected and in good condition.


If one of the connectors is faulty and there is a repair method (see Technical Note 6015A,
Electrical wiring repair, Wiring: Precautions for repairs), repair the connector; otherwise
replace the wiring.
If the vehicle starts, postheating is ended and status ET007 remains ACTIVE during the engine
operating phase, consult the interpretation of faults DF017 Pre-postheating unit control circuit
and DF025 Pre-postheating unit diagnostic line.

INACTIVE If the vehicle does not start, the status remains INACTIVE and preheating was not executed when
the ignition was switched on or during the starting phase.
Check the continuity and for the absence of interference resistance on the following
connections:
– 3FY, between components 120 and 257.
– 3FF, between components 120 and 257.
Check the + 12 V battery feed to the pre-postheating unit.
– Connection BP17 of component 257.
If the connection or connections are faulty and there is a repair method (see Technical Note
6015A, Electrical wiring repair, wiring: precautions for repair), repair the wiring, otherwise
replace it.

AFTER Deal with any other faults. Clear the fault memory.
REPAIR Switch off the ignition and carry out a road test followed by a test with the diagnostic tool.

EDC16CP33_V0C_ET007 / EDC16CP33_V10_ET007/
EDC16CP33_V14_ET007 / EDC16CP33_V16_ET007
MR-410-X83-13B000$624.mif
V5
13B-198
EDC16CP33 DIESEL INJECTION
Program No.: C4
Vdiag No.: 0C, 10, 14, 16 Fault finding – Interpretation of statuses 13B
CLUTCH SIGNAL DETECTED

ET034

NOTES See Trafic II phase 2 Wiring Diagrams Technical Note.

NO When the vehicle ignition is switched on without the clutch pedal being depressed,
status ET034 Clutch signal registered is NO.

YES When the driver depresses the clutch pedal, status ET034 Clutch signal registered
becomes YES until the ignition is next switched off.

If NO appears despite the clutch pedal being depressed, carry out the following
operations:

– Remove the clutch switch, check the insulation between connections MJ and 145X
of component 675, with the switch in the rest position.
– Repeat this operation with the switch engaged and check the continuity between the
two connections.

If both these checks are not correct, replace the clutch switch.

Check the condition of the clutch switch connector.


Check the condition of the engine management computer connectors.
If one of the connectors is faulty and there is a repair method (see Technical
Note 6015A, Electrical wiring repair, Wiring: Precautions for repairs), repair the
connector; otherwise replace the wiring.

Then check the continuity and absence of interference resistance of the following
connection:
– connection code 145X between components 120 and 675

– Check for complete earthing on connection MJ of component 675.

If the connection or connections are faulty and there is a repair method (see Technical
Note 6015A, Electrical wiring repair, wiring: precautions for repair), repair the
wiring, otherwise replace it.

Deal with any other faults. Clear the fault memory.


AFTER REPAIR Switch off the ignition and carry out a road test followed by a test with the diagnostic
tool.
EDC16CP33_V0C_ET034 / EDC16CP33_V10_ET034/
EDC16CP33_V14_ET034 / EDC16CP33_V16_ET034
MR-410-X83-13B000$624.mif
V5
13B-199
EDC16CP33 DIESEL INJECTION
Program No.: C4
Vdiag No.: 0C, 10, 14, 16 Fault finding – Interpretation of statuses 13B
CRUISE CONTROL/SPEED LIMITER

ET042

NOTES See Wiring Diagram Technical Note for Trafic II phase 2.

LIMITER When the driver presses the speed limiter switch, status ET042 cruise control/speed
limiter becomes SPEED LIMITER.

CRUISE When the driver presses the cruise control switch, status ET042 cruise control/speed
CONTROL limiter becomes CRUISE CONTROL.

If SPEED LIMITER appears when the driver presses the cruise control button, carry out
the following operations:

Check the + 12 V after relay feed on the following connection:


– AP3 of component 1081.

With the button in the rest position, check the insulation:


between AP3 and 3FX of component 1081.
between AP3 and 3PD of component 1081.

– Check the continuity between AP3 and 3FX of component 1081 in cruise control
position.
– Check the continuity between AP3 and 3PD of component 1081 in the speed limiter
position.

Replace the cruise control/speed limiter On/Off control if necessary.

Check the continuity and absence of interference resistance of the following


connections:
– 3FX between components 120 and 1081.
– 3PD between components 120 and 1081.

If the connection or connections are faulty and there is a repair method (see Technical
Note 6015A, Electrical wiring repair, wiring: precautions for repair), repair the
wiring, otherwise replace it.

Deal with any other faults. Clear the fault memory.


AFTER REPAIR Switch off the ignition and carry out a road test followed by a test with the diagnostic
tool.
EDC16CP33_V0C_ET042 / EDC16CP33_V10_ET042/
EDC16CP33_V14_ET042 / EDC16CP33_V16_ET042
MR-410-X83-13B000$624.mif
V5
13B-200
EDC16CP33 DIESEL INJECTION
Program No.: C4
Vdiag No.: 0C, 10, 14, 16 Fault finding – Interpretation of statuses 13B
STARTING

ET076

PROHIBITED Refer to the passenger compartment connection unit fault finding procedure (see 87B
Passenger Compartment Connection Unit).

AUTHORISED In this case, the engine management authorises start-up and the fault is therefore
related to another engine component which is involved in the start-up phase, or it is
related to other upstream components; refer to Passenger compartment Connection
Unit (see 87B, Passenger Compartment Connection Unit).

Deal with any other faults. Clear the fault memory.


AFTER REPAIR Switch off the ignition and carry out a road test followed by a test with the diagnostic
tool.
EDC16CP33_V0C_ET076 / EDC16CP33_V10_ET076/
EDC16CP33_V14_ET076 / EDC16CP33_V16_ET076
MR-410-X83-13B000$624.mif
V5
13B-201
EDC16CP33 DIESEL INJECTION
Program No.: C4
Vdiag No.: 0C, 10, 14, 16 Fault finding – Interpretation of statuses 13B
INJECTOR CODE USE

ET104

NO – If status ET104 Injector code use is NO, program the injector codes using:
either command SC002 Enter injector codes,
or command SC001 Write saved data when replacing with a blank computer or
after reprogramming
(Consult the procedures defined in the Interpretation of commands section).

YES When injector code programming is complete, status ET104 Injector code use
changes to YES.

FAULTY – If status ET104 Injector code use is FAULTY, program the injector codes using:
either command SC002 Enter injector codes,
or command SC001 Write saved data when replacing with a new computer or
after reprogramming.
(Consult the procedures defined in the Interpretation of commands section).

Deal with any other faults. Clear the fault memory.


AFTER REPAIR Switch off the ignition and carry out a road test followed by a test with the diagnostic
tool.
EDC16CP33_V0C_ET104 / EDC16CP33_V10_ET104/
EDC16CP33_V14_ET104 / EDC16CP33_V16_ET104
MR-410-X83-13B000$624.mif
V5
13B-202
EDC16CP33 DIESEL INJECTION
Program No.: C4
Vdiag No.: 0C, 10, 14, 16 Fault finding – Interpretation of statuses 13B
PRE-POSTHEATING SIGNAL

ET120

NOTES Check the battery voltage.

PRESENT Status ET120 is PRESENT when preheating is complete.


If status ET120 permanently remains ABSENT, consult the interpretation of fault DF025
Pre-postheating unit diagnostic line.

ABSENT Status ET120 is ABSENT until pre-postheating ends.

Deal with any other faults. Clear the fault memory.


AFTER REPAIR Switch off the ignition and carry out a road test followed by a test with the diagnostic
tool.
EDC16CP33_V0C_ET120 / EDC16CP33_V10_ET120/
EDC16CP33_V14_ET120 / EDC16CP33_V16_ET120
MR-410-X83-13B000$624.mif
V5
13B-203
EDC16CP33 DIESEL INJECTION
Program No.: C4
Vdiag No.: 0C, 10, 14, 16 Fault finding – Interpretation of statuses 13B
LOW-SPEED FAN ASSEMBLY RELAY CONTROL

ET143

If the vehicle is fitted with air conditioning, the fan assembly electrical circuit includes 2 relays.
The 1st speed cooling fan assembly relay will be actuated when the engine coolant temperature
exceeds 99 ˚C and its function will be to cool the engine so that the engine temperature does
NOTES not exceed 102 ˚C. If the engine coolant temperature exceeds 102 ˚C, the 2nd speed cooling
fan will be actuated and the engine cooling fan will operate more quickly.

See Trafic II phase 2 Wiring Diagrams Technical Note.

Important
If the vehicle is equipped with air conditioning, the engine cooling fan will run at 1st speed as soon as the air conditioning
compressor is activated.
It is possible to actuate the low-speed fan assembly using command AC154 LOW-SPEED FAN ASSEMBLY.

ACTIVE When the coolant reaches 99 ˚C, the injection computer commands the low-speed fan assembly
relay, and status ET143 becomes ACTIVE. The relay then supplies the fan assembly and the
cooling fan switches on.
If status ET143 is ACTIVE, but the cooling fan is not running, perform the following operations:
– Check the condition of fuse F2F of the engine relay/fuse box.
Disconnect the low-speed and high-speed relays, check that they are operating correctly and check
the condition of the relay mounting connectors. See Wiring Diagrams Trafic II phase 2.
If one of the connectors is faulty and there is a repair method (see Technical Note 6015A,
Repairing electrical wiring, Wiring: Precautions for repair), repair the connector, otherwise
replace the wiring.
Check the + 12 V after relay feed on the following connection:
– 37X of component 335.
Check continuity and make sure there is no interference resistance on the following
connection:
– 49L between components 335 and 321.
Check continuity and make sure there is no interference resistance on the following
connection:
– 49R between components 905 and 321.
Check continuity and make sure there is no interference resistance on the following
connection:
– 49J between components 335 and 120.
– Check for complete earthing on connection MW of component 262.
If the connection or connections are faulty and there is a repair method (see Technical Note
6015A, Electrical wiring repair, wiring: precautions for repair), repair the wiring, otherwise
replace it.

INACTIVE If the engine temperature is lower than 99 ˚C, the engine cooling fan cannot switch on and the low-
speed fan relay of the cannot be run.
Status ET143 must therefore be INACTIVE when the control relay and the engine cooling fan are
not supplied.

AFTER Deal with any other faults. Clear the fault memory.
REPAIR Switch off the ignition and carry out a road test followed by a test with the diagnostic tool.

EDC16CP33_V0C_ET143 / EDC16CP33_V10_ET143/EDC16CP33_V14_ET143 / EDC16CP33_V16_ET143


MR-410-X83-13B000$624.mif
V5
13B-204
EDC16CP33 DIESEL INJECTION
Program No.: C4
Vdiag No.: 0C, 10, 14, 16 Fault finding – Interpretation of statuses 13B
HIGH-SPEED FAN ASSEMBLY RELAY CONTROL

ET144

If the vehicle is not fitted with air conditioning, the low-speed fan assembly relay is not
present. The circuit therefore only contains a single control relay to supply the engine
cooling fan. The engine cooling fan will thus have only one operating speed.
It is possible to actuate the high-speed fan assembly using command AC153 HIGH-
NOTES
SPEED FAN ASSEMBLY.

See Wiring Diagram Technical Note for Trafic II phase 2.

ACTIVE When the coolant reaches 102 ˚C, the injection computer commands the fan assembly
relay, and status ET144 becomes ACTIVE. The relay then supplies the cooling fan.
If status ET144 is ACTIVE, but the cooling fan is not running, perform the following
operations:
– Check the condition of fuse F2F of the engine relay/fuse box.
– Disconnect component 336, check its operation and the condition of the relay
mounting connectors (see Wiring Diagrams Trafic II phase 2).
If one of the connectors is faulty and there is a repair method (see Technical
Note 6015A, Electrical wiring repair, Wiring: Precautions for repairs), repair the
connector; otherwise replace the wiring.
Check the + 12 V after relay feed on the following connection:
– 37X of component 336.
Check for continuity and the absence of interference resistance on the following
connection:
– 49K between components 336 and 120.
Check for continuity and the absence of interference resistance on the following
connection:
– 49R between components 336 and 905.

– Check for complete earthing on connection MW of component 905.


If the connection or connections are faulty and there is a repair method (see Technical
Note 6015A, Electrical wiring repair, wiring: precautions for repair), repair the
wiring, otherwise replace it.

INACTIVE When the cooling request is no longer executed by the injection computer, status ET144
becomes INACTIVE. The fan assembly should then switch off.

Deal with any other faults. Clear the fault memory.


AFTER REPAIR Switch off the ignition and carry out a road test followed by a test with the diagnostic
tool.

EDC16CP33_V0C_ET144 / EDC16CP33_V10_ET144/
EDC16CP33_V14_ET144 / EDC16CP33_V16_ET144
MR-410-X83-13B000$624.mif
V5
13B-205
EDC16CP33 DIESEL INJECTION
Program No.: C4
Vdiag No.: 0C, 10, 14, 16 Fault finding – Interpretation of statuses 13B
SYNCHRONISATION

ET238

Synchronisation is carried out during the engine starting phase. The camshaft position sensor and the TDC
sensor are synchronised. This synchronisation, once performed, allows the computer to identify cylinder no. 1,
and to recognise the exact top dead centre position of this cylinder.
Synchronisation also allows the computer to determine the injection programming.

COMPLETED Status ET238 is COMPLETED when the engine is started. The computer has identified
cylinder no. 1 and has identified the exact top dead centre position. Injection phasing
and engine management are now possible, and the engine should be working properly.

NOT Status ET238 is NOT COMPLETED when the engine has been stopped and + after
COMPLETED ignition feed is on.
If status ET238 remains NOT COMPLETED after an attempted start, consult the
interpretation of fault DF195 camshaft sensor/engine speed consistency.

Deal with any other faults. Clear the fault memory.


AFTER REPAIR Switch off the ignition and carry out a road test followed by a test with the diagnostic
tool.
EDC16CP33_V0C_ET238 / EDC16CP33_V10_ET238/
EDC16CP33_V14_ET238 / EDC16CP33_V16_ET238
MR-410-X83-13B000$624.mif
V5
13B-206
EDC16CP33 DIESEL INJECTION
Program No.: C4
Vdiag No.: 0C, 10, 14, 16 Fault finding – Interpretation of statuses 13B
IMMOBILISER CODE PROGRAMMED

ET341

YES Status ET341 is "YES" if dialogue is possible between the UCH computer and the
injection computer and the key code is recognised.
The engine is only authorised to start if the code is recognised by the UCH computer
and if status ET003 Immobiliser is INACTIVE.

NO Status ET341 is NO if dialogue is not possible between the UCH computer and the
injection computer (status ET003 Immobiliser remains ACTIVE).
This fault may be caused by incorrect key programming or a lack of key programming.
In this case, refer to the UCH fault finding procedure (see 87B, Passenger
compartment connection unit, Configurations and programming) and follow the
key programming procedure.
If the key programming is not the cause, test the multiplex network and check that the
dialogue between the UCH and the injection computer is possible.

If dialogue is not established, contact the Techline.

Deal with any other faults. Clear the fault memory.


AFTER REPAIR Switch off the ignition and carry out a road test followed by a test with the diagnostic
tool.
EDC16CP33_V0C_ET341 / EDC16CP33_V10_ET341/
EDC16CP33_V14_ET341 / EDC16CP33_V16_ET341
MR-410-X83-13B000$624.mif
V5
13B-207
EDC16CP33 DIESEL INJECTION
Program No.: C4
Vdiag No.: 0C, 10, 14, 16 Fault finding – Interpretation of statuses 13B
CLUTCH PEDAL SWITCH

ET405

Special notes:
Perform the tests if the statuses are not consistent with the system operating
programming.
NOTES

See Trafic II phase 2 Wiring Diagrams Technical Note.

INACTIVE Check the condition and fitting of the clutch switch


Remove the clutch switch, check the insulation between connections MJ and 145X of
component 675, with the switch in the rest position.
– Repeat this operation with the switch engaged, and check the continuity between
the two connections.

If both these checks are not correct, replace the clutch switch.

Then check the continuity and absence of interference resistance of the following
connection:
– 145X between components 120 and 675.

– Check for complete earthing on connection MJ of component 675.

If the connection or connections are faulty and there is a repair method (see Technical
Note 6015A, Electrical wiring repair, wiring: precautions for repair), repair the
wiring, otherwise replace it.

ACTIVE Check the condition and fitting of the clutch pedal switch.

Remove the clutch switch, check the insulation between connections MJ and 145X of
component 675, with the switch in the rest position.
– Repeat this operation with the switch engaged, and check the continuity between
the two connections.

If both these checks are not correct, replace the clutch switch.

Deal with any other faults. Clear the fault memory.


AFTER REPAIR Switch off the ignition and carry out a road test followed by a test with the diagnostic
tool.
EDC16CP33_V0C_ET405 / EDC16CP33_V10_ET405/
EDC16CP33_V14_ET405 / EDC16CP33_V16_ET405
MR-410-X83-13B000$624.mif
V5
13B-208
EDC16CP33 DIESEL INJECTION
Program No.: C4
Vdiag No.: 0C, 10, 14, 16 Fault finding – Interpretation of statuses 13B
DRIVER'S DEACTIVATION OF THE CRUISE CONTROL/SPEED
LIMITER
ET556

Cruise control remains deactivated as long as the vehicle speed does not exceed a
speed V >18 mph (30 km/h).
NOTES IMPORTANT:
Certain deactivations are stored by the computer.
To reinitialise this status, run RZ001 Fault memory

STATUS 1 BRAKE PEDAL DEPRESSED

The cruise control function is deactivated each time the brake pedal is
depressed.
Status ET556 becomes STATUS 1, when the vehicle is being driven, with cruise control
active and the brake pedal depressed.
Status ET556 becomes STATUS 1 without depressing the brake pedal; refer to the
interpretation of statuses ET704 Brake switch no. 1 and ET705 Brake switch no. 2.

STATUS 2 CLUTCH PEDAL DEPRESSED

The cruise control function is deactivated if the gearbox is no longer coupled to


the engine (clutch pedal depressed).
Status ET556 becomes STATUS 2 when the vehicle is being driven, with cruise control
active and the clutch pedal depressed.
Status ET556 becomes STATUS 2 without depressing the clutch pedal; refer to the
interpretation of status ET405 Clutch pedal switch.

STATUS 3 SUSPEND BUTTON PRESSED

Status ET556 changes to STATUS 3 when the vehicle is being driven, with cruise
control active, if the driver presses the cruise control/speed limiter 0 button.
If status ET556 becomes STATUS 3 without pressing cruise control/speed limiter 0
button, run fault finding on the cruise control/speed limiter control R/0 button.

Deal with any other faults. Clear the fault memory.


AFTER REPAIR Switch off the ignition and carry out a road test followed by a test with the diagnostic
tool.
EDC16CP33_V0C_ET556 / EDC16CP33_V10_ET556/
EDC16CP33_V14_ET556 / EDC16CP33_V16_ET556
MR-410-X83-13B000$624.mif
V5
13B-209
EDC16CP33 DIESEL INJECTION
Program No.: C4
Vdiag No.: 0C, 10, 14, 16 Fault finding – Interpretation of statuses 13B
ET556
CONTINUED

STATUS 4 TRACTION CONTROL REQUEST

If the vehicle being diagnosed is fitted with traction control, the cruise control
function is deactivated each time traction control is selected.
Status ET556 changes to STATUS 4 when the vehicle is being driven, with cruise
control active and traction control requested.
Status ET556 changes to STATUS 4 without a traction control request (see 38C, Anti-
lock braking system).

STATUS 5 GEAR LEVER IN NEUTRAL POSITION

Status ET556 changes to STATUS 5, when the vehicle is being driven, with cruise
control active.
– If the driver puts the gear lever in neutral without declutching.
This deactivates cruise control.
If status ET556 becomes STATUS 5 without putting the gear lever in neutral without
declutching, contact the Techline.

STATUS 6 INCONSISTENCY BETWEEN REQUEST AND VEHICLE SPEED

Status ET556 changes to STATUS 6 if the computer detects too great a difference
between the speed requested by the driver and the vehicle speed.
This may occur when driving with cruise control active on a very uneven surface.
If status ET556 changes to STATUS 6 without a great difference in the speeds, contact
the Techline.

Deal with any other faults. Clear the fault memory.


AFTER REPAIR Switch off the ignition and carry out a road test followed by a test with the diagnostic
tool.

MR-410-X83-13B000$624.mif
V5
13B-210
EDC16CP33 DIESEL INJECTION
Program No.: C4
Vdiag No.: 0C, 10, 14, 16 Fault finding – Interpretation of statuses 13B
CRUISE CONTROL/SPEED LIMITER DEACTIVATION BY FUNCTION

ET557

Cruise control remains deactivated as long as the vehicle speed does not exceed a
speed V >18 mph (30 km/h).
NOTES IMPORTANT:
Certain deactivations are stored by the computer.
To reinitialise this status, run RZ001 Fault memory

STATUS 1 AUTOMATIC TRANSMISSION IN DEFECT MODE

Status ET557 becomes STATUS 1 if the automatic transmission is operating in defect


mode.
In the event of any faults, run fault finding on the Automatic transmission computer.
If the fault is still present, contact Techline.

STATUS 2 MONITORING BY INJECTION COMPUTER

If status ET557 changes to STATUS 2 if the injection computer detects a fault on the
injection system:
– Faults on the accelerator pedal
– Engine speed sensor or camshaft faults
– Engine speed greater than 4700 rpm
– Engine speed less than 1000 rpm.
Carry out a multiplex network test, then an injection system test, and carry out fault
finding on any faults.
If the fault is still present, contact Techline.

STATUS 3 VEHICLE SPEED MONITORING

Status ET557 changes to STATUS 3 if the vehicle speed received by the computer is
invalid.
In the event of any faults, run fault finding on the ABS computer (see 38C, Anti-lock
braking system).
If the fault is still present, contact Techline.

STATUS 4 CRUISE CONTROL OR SPEED LIMITER MONITORING

If status ET557 is STATUS 4, consult the fault finding procedure for status ET042
Cruise control/speed limiter function to test the cruise control system components
and find the faulty component.
If status ET557 changes to STATUS 4, deal with the faults present or stored in the
computer.
If the fault is still present, contact Techline.

Deal with any other faults. Clear the fault memory.


AFTER REPAIR Switch off the ignition and carry out a road test followed by a test with the diagnostic
tool.
EDC16CP33_V0C_ET557 / EDC16CP33_V10_ET557/
EDC16CP33_V14_ET557 / EDC16CP33_V16_ET557
MR-410-X83-13B000$624.mif
V5
13B-211
EDC16CP33 DIESEL INJECTION
Program No.: C4
Vdiag No.: 0C, 10, 14, 16 Fault finding – Interpretation of statuses 13B
BRAKE SWITCH NO. 1

ET704

NOTES See Wiring Diagram Technical Note for Trafic II phase 2.

ACTIVE When the driver depresses the brake pedal, status ET704 becomes ACTIVE and status
ET705 Brake switch no.2 becomes ACTIVE.

If the driver presses hard on the brake pedal and status ET704 remains INACTIVE,
check whether the brake lights at the rear of the vehicle have come on.
Remove the brake switch and check the condition of its connector.
Check the condition of the ABS/ESP computer connectors.
Check the condition of the engine management computer connectors.
If one of the connectors is faulty and there is a repair method (see Technical
Note 6015A, Electrical wiring repair, Wiring: Precautions for repairs), repair the
connector; otherwise replace the wiring.
Check the + 12 V after relay feed of the following connection:
– AP26 of component 160.
Disconnect the engine management computer and check the continuity and insulation
of the following connection against + 12 volts and against earth:
– 65A between components 1094 (or 118) and 160
If the connection or connections are faulty and there is a repair method (see Technical
Note 6015A, Electrical wiring repair, wiring: precautions for repair), repair the
wiring, otherwise replace it.
Remove and check the operation of the brake switch:
– in rest position: continuity between connections AP26 and 5A of component 160,
– pressed: infinite resistance between connections AP26 and 5A of component 160.
Replace the brake switch if necessary.
If the fault is still present, perform fault finding on the anti-lock braking system -
electronic stability program then, if no faults are picked up, perform fault finding on
the multiplexed network.

INACTIVE When the driver releases the brake pedal, status ET704 should become INACTIVE and
status ET705 Brake switch no. 2 should become INACTIVE.
If that does not happen, check the condition and operation of the brake light switch by
carrying out the checks in the ACTIVE section.

Deal with any other faults. Clear the fault memory.


AFTER REPAIR Switch off the ignition and carry out a road test followed by a test with the diagnostic
tool.
EDC16CP33_V0C_ET704 / EDC16CP33_V10_ET704 /
EDC16CP33_V14_ET704 / EDC16CP33_V16_ET704
MR-410-X83-13B000$624.mif
V5
13B-212
EDC16CP33 DIESEL INJECTION
Program No.: C4
Vdiag No.: 0C, 10, 14, 16 Fault finding – Interpretation of statuses 13B
BRAKE SWITCH NO. 2

ET705

NOTES See Wiring Diagram Technical Note for Trafic II phase 2.

ACTIVE When the driver depresses the brake pedal, status ET704 Brake switch no. 1
becomes ACTIVE and status ET705 becomes ACTIVE.

If the driver depresses the brake pedal and status ET705 remains INACTIVE, check
whether the brake lights at the rear of the vehicle have come on.
Remove the brake switch and check the condition of its connector.
Check the condition of the engine management computer connectors.
If one of the connectors is faulty and there is a repair method (see Technical Note
6015A, Repairing electrical wiring, Wiring: Precautions for repair), repair the
connector, otherwise replace the wiring.
Check the + 12 V after relay feed of the following connection:
– AP26 of component 160.
Disconnect the ABS/ESP computer and check the continuity and insulation of the
following connection against + 12 V and against earth:
– 65A between components 120 and 160.
– 5A between components 120 and 160.
If the connection or connections are faulty and there is a repair method (see Technical
Note 6015A, Electrical wiring repair, wiring: precautions for repair), repair the
wiring, otherwise replace it.
Remove and check the operation of the brake switch:
– in rest position: continuity between connections AP26 and 5A of component 160;
– pressed: infinite resistance between connections AP26 and 5A of component 160.
Replace the brake switch if necessary.
If the fault is still present, run fault finding on the injection computer.

INACTIVE When the driver releases the brake pedal, status ET704 Brake switch no. 1 should
become INACTIVE and status ET705 should become INACTIVE.
If that does not happen, check the condition and operation of the brake light switch by
carrying out the checks in the ACTIVE section.

Deal with any other faults. Clear the fault memory.


AFTER REPAIR Switch off the ignition and carry out a road test followed by a test with the diagnostic
tool.
EDC16CP33_V0C_ET705 / EDC16CP33_V10_ET705/
EDC16CP33_V14_ET705 / EDC16CP33_V16_ET705
MR-410-X83-13B000$624.mif
V5
13B-213
EDC16CP33 DIESEL INJECTION
Program No.: C4
Vdiag No.: 0C, 10, 14, 16 Fault finding – Interpretation of statuses 13B
HEATER PLUGS

ET781

STATUS DEFINITION This status indicates what type of heater plugs are fitted to the engine.

STATUS 1 Slow spark plugs

Status ET781 is "STATUS 1" if the heater plugs fitted to the engine have black rings.
If not, use command SC036 ''Reinitialise programming'' and select ''HEATER
PLUGS".

STATUS 2 Quick spark plugs

Status ET781 is "STATUS 2" if the heater plugs fitted to the engine have white rings.
If not, use command SC036 ''Reinitialise programming'' and select ''HEATER
PLUGS".

VEHICLE SPEED MONITORING

Status ET557 changes to STATUS 3 if the vehicle speed received by the computer is
invalid.
In the event of any faults, run fault finding on the ABS computer (see 38C, Anti-lock
braking system).
If the fault is still present, contact Techline.

STATUS 3 Not defined

Status ET781 is STATUS 3 when the heater plugs are not configured on the injection
computer.
Refer to the interpretation of DF1069 ''Unconfigured heater plugs'' to determine the
heater plugs fitted to the engine, visually check the colour of the plug rings, then run
command SC036 Reinitialise programming and select ''HEATER PLUGS''.

Deal with any other faults. Clear the fault memory.


AFTER REPAIR Switch off the ignition and carry out a road test followed by a test with the diagnostic
tool.
EDC16CP33_V0C_ET781 / EDC16CP33_V10_ET781/
EDC16CP33_V14_ET781 / EDC16CP33_V16_ET781
MR-410-X83-13B000$624.mif
V5
13B-214
EDC16CP33 DIESEL INJECTION
Program No.: C4
Vdiag No.: 0C, 10, 14, 16 Fault finding – Parameter summary table 13B
Tool parameter Diagnostic tool title

PR002 Alternator charge

PR003 Pedal load

PR005 EGR valve opening setpoint

PR006 Rail pressure regulator current

PR007 Rail pressure regulator current setpoint

PR008 Rail reference pressure

PR009 Turbocharging pressure setpoint

PR017 Fuel flow

PR022 EGR valve position feedback loop difference

PR023 Air flow difference

PR030 Accelerator pedal position

PR035 Atmospheric pressure

PR037 Refrigerant pressure

PR038 Rail pressure

PR041 Turbocharging pressure

PR042 Filtered turbocharging pressure

PR051 EGR valve position feedback

PR053 Engine speed requested by air conditioning

PR055 Engine speed

PR059 Inlet air temperature

PR061 Exterior air temperature

PR063 Fuel temperature

PR064 Coolant temperature

PR074 Battery voltage

PR077 EGR valve position sensor voltage

PR079 Atmospheric pressure sensor voltage

PR080 Rail pressure sensor voltage

PR082 Fuel temperature sensor voltage

PR083 Air temperature sensor voltage

PR084 Coolant temperature sensor voltage

PR086 Pedal potentiometer voltage gang 1

PR088 Pedal potentiometer gang 2 voltage

MR-410-X83-13B000$672.mif
V5
13B-215
EDC16CP33 DIESEL INJECTION
Program No.: C4
Vdiag No.: 0C, 10, 14, 16 Fault finding – Parameter summary table 13B
Tool parameter Diagnostic tool title

PR089 Vehicle speed

PR128 First EGR valve offset

PR129 Last EGR valve offset

PR130 Cruise control setpoint

PR132 Air flow

PR157 Fuel flow setpoint

PR171 Air flow setpoint for EGR

PR175 Vehicle speed/engine speed ratio

PR190 Engine idle speed setpoint.

PR213 Rail pressure loop difference

PR220 EGR valve OCR*

PR224 Turbocharging pressure sensor voltage

PR225 Air flow sensor voltage

PR290 Air conditioning refrigerant pressure sensor voltage

PR364 Cylinder no. 1 fuel correction

PR365 Cylinder no. 4 fuel flow correction

PR405 Cylinder no. 2 fuel flow correction

PR406 Cylinder no. 3 fuel flow correction

PR484 Fuel regulation solenoid valve OCR*

PR490 Engine air flow

PR672 Damper valve position setpoint

PR739 Fuel flow solenoid valve current

PR747 Damper valve position

PR874 Last service

*OCR: Opening cyclic ratio

MR-410-X83-13B000$672.mif
V5
13B-216
EDC16CP33 DIESEL INJECTION
Program No.: C4
Vdiag No.: 0C, 10, 14, 16 Fault finding – Interpretation of parameters 13B
ACCELERATOR PEDAL POSITION

PR030

There must be no present or stored faults.


Perform this fault finding procedure:
– after finding an inconsistency in the parameter,
NOTES – after a customer complaint (e.g. loss of power).

See Wiring diagrams, Trafic II phase 2.

ELECTRICAL CONFORMITY OF THE SENSOR:

Check the continuity and absence of interference resistance of the following connections:
– connection code 3LR,
– connection code 3LS,
– connection code 3LT,
– connection code 3LU,
– connection code 3LW,
– connection code 3LV,
between components 120 and 921.
If the connection or connections are faulty and there is a repair procedure (see Technical Note 6015A, Electrical
wiring repair, Wiring: Precautions for repair), repair the wiring, otherwise replace it.

Pedal sensor connected, vehicle with ignition on and engine stopped:

– check that the value of PR030 Accelerator pedal position:


0% no load,
100% full load,
138% full load after pedal kickdown point.

If the value is not correct, replace the accelerator pedal sensor.

AFTER REPAIR Repeat the conformity check from the start.

EDC16CP33_V0C_PR030 / EDC16CP33_V10_PR030 / EDC16CP33_V14_PR030 / EDC16CP33_V16_PR030

MR-410-X83-13B000$720.mif
V5
13B-217
EDC16CP33 DIESEL INJECTION
Program No.: C4
Vdiag No.: 0C, 10, 14, 16 Fault finding – Interpretation of parameters 13B
RAIL PRESSURE

PR038

There must be no present or stored faults.


Perform this fault finding procedure:
– after finding an inconsistency in the parameter,
– after a customer complaint (starting faults, poor performance, stalling etc.),
NOTES
– after an interpretation of command AC225 Rail pressure regulator.

See Wiring diagrams, Trafic II phase 2.

ELECTRICAL CONFORMITY OF THE SENSOR:

Check the condition of the rail pressure sensor connector.


Check the condition of the engine management computer connectors.
If one of the connectors is faulty and there is a repair procedure (see Technical Note 6015A, Electrical wiring
repair, wiring: precautions for repair), repair the connector, otherwise replace the wiring.
Check for continuity and absence of interference resistance of the following connections:
– 3LX between components 120 and 1032.
– 3LY between components 120 and 1032.
– 3LZ between components 120 and 1032.
If the connection or connections are faulty and there is a repair procedure (see Technical Note 6015A, Electrical
wiring repair, Wiring: Precautions for repair), repair the wiring, otherwise replace it.

Check that there are no external diesel leaks from the high pressure fuel circuit.
With the ignition on and the engine stopped for over 1 minute:
View parameter PR038 Rail pressure.
– If the pressure is below 90 bar, the sensor is in order.
– If the pressure is above 90 bar, contact the Techline.

AFTER REPAIR Repeat the conformity check from the start.

EDC16CP33_V0C_PR038 / EDC16CP33_V10_PR038 / EDC16CP33_V14_PR038 / EDC16CP33_V16_PR038

MR-410-X83-13B000$720.mif
V5
13B-218
EDC16CP33 DIESEL INJECTION
Program No.: C4
Vdiag No.: 0C, 10, 14, 16 Fault finding – Interpretation of parameters 13B
TURBOCHARGING PRESSURE

PR041

There must be no present or stored faults.


Perform this fault finding procedure:
– after finding an inconsistency in the parameter,
– after a customer complaint (e.g. loss of power),
NOTES
– after interpretation of command AC004 Turbocharging solenoid valve.

See Wiring diagrams, Trafic II phase 2.

ELECTRICAL CONFORMITY OF THE SENSOR:


Check for continuity and absence of interference resistance of the following connections:
– 3LQ between components 120 and 1071.
– 3LP between components 120 and 1071.
– 3LN between components 120 and 1071.
If the connection or connections are faulty and there is a repair procedure (see Technical Note 6015A, Electrical
wiring repair, Wiring: Precautions for repair), repair the wiring, otherwise replace it.

Vehicle with ignition on, and the engine stopped for over 1 minute:
Compare the values of PR041 Turbocharging pressure and PR035 Atmospheric pressure.
If the difference between PR041 and PR035 is greater than 0.1 bar,
check the value of PR035 Atmospheric pressure by comparing it with the reading on a vehicle in the workshop
which is correct.
If the value of PR035 Atmospheric pressure is not correct (difference greater than 0.1 bar between
the 2 vehicles), contact the Techline.
Otherwise (when the value PR035 Atmospheric pressure is correct), change the turbocharging pressure sensor.
If the difference between PR041 and PR035 is less than 0.1 bar,
Start the engine, with the engine idling:
Compare the values of PR041 Turbocharging pressure and PR035 Atmospheric pressure.
If the difference between PR041 and PR035 is greater than 0.2 bar.
Check the air inlet circuit:
absence of leaks or blockages in the low and high pressure air circuit ducts: presence and tightness of the
mounting clips, mounting of the turbocharger pressure sensor, intercooler, etc.
Check that the damper valve is not jammed closed.
Repair if necessary.

AFTER REPAIR Repeat the conformity check from the start.

EDC16CP33_V0C_PR041 / EDC16CP33_V10_PR041 / EDC16CP33_V14_PR041 / EDC16CP33_V16_PR041

MR-410-X83-13B000$720.mif
V5
13B-219
EDC16CP33 DIESEL INJECTION
Program No.: C4
Vdiag No.: 0C, 10, 14, 16 Fault finding – Interpretation of parameters 13B
FILTERED TURBOCHARGING PRESSURE

PR042

PARAMETER
This parameter indicates the filtered turbocharging pressure in bar.
DEFINITION

PR042 corresponds to the average value of PR041 Turbocharging pressure.

AFTER REPAIR Repeat the conformity check from the start.

EDC16CP33_V0C_PR042 / EDC16CP33_V10_PR042 / EDC16CP33_V14_PR042 / EDC16CP33_V16_PR042

MR-410-X83-13B000$720.mif
V5
13B-220
EDC16CP33 DIESEL INJECTION
Program No.: C4
Vdiag No.: 0C, 10, 14, 16 Fault finding – Interpretation of parameters 13B
EGR VALVE POSITION FEEDBACK

PR051

There must be no present or stored faults.


Perform this fault finding procedure:
– after finding an inconsistency in the parameter,
– after a customer complaint (loss of power, smoke etc.).
NOTES
– after interpretation of command AC103 EGR by-pass.

See Wiring diagrams, Trafic II phase 2.

ELECTRICAL CONFORMITY OF THE SENSOR:


Check for continuity and absence of interference resistance of the following connections:
– 3JM between components 120 and 169.
– 3EL between components 120 and 169.
– 3GC between components 120 and 169.
If the connection or connections are faulty and there is a repair procedure (see Technical Note 6015A, Electrical
wiring repair, Wiring: Precautions for repair), repair the wiring, otherwise replace it.

If the fault is still present, contact the Techline.

AFTER REPAIR Repeat the conformity check from the start.

EDC16CP33_V0C_PR051 / EDC16CP33_V10_PR051 / EDC16CP33_V14_PR051 / EDC16CP33_V16_PR051

MR-410-X83-13B000$720.mif
V5
13B-221
EDC16CP33 DIESEL INJECTION
Program No.: C4
Vdiag No.: 0C, 10, 14, 16 Fault finding – Interpretation of parameters 13B
INLET AIR TEMPERATURE

PR059

There must be no present or stored faults.


Perform this fault finding procedure:
– after finding an inconsistency in the parameter,
NOTES – after a customer complaint (e.g. lack of power).

See Wiring diagrams, Trafic II phase 2.

ELECTRICAL CONFORMITY OF THE SENSOR:


With the flow sensor disconnected, check the insulation from earth of the following connection:
– connection code 3ABQ,
between components 120 and 799.
Check the + 12 V after relay supply to the air flowmeter.
– connection 3FB of component 799.
If the connection or connections are faulty and there is a repair procedure (see Technical Note 6015A, Electrical
wiring repair, Wiring: Precautions for repair), repair the wiring, otherwise replace it.

Measure the resistance between connections 3ABQ and 3DU of component 799.
If the resistance is not: 9202 Ω ± 486 Ω at - 10˚C
5774 Ω ± 277 Ω at + 0˚C
3714 Ω ± 161 Ω at + 10˚C
2448 Ω ± 96 Ω at + 20˚C
1671 Ω ± 59 Ω at + 30˚C
1150 Ω ± 36 Ω at + 40˚C
817 Ω ± 23 Ω at + 50˚C
583 Ω ± 15 Ω at + 60˚C
427 Ω ± 09 Ω at + 70˚C
316 Ω ± 06 Ω at + 80˚C
238 Ω ± 04 Ω at + 90˚C
Replace the air flowmeter (see MR 408, Mechanical, 12A, Fuel mixture, Air flowmeter, Removal - Refitting).

AFTER REPAIR Repeat the conformity check from the start.

EDC16CP33_V0C_PR059 / EDC16CP33_V10_PR059 / EDC16CP33_V14_PR059 / EDC16CP33_V16_PR059

MR-410-X83-13B000$720.mif
V5
13B-222
EDC16CP33 DIESEL INJECTION
Program No.: C4
Vdiag No.: 0C, 10, 14, 16 Fault finding – Interpretation of parameters 13B
FUEL TEMPERATURE

PR063

There must be no present or stored faults.


Perform this fault finding procedure:
– after finding an inconsistency in the parameter,
NOTES – after a customer complaint (e.g. lack of power).

See Wiring diagrams, Trafic II phase 2.

ELECTRICAL CONFORMITY OF THE SENSOR:


Check for continuity and absence of interference resistance of the following connections:
– 3FAB between components 120 and 1066.
– 3LD between components 120 and 1066.
If the connection or connections are faulty and there is a repair procedure (see Technical Note 6015A, Electrical
wiring repair, Wiring: Precautions for repair), repair the wiring, otherwise replace it.

Measure the resistance between connections 3FAB and 3LD of component 1066,
If the resistance is not: 3820 Ω ± 282 at + 10˚C
2050 Ω ± 100 at + 25˚C
810 Ω ± 47 at + 50˚C
Replace the fuel temperature sensor (see MR 408, Mechanical, 13B, Diesel injection, Diesel temperature
sensor, Removal - Refitting).

AFTER REPAIR Repeat the conformity check from the start.

EDC16CP33_V0C_PR063 / EDC16CP33_V10_PR063 / EDC16CP33_V14_PR063 / EDC16CP33_V16_PR063

MR-410-X83-13B000$720.mif
V5
13B-223
EDC16CP33 DIESEL INJECTION
Program No.: C4
Vdiag No.: 0C, 10, 14, 16 Fault finding – Interpretation of parameters 13B
COOLANT TEMPERATURE

PR064

There must be no present or stored faults.


Perform this fault finding procedure:
– after finding an inconsistency in the parameter,
NOTES – after a customer complaint (e.g. lack of power).

See Wiring diagrams, Trafic II phase 2.

ELECTRICAL CONFORMITY OF THE SENSOR:


Check for continuity and absence of interference resistance on the following connections:
– 3C between components 120 and 244.
– 3JK between components 120 and 244.
If the connection or connections are faulty and there is a repair procedure (see Technical Note 6015A, Electrical
wiring repair, Wiring: Precautions for repair), repair the wiring, otherwise replace it.

Measure the resistance between connections 3C and 3JK of component 244.


If the resistance is not: 12460 Ω ± 1128 Ω at + 10˚C
2252 Ω ± 112 Ω at + 25˚C
811 Ω ± 39 Ω at + 50˚C
283 Ω ± 8 Ω at + 80˚C
115 Ω ± 3 Ω at + 110˚C
replace the coolant temperature sensor (see MR 408, Mechanical, 19A, Cooling, Coolant temperature sensor,
Removal - Refitting).

AFTER REPAIR Repeat the conformity check from the start.

EDC16CP33_V0C_PR064 / EDC16CP33_V10_PR064 / EDC16CP33_V14_PR064 / EDC16CP33_V16_PR064

MR-410-X83-13B000$720.mif
V5
13B-224
EDC16CP33 DIESEL INJECTION
Program No.: C4
Vdiag No.: 0C, 10, 14, 16 Fault finding – Interpretation of parameters 13B
AIR FLOW

PR132

There must be no faults present.


Perform this fault finding procedure:
– after finding an inconsistency in the parameter,
NOTES – or after a customer complaint (lack of power, smoke etc.).

See Wiring diagrams, Trafic II phase 2.

Test the air inlet circuit (from the air filter inlet to the inlet manifold tracts,
apply test 4 Turbocharged air inlet circuit check):
– air filter unit inlet not blocked and filter not clogged,
– visual inspection only, run test 4 from ALP 2,
– oil vapour recirculation circuit connected correctly,
– absence of leaks or blockages in the low and high pressure air circuits: pipes, presence and tightness of
the mounting clips, mounting of the turbocharger pressure sensor, intercooler, etc.
– check that the damper valve is not jammed closed.
Carry out the necessary repairs.
Check the electrical conformity of the air flowmeter:
Check the + 5 V supply to the air flowmeter.
– connection 3KJ of component 799.
Check the + 12 V after relay supply to the air flowmeter.
– connection 37X of component 799.
Check the continuity and absence of interference resistance of the following connections:
– connection code 3DV, between components 120 and 799.
– connection code 3DU, between components 120 and 799.
with the flow sensor connected, the vehicle ignition on and engine stopped:
Check the voltage between connections 3DU and 3DV of component 799.
– If the voltage is not between 0.3 V ± 0.7 V, replace the air flowmeter (see MR 408, Mechanical, 12A, Fuel
mixture, Air flowmeter, Removal - Refitting).

AFTER REPAIR Repeat the conformity check from the start.

EDC16CP33_V0C_PR132 / EDC16CP33_V10_PR132 / EDC16CP33_V14_PR132 / EDC16CP33_V16_PR132

MR-410-X83-13B000$720.mif
V5
13B-225
EDC16CP33 DIESEL INJECTION
Program No.: C4
Vdiag No.: 0C, 10, 14, 16 Fault finding – Command summary table 13B
SUMMARY OF AVAILABLE COMMANDS

The commands are run to check the correct operation of certain components or to
NOTES
replace parts.

Tool command Diagnostic tool title

SC001 Write saved data

SC002 Enter injector codes

SC003 Save computer data

SC031 Operational fault finding of cylinders

SC035 High pressure fuel circuit fault finding

SC036 Reinitialise programming

SC037 Compression test

SC040 Speed limiter

SC041 Modification of commercial vehicle idle speed

RZ001 Fault memory

RZ005 Programming

RZ034 Computer memory

AC004 Turbocharging solenoid valve

AC012 Damper valve

AC031 Thermoplunger no. 3 relay

AC037 Preheating relay

AC063 Thermoplunger no. 1 relay

AC064 Thermoplunger no. 2 relay

AC070 * Air conditioning compressor

AC103 EGR by-pass

AC153 High-speed fan assembly

AC154 Low-speed fan assembly

AC225 Rail pressure regulator

AC226 Pump pressure regulator

VP010 Write VIN

VP036 Fuel supply inhibited

* (Except Vdiag 0C).

MR-410-X83-13B000$768.mif
V5
13B-226
EDC16CP33
DIESEL INJECTION
Program No.: C4
Vdiag No.: 0C, 10, 14, 16 Fault finding – Interpretation of commands 13B
WRITE SAVED DATA

SC001

To use this command, first save the data with the SC003 Save computer data
command.
NOTES
Writing is carried out after the computer has been reprogrammed or replaced.
Engine stationary

Select scenario SC001 Write saved data in the diagnostic tool.


Note: if no files have been saved beforehand, a write error will appear when command SC001 Write saved data
is run.
Validating this command writes the data saved using command SC003 Save computer data.
The data is as follows:
– vehicle-specific idling,
– injector codes,
– options available on the vehicle and generated by the computer.
The data is used to configure the computer and prevent:
– engine malfunction after reprogramming or replacing the computer,
– incorrect interpretation of the information provided by the diagnostic tool.

AFTER REPAIR Repeat the conformity check from the start.

EDC16CP33_V0C_SC001/EDC16CP33_V10_SC001/ EDC16CP33_V14_SC001/EDC16CP33_V16_SC001

MR-410-X83-13B000$816.mif
V5
13B-227
EDC16CP33 DIESEL INJECTION
Program No.: C4
Vdiag No.: 0C, 10, 14, 16 Fault finding – Interpretation of commands 13B
ENTER INJECTOR CODES

SC002

This command is carried out after the replacement of one or more injectors.
NOTES
Engine stopped.

To enter this data, select command SC002 Enter injector codes on the diagnostic tool.
Procedure to be followed:
– Read the 7-character alphanumeric codes engraved on the upper section of the injector bodies.
– Enter each injector code for the associated cylinder.
– Important: cylinder no. 1 is located at the timing end.
– Confirm the change of injector code configuration.
– When the command is completed, the modified codes appear in the current column.
– Check that the codes correspond to those read earlier.
If the codes entered appear in neither the current column nor the desired column, check the codes read and make
sure the data has been entered correctly.
– Exit fault finding mode.
– Switch off the ignition and wait for 1 min.
– Switch the ignition back on and check for faults.
– DF066 Injector code(s) should be "stored".
If DF066 is still present, the command has not been executed correctly.
Start the procedure again and follow the instructions.
If the procedure is still not effective, follow the procedure below:
A fault could cause the DF066 Injector code(s) to be reported and also incorrect validation of command SC002.
If the power latch* is not performed after the ignition is switched off, the injection computer will not store the new
injector codes.
Switch off the ignition and check that the immobiliser warning light flashes 2 seconds after switching
the ignition off.
If the warning light flashes as soon as the ignition is switched off, the power latch* has not been executed
and the command will not have been recognised.
If all these checks do not enable the command to be confirmed, contact the Techline.

* The immobiliser warning light will flash a few seconds after switching the ignition off.

AFTER REPAIR Repeat the conformity check from the start.

EDC16CP33_V0C_SC002/EDC16CP33_V10_SC002/ EDC16CP33_V14_SC002/EDC16CP33_V16_SC002

MR-410-X83-13B000$816.mif
V5
13B-228
EDC16CP33 DIESEL INJECTION
Program No.: C4
Vdiag No.: 0C, 10, 14, 16 Fault finding – Interpretation of commands 13B
SAVE COMPUTER DATA

SC003

This save is performed before reprogramming or replacing the computer.


NOTES
Engine stopped.

Select scenario SC003 Save computer data in the diagnostic tool.


Confirming this command saves the following vehicle-specific data:
– Vehicle-specific idling.
– Injector code(s).
– Options available on the vehicle and managed by the computer.
– Various offsets for components, EGR, damper valve.
This information will be saved in the diagnostic tool.
After saving has finished, use the command SC001 Enter saved data to be able to set the new computer
parameters, after programming and reprogramming.

AFTER REPAIR Repeat the conformity check from the start.

EDC16CP33_V0C_SC003/EDC16CP33_V10_SC003/ EDC16CP33_V14_SC003/EDC16CP33_V16_SC003

MR-410-X83-13B000$816.mif
V5
13B-229
EDC16CP33 DIESEL INJECTION
Program No.: C4
Vdiag No.: 0C, 10, 14, 16 Fault finding – Interpretation of commands 13B
OPERATIONAL FAULT FINDING OF CYLINDERS

SC031

NOTES This command is used for fault finding of the output of each cylinder and injector.

Reminder: cylinder no. 1 is located at the timing end.

Procedure to be followed:
– select scenario SC031,
– once the conditions have been met, press the Confirm button; the test will take approximately 5 minutes,
– the tool displays cylinder no. 1 cut-off, and engine speed variation is noticeable when the cylinder cuts off;
then the procedure is the same for the other three cylinders,
– the diagnostic tool displays the results,
– end of test.

Interpretation of results:

– If the displayed results are VALID, it means that the entire cylinder and injector assembly is in order. There is no
need for any operation.

Results Interpretation of results

Cylinder 1 VALID No operation

Cylinder 2 VALID No operation

Cylinder 3 VALID No operation

Cylinder 4 VALID No operation

– If a displayed result is INVALID, the cylinder or injector is not correct.

Difference compared Interpretation


Results
to average of results

Negative number or Apply Part B of Test 10


Cylinder X INVALID
Positive number Poor injector operation

AFTER REPAIR Repeat the conformity check from the start.

EDC16CP33_V0C_SC031/EDC16CP33_V10_SC031/ EDC16CP33_V14_SC031/EDC16CP33_V16_SC031

MR-410-X83-13B000$816.mif
V5
13B-230
EDC16CP33 DIESEL INJECTION
Program No.: C4
Vdiag No.: 0C, 10, 14, 16 Fault finding – Interpretation of commands 13B
HIGH PRESSURE FUEL CIRCUIT FAULT FINDING

SC035

This command is used for interpreting the condition of the high pressure fuel circuit
NOTES
(high-pressure pump, rail and injectors)

Procedure to be followed:
– select scenario SC035,
– once conditions are met, select confirm,
– with the command in progress: do not operate on the vehicle,
– at the end of the test, the engine stops (only on certain Vdiags),
– the diagnostic tool displays the results,

Interpretation of results:

STEP X
Rising time Drop off time Interpretation
(X is the variable
Rail pressure Rail pressure of results
from 1 to 4)
STEP X TOO SLOW TOO SLOW Check 1

STEP X TOO SLOW TOO FAST Check 2

STEP X TOO SLOW OK Check 3

STEP X OK TOO SLOW Check 4

STEP X OK TOO FAST Check 5

STEP X OK OK No operation

STEP 5 OK No operation

If another result is displayed on the screen of the CLIP diagnostic tool, contact the Techline.

AFTER REPAIR Repeat the conformity check from the start.

EDC16CP33_V0C_SC035/EDC16CP33_V10_SC035/ EDC16CP33_V14_SC035/EDC16CP33_V16_SC035

MR-410-X83-13B000$816.mif
V5
13B-231
EDC16CP33 DIESEL INJECTION
Program No.: C4
Vdiag No.: 0C, 10, 14, 16 Fault finding – Interpretation of commands 13B
SC035
CONTINUED

Explanation of results interpretation:

Check 1:
– Run Test 10 Incorrect injector operation.
– Apply ALP6 Fuel circuit leaks.
– Apply Test 3 Low pressure circuit check.
– If the fault is still present, replace the high pressure pump.

Check 2:
– Run Test 10 Incorrect injector operation.
– Apply ALP6 Fuel circuit leaks.
– Run the part of Test 3 Low pressure circuit check which concerns the fuel filter.
– Check the rail pressure regulator (see AC225 Rail pressure regulator).
– If the fault is still present, replace the high pressure pump.

Check 3:
– Run Test 10 Incorrect injector operation.
– Apply Test 3 Low pressure circuit check.
– If the fault is still present, replace the high pressure pump.

Check 4:
– Replace the high pressure pump.

Check 5:
– Run Test 10 Poor injector operation.
– Check the rail pressure regulator (see AC225 Rail pressure regulator).

AFTER REPAIR Repeat the conformity check from the start.

MR-410-X83-13B000$816.mif
V5
13B-232
EDC16CP33 DIESEL INJECTION
Program No.: C4
Vdiag No.: 0C, 10, 14, 16 Fault finding – Interpretation of commands 13B
REINITIALISE PROGRAMMING

SC036

This command allows you to reinitialise the following components:


– the injectors,
– the EGR valve,
NOTES – the damper valve.
– the heater plugs (only with the Vdiag 14).
Use the command SC036 with the ignition on and engine stopped.

To run this command, select scenario SC036 Reinitialise programming in the diagnostic tool.
Procedure to be followed:
– on the main screen, select the component to reinitialise after an operation (removal - refitting or replacement of
the component or reprogramming of the computer),
– Important: when reinitialising injectors, do not forget that cylinder no. 1 is located at the timing end,
– select Finish on the Configuration performed screen to return to the main screen,
– end of test.

AFTER REPAIR Repeat the conformity check from the start.

EDC16CP33_V0C_SC036/EDC16CP33_V10_SC036/ EDC16CP33_V14_SC036/EDC16CP33_V16_SC036

MR-410-X83-13B000$816.mif
V5
13B-233
EDC16CP33 DIESEL INJECTION
Program No.: C4
Vdiag No.: 0C, 10, 14, 16 Fault finding – Interpretation of commands 13B
COMPRESSION TEST

SC037

This command allows you to:


– find out the general condition of the combustion chamber (in automatic mode),
NOTES
– take cylinder compression measurements, without disconnecting the injector
connectors or the TDC sensor (in manual mode).

To run this command, select scenario SC037 Compression test in the diagnostic tool.
Reminder: cylinder no. 1 is located at the timing end
2 possible modes:

– Automatic mode tells you about the overall condition of the combustion chamber; no mechanical or
electrical operations are needed on the engine compartment (heater plug removal, injector connector
disconnection, etc.). Only the diagnostic tool and the battery/starter charger are used.

Manual mode allows you to take compression measurements without disconnecting the injector
connectors or the TDC sensor. Remove all the heater plugs. The tools used are: the diagnostic tool,
the battery/starter charger, the compression gauge and the M9R flexible end piece, part no. Mot. 1772.

1. Procedure to follow for automatic mode: (cylinder no. 1 is located at the timing end)
– before running this command, start then stop the engine (ignition on, forced + after ignition feed),
– select automatic mode,
– once conditions are met, select confirm to start the test,
– command in progress,
– the overall results screen shows the difference in time between the rise and fall of the piston in
the compression phase for each cylinder; the unit of time is µs (microseconds),
– if one of the values displayed in the results column are outside the minimum and maximum values, refer to
manual mode,
– if one of the values displayed in the results column is completely different to the other values displayed on
the screen, refer to manual mode,
– end of test.

AFTER REPAIR Repeat the conformity check from the start.

EDC16CP33_V0C_SC037/EDC16CP33_V10_SC037/EDC16CP33_V14_SC037/EDC16CP33_V16_SC037

MR-410-X83-13B000$816.mif
V5
13B-234
EDC16CP33 DIESEL INJECTION
Program No.: C4
Vdiag No.: 0C, 10, 14, 16 Fault finding – Interpretation of commands 13B
SC037
CONTINUED

2. Procedure to follow for manual mode: (cylinder no. 1 is located at the timing end)
Carry out this procedure for each cylinder before running this command,
– start then stop the engine (ignition on, forced + after ignition feed),
– remove all the heater plugs,
– connect the compression gauge to the M9R flexible end piece, part no. Mot. 1772,
– select manual mode,
– once conditions are met, select confirm to start the test,
– with the command running, Restart procedure for another cylinder at the end of the starting cycle?
appears on screen,
– select YES to restart or carry out other cylinder compression measurements,
– select NO to exit manual mode.
If the values on the compression gauge are not between 21 and 23 bar, the compression is incorrect,
– check the following components: (valves, segments, cylinder head gaskets, pistons, engine block),
– end of test.

AFTER REPAIR Repeat the conformity check from the start.

MR-410-X83-13B000$816.mif
V5
13B-235
EDC16CP33 DIESEL INJECTION
Program No.: C4
Vdiag No.: 0C, 10, 14, 16 Fault finding – Interpretation of commands 13B
CHANGING COMMERCIAL VEHICLE IDLE SPEED

SC041

This command allows changing the idle speed to increase the available power for
NOTES the electric network of the vehicle.
Use the command SC041 with the ignition on and engine stopped.

To run this command, select scenario SC041 on the diagnostic tool.

Procedure to be followed:
● select the accelerated idle speed with decrease or increase in the interval 800 to 2000 rpm by increments
or decrements of 50 rpm,
● when the idle speed is in the interval 800 to 1300 rpm, the accelerated idle deactivation speed is
configurable. Enter a speed between 0 and 18 mph (0 and 30 km/h) or leave the speed of 18 mph (30 km/h)
by default,
● when the accelerated idle speed is in the interval 1300 to 2000 rpm, the accelerated idle deactivation speed
is not configurable,
● select validate to register the configuration,
● the screen configuration completed indicates that the configuration was successfully completed, select
finish to return to the main screen,
● end of test.

AFTER REPAIR Repeat the conformity check from the start.

EDC16CP33_V0C_SC041/EDC16CP33_V10_SC041/EDC16CP33_V14_SC041/EDC16CP33_V16_SC041

MR-410-X83-13B000$816.mif
V5
13B-236
EDC16CP33 DIESEL INJECTION
Program No.: C4
Vdiag No.: 0C, 10, 14, 16 Fault finding – Interpretation of commands 13B
PROGRAMMING

RZ005

This command enables you to reinitialise the entire computer configuration according
NOTES
to the vehicle.

Command RZ005 reconfigures the computer.


If the computer has no configuration data,
use command RZ005 to enter the options fitted on the vehicle:
– air conditioning,
– passenger compartment heating resistor,
– cruise control/speed limiter.
These options are detected by the computer even if command RZ005 is not used.
The computer is configured as soon as the one of the vehicle's optional system components is operated.

AFTER REPAIR Repeat the conformity check from the start.

EDC16CP33_V0C_RZ005/EDC16CP33_V10_RZ005/EDC16CP33_V14_RZ005/EDC16CP33_V16_RZ005

MR-410-X83-13B000$816.mif
V5
13B-237
EDC16CP33 DIESEL INJECTION
Program No.: C4
Vdiag No.: 0C, 10, 14, 16 Fault finding – Interpretation of commands 13B
COMPUTER MEMORY

RZ034

IMPORTANT
NOTES
Only use this command if DF107 Computer Memory is present.

Use scenario SC003 Save computer data.


Use command RZ034.
Switch off the ignition and wait for the message Communication lost with computer.
Switch on the ignition again.
Use scenario SC001 Write saved data.

In case of error when executing the scenario SC001 Write saved data.
Reconfigure the computer correctly:
– use the scenario SC002 Enter injector codes,
– use the scenario SC036 Reinitialise programming.

Perform a road test to reinitialise the parameters of the vehicle.

AFTER REPAIR Repeat the conformity check from the start.

EDC16CP33_V0C_RZ034/EDC16CP33_V10_RZ034/EDC16CP33_V14_RZ034/EDC16CP33_V16_RZ034

MR-410-X83-13B000$816.mif
V5
13B-238
EDC16CP33 DIESEL INJECTION
Program No.: C4
Vdiag No.: 0C, 10, 14, 16 Fault finding – Interpretation of commands 13B
TURBOCHARGING SOLENOID VALVE

AC004

Perform this fault finding procedure:


– following interpretation of an unresolved fault, or
– following application of the interpretation of PR041 Turbocharging pressure or,
NOTES – after a customer complaint (loss of power, smoke etc.).

See Wiring diagrams, Trafic II phase 2.

1 - The following procedure is for checking that the turbocharger and its control circuit are working
correctly.
Preliminary operation:
Check the high pressure air circuit sealing: run test 3: Low pressure circuit check.
Pipe not joined or pierced, pressure sensor disconnected or poorly fitted (seal present), exchanger pierced.
To test the intercooler: stabilise the engine speed between 3500 and 4000 rpm with the vehicle stopped
and check that there are no leaks.

Measure the resistance between connections 37X and 3MG of component 1475.
Replace the solenoid valve if its resistance is not 16.5 Ω ± 0.8 Ω at +23˚C.
Check the continuity of the following connection:
– 3MG between the components 120 and 1475.
Check the + 12 V after relay feed on the following connection:
– 37X of component 1475.
If the connection or connections are faulty and there is a repair procedure (see Technical Note 6015A, Electrical
wiring repair, Wiring: Precautions for repair), repair the wiring, otherwise replace it.

Run command AC004 Turbocharging solenoid valve; if a faint whistling noise is heard along with a clicking from
the solenoid valve, go to stage 2, otherwise check the operation of the computer output stage:
Vehicle with + after ignition, clear the faults displayed by the diagnostic tool.
With the voltmeter in the direct current position:
With the turbocharging solenoid valve connected, connect the voltmeter earth lead to connection 3MG of
component 1475 and the positive lead to connection 37X of component 1475. Run command AC004
Turbocharging solenoid valve; the voltmeter should display four successive voltages of 2.4 V ± 0.2 V.
If the measurement is not correct, contact the Techline.

AFTER REPAIR Repeat the conformity check from the start.

EDC16CP33_V0C_AC004/EDC16CP33_V10_AC004/EDC16CP33_V14_AC004/EDC16CP33_V16_AC004

MR-410-X83-13B000$816.mif
V5
13B-239
EDC16CP33 DIESEL INJECTION
Program No.: C4
Vdiag No.: 0C, 10, 14, 16 Fault finding – Interpretation of commands 13B
AC004
CONTINUED

2 - Turbocharger control circuit check


– With the engine stopped, make sure that the control rod is in the resting position.
– Start the engine and make sure that the control rod actuates to the upper stop.
(when the engine is switched off, the control rod should return to the rest position)
If the control rod does not move correctly, carry out the following checks:
1) Control vacuum check:
– Disconnect the solenoid valve inlet hose and connect it to a pressure gauge.
– Start the engine and run it at a stable idle speed.
– If the vacuum pressure does not reach 400 mbar ± 150: check the vacuum pressure circuit from the vacuum
pump.
– Stop the engine, reconnect the inlet hose and go to step no. 2.
2) Check the solenoid valve actuation:
– Disconnect the solenoid valve outlet hose.
– Start the engine and run it at a stable idle speed.
– Place your hand on the solenoid valve and block the outlet union with your thumb.
– If there is no perceptible vibration of the solenoid valve, contact the Techline.
3) Check the solenoid valve operation:
– Connect the pressure gauge to the solenoid valve outlet union.
– Start the engine and run it at a stable idle speed.
If the vacuum pressure does not reach 400 mbar ± 150, replace the solenoid valve.

AFTER REPAIR Repeat the conformity check from the start.

MR-410-X83-13B000$816.mif
V5
13B-240
EDC16CP33 DIESEL INJECTION
Program No.: C4
Vdiag No.: 0C, 10, 14, 16 Fault finding – Interpretation of commands 13B
DAMPER VALVE

AC012

Carry out this interpretation:


– after DF645 Damper valve position regulation, DF646 Damper valve position
sensor,
NOTES – or after a customer complaint (starting faults, poor performance).

See Wiring diagrams, Trafic II phase 2.

Measure the resistance between connections 38KQ and 38KP of component 1461.
Replace the valve if its resistance is not 1250 Ω ± 375 Ω.
Check the continuity and absence of interference resistance of the following connections:
– 38KQ between components 120 and 1461,
– 38KP between components 120 and 1461.
If the connection or connections are faulty and there is a repair procedure (see Technical Note 6015A, Electrical
wiring repair, Wiring: Precautions for repair), repair the wiring, otherwise replace it.

B) With the vehicle ignition on, engine stopped:


Make sure the damper valve is open,
If not, clean or replace the damper valve.
Actuate the valve using command AC012 Damper valve and check the valve's movement and its rest position.

Check the operation of the computer output stage with a voltmeter in the alternating current position:
Actuate the valve with command AC012:
Connect the voltmeter earth lead to connection 38KS of component 1461 and the positive lead to
connection 38KQ of component 1461.

The voltmeter should display three cycles of ON-OFF (12.5 V then return to 0 V).
If the measurement is correct, replace the damper valve.
If the measurement does not show any operation, contact the Techline.

AFTER REPAIR Repeat the conformity check from the start.

EDC16CP33_V0C_AC012/EDC16CP33_V10_AC012/EDC16CP33_V14_AC012/EDC16CP33_V16_AC012

MR-410-X83-13B000$816.mif
V5
13B-241
EDC16CP33 DIESEL INJECTION
Program No.: C4
Vdiag No.: 0C, 10, 14, 16 Fault finding – Interpretation of commands 13B
THERMOPLUNGER NO. 3 RELAY

AC031

Check that the computer is correctly configured using command


LC056 Thermoplungers.
There must be no present or stored faults:
NOTES
Perform this fault finding procedure if there is a fault with the passenger compartment
heating - demisting.
See Wiring diagrams, Trafic II phase 2.

If the "Thermoplunger no. 3 relay" does not operate when command AC031 Thermoplunger no. 3 relay
is run.
Check the condition of the mounting connector of component 1775 on the engine fuse box.
Check the condition of the connectors of component 120.
If one of the connectors is faulty and there is a repair procedure (see Technical Note 6015A, Electrical wiring
repair, wiring: precautions for repair), repair the connector, otherwise replace the wiring.

If the fault is still present, check as follows that this relay is controlled by component 120:
Disconnect the component 1775, fit a 50 to 100 Ω resistor on its mounting instead of the coil, and connect
a voltmeter as follows:
– positive terminal to + 12 V battery,
– negative terminal to connection 3JD of component 1775.
Run command AC031.
If the voltmeter indicates the battery voltage (4 ON-OFF cycles of 10 seconds), replace the thermoplunger no. 3
relay.
If the voltmeter does not show the battery voltage (4 ON-OFF cycles of 10 seconds), contact the Techline.

If the "thermoplunger no. 3 relay" operates with command AC031, but there is still a passenger compartment
heating/demisting fault, check the following using the wiring diagram:
The conformity of the thermoplunger maxi-fuse.
Check for + 12 V battery feed on connection BP91 of component 1775.
Check the conformity of thermoplunger no. 3 relay.
Check the continuity of connection 3JD between components 1775 and 1547.
Measure the resistance of the thermoplunger*.
The presence of earth on the water chamber (thermoplunger mounting).
Also check the level of the cooling circuit and that there are no leaks.
Carry out the necessary repairs.

Ω ± 61 mΩ
* supplier: Champion: charge resistance: 608 mΩ Ω

AFTER REPAIR Repeat the conformity check from the start.

EDC16CP33_V0C_AC031/EDC16CP33_V10_AC031/EDC16CP33_V14_AC031/EDC16CP33_V16_AC031

MR-410-X83-13B000$816.mif
V5
13B-242
EDC16CP33 DIESEL INJECTION
Program No.: C4
Vdiag No.: 0C, 10, 14, 16 Fault finding – Interpretation of commands 13B
PREHEATING RELAY

AC037

This command is only run if fault DF025 Preheating unit diagnostic line or DF017
Preheating unit control circuit is present or stored and if no other fault is present.
NOTES

See Wiring diagrams, Trafic II phase 2.

Before applying the following fault finding procedure, check that the battery voltage is not below 12 V.
Otherwise, recharge the battery.
Step 1:
Using a multimeter fitted with a current clamp, bring the 4 heater plug supply wires together.
Run command AC037 Preheating relay and measure the current consumed by the 4 heater plugs.
If the current consumed is not between 60 and 80 A, go to step 2, otherwise end of fault finding procedure.
Step 2
Check the connections on the pre-postheating unit, heater plugs and injection computer.
Repair if necessary.
Measure the resistance of the heater plugs. If this resistance is > 2 Ω, replace the defective plug(s).
Check the continuity and absence of interference resistance of the following connections:
– 37AC, between components 257 and 683,
– 37Z between components 257 and 680,
– 37AA, between components 257 and 681,
– 37AB, between components 257 and 682.
If the connection or connections are faulty and there is a repair procedure (see Technical Note 6015A, Electrical
wiring repair, Wiring: Precautions for repair), repair the wiring, otherwise replace it.
Check the condition of the preheating unit supply fuse. Replace it if necessary.
Check the + 12 V battery feed to the preheating unit on the following connection:
– BP17 of component 257.
Check the continuity and absence of interference resistance on the following connections:
– 3FY between components 120 and 257,
– 3FF between components 120 and 257.
If the connection or connections are faulty and there is a repair procedure (see Technical Note 6015A, Electrical
wiring repair, Wiring: Precautions for repair), repair the wiring, otherwise replace it.
If the fault is still present, replace the preheating unit (see MR 408, Mechanical, 13C, Preheating, Preheating
unit, Removal - Refitting).

AFTER REPAIR Repeat the conformity check from the start.

EDC16CP33_V0C_AC037/EDC16CP33_V10_AC037/EDC16CP33_V14_AC037/EDC16CP33_V16_AC037

MR-410-X83-13B000$816.mif
V5
13B-243
EDC16CP33 DIESEL INJECTION
Program No.: C4
Vdiag No.: 0C, 10, 14, 16 Fault finding – Interpretation of commands 13B
THERMOPLUNGER NO. 1 RELAY

AC063

Check that the computer is correctly configured using command


LC056 Thermoplungers.
There must be no present or stored faults:
NOTES
Perform this fault finding procedure if there is a fault with the passenger compartment
heating - demisting.
See Wiring diagrams, Trafic II phase 2.

If the "thermoplunger no. 1 relay" does not operate when command AC063 Thermoplunger no. 1 relay
is run:
Check the condition of the mounting connector of component 1773 on the engine fuse box.
Check the condition of the connectors of component 120.
If one of the connectors is faulty and there is a repair procedure (see Technical Note 6015A, Electrical wiring
repair, wiring: precautions for repair), repair the connector, otherwise replace the wiring.

If the fault is still present, check as follows that this relay is controlled by component 120:
Disconnect the component 1773, fit a 50 to 100 Ω resistor on the mounting instead of the coil, and connect
a voltmeter as follows:
– positive terminal to + 12 V battery
– negative terminal to connection 3JS of component 1773.
Run command AC063.
If the voltmeter indicates the battery voltage (4 ON-OFF cycles of 10 seconds), replace the thermoplunger no. 1
relay.
If the voltmeter does not show the battery voltage (4 ON-OFF cycles of 10 seconds), contact the Techline.

If the thermoplunger no. 1 relay operates with command AC063, but there is still a fault with the passenger
compartment heating/demisting, check the following using a wiring diagram:
The conformity of the thermoplunger maxi-fuse.
Check for + 12 V battery feed on connection BP91 of component 1773.
Check the conformity of component 1773.
Check the continuity of connection 3JS between components 1773 and 1547.
Measure the resistance of the thermoplunger*.
The presence of earth on the water chamber (thermoplunger mounting).
Also check the level of the cooling circuit and that there are no leaks.
Carry out the necessary repairs.

Ω ± 61 mΩ
* supplier: Champion: charge resistance: 608 mΩ Ω

AFTER REPAIR Repeat the conformity check from the start.

EDC16CP33_V0C_AC063/EDC16CP33_V10_AC063/EDC16CP33_V14_AC063/EDC16CP33_V16_AC063

MR-410-X83-13B000$816.mif
V5
13B-244
EDC16CP33 DIESEL INJECTION
Program No.: C4
Vdiag No.: 0C, 10, 14, 16 Fault finding – Interpretation of commands 13B
THERMOPLUNGER NO. 2 RELAY

AC064

Check that the computer is correctly configured using command


LC056 Thermoplungers.
There must be no present or stored faults.
Perform this fault finding procedure if there is a fault with the passenger compartment
heating - demisting.
NOTES
See Wiring diagrams, Trafic II phase 2.

Special notes:
The "Thermoplunger no. 2 relay" supplies thermoplungers 2 and 3 in parallel.

If the "thermoplunger no. 2 relay" does not operate correctly, when command AC064 Thermoplunger no. 2
relay is run:
Check the condition of the mounting connector of component 1774 on the engine fuse box.
Check the condition of the connectors of component 120.
If one of the connectors is faulty and there is a repair procedure (see Technical Note 6015A, Electrical wiring
repair, wiring: precautions for repair), repair the connector, otherwise replace the wiring.

If the fault is still present, check as follows that this relay is controlled by the engine management computer:
Disconnect the component 1774, fit a 50 to 100 Ω resistor on its mounting instead of the coil, and connect
a voltmeter as follows:
– positive terminal on + 12 V battery,
– negative terminal on connection 3JC of component 1774.
Run command AC064.
If the voltmeter shows the battery voltage (4 ON-OFF cycles of 10 seconds), replace thermoplunger relay no. 2.
If the voltmeter does not show the battery voltage (4 ON-OFF cycles of 10 seconds), contact the Techline.

If the thermoplunger no. 2 relay operates with command AC064, but there is still a passenger compartment
heating/demisting fault. Check using the wiring diagram:
The conformity of the thermoplunger maxi-fuse.
Check for + 12 V battery feed on connection BP92 of component 1774.
Check the conformity of component 1774.
Check the continuity of connection 3JC between components 1774 and 1547.
Measure the resistance of the thermoplungers.*
The presence of earth on the water chamber (thermoplunger mounting).
Also check the level of the cooling circuit and that there are no leaks.
Carry out the necessary repairs.

Ω ± 61
* supplier: Champion: charge resistance: 608 mΩ

AFTER REPAIR Repeat the conformity check from the start.

EDC16CP33_V0C_AC064/EDC16CP33_V10_AC064/EDC16CP33_V14_AC064/EDC16CP33_V16_AC064

MR-410-X83-13B000$816.mif
V5
13B-245
EDC16CP33 DIESEL INJECTION
Program No.: C4
Vdiag No.: 0C, 10, 14, 16 Fault finding – Interpretation of commands 13B
AIR CONDITIONING COMPRESSOR

AC070

There must be no present or stored faults.


Perform this fault finding procedure if there is a fault with the passenger compartment
air conditioning.
NOTES

Special notes:
See Wiring diagrams, Trafic II phase 2.

If, when command AC070 is run, the air conditioning compressor relay is not actuated:
Check the condition of the air conditioning compressor clutch relay connectors.
If the connector is faulty and there is a repair procedure (see Technical Note 6015A, Electrical wiring repair,
Wiring: Precautions for repair), repair the connector, otherwise replace the wiring.

Check the conformity of the air conditioning fuse.

Disconnect component 584 and check the + 12 V feed at the following connections:
– 37X of component 584,
– BP1G of component 584.
Check for an earth on the following connection:
– MW of component 171.
Check the insulation, continuity and the absence of interference resistance of the following connections:
– 38K between the components 120 and 584.
– 38R between components 584 and 171.
If the connection or connections are faulty and there is a repair procedure (see Technical Note 6015A, Electrical
wiring repair, Wiring: Precautions for repair), repair the wiring, otherwise replace it.

AFTER REPAIR Repeat the conformity check from the start.

EDC16CP33_V10_AC070/EDC16CP33_V14_AC070/EDC16CP33_V16_AC070
MR-410-X83-13B000$816.mif
V5
13B-246
EDC16CP33 DIESEL INJECTION
Program No.: C4
Vdiag No.: 0C, 10, 14, 16 Fault finding – Interpretation of commands 13B
EGR BY-PASS

AC103

Carry out this fault finding procedure when the interpretation of fault DF304 EGR
by-pass circuit has not been resolved.
NOTES

See Wiring diagrams, Trafic II phase 2.

Measure the resistance between connections 37X and 3TP of component 1301:
43 Ω to 49 Ω at + 25˚C
32 Ω to 37 Ω at - 40˚C
If the resistance is not correct, replace the EGR by-pass solenoid valve.
Check for continuity and the absence of interference resistance on the following connection:
– 3TP between components 120 and 1301.
Check the + 12 V after relay supply on the following connection:
– 37X of component 1301.
If the connection or connections are faulty and there is a repair procedure (see Technical Note 6015A, Electrical
wiring repair, Wiring: Precautions for repair), repair the wiring, otherwise replace it.

If you notice no valve movement when running command AC103, ensure that the computer output stage is
functioning:
Vehicle with + after ignition, clear the faults displayed by the diagnostic tool.

With the voltmeter in the direct current position:


With the EGR BY-PASS solenoid valve connected, connect the voltmeter earth lead to connection 3TP of
component 1301 and the positive lead to connection 37X of component 1301. Run command AC103, the
voltmeter should display four successive readings which are approximately equal to the 12 V battery voltage.
If the voltmeter indicates no control or a continuous voltage, contact the Techline.
If activation has run correctly, check the vacuum control:
– Disconnect the solenoid valve inlet hose and connect it to a pressure gauge.
– Start the engine and run it at a stable idle speed.
– If the vacuum pressure does not reach 400 mbar ± 150, check the vacuum pressure circuit from the vacuum
pump.
Repair if necessary.

AFTER REPAIR Repeat the conformity check from the start.

EDC16CP33_V0C_AC103/EDC16CP33_V10_AC103/EDC16CP33_V14_AC103/EDC16CP33_V16_AC103

MR-410-X83-13B000$816.mif
V5
13B-247
EDC16CP33 DIESEL INJECTION
Program No.: C4
Vdiag No.: 0C, 10, 14, 16 Fault finding – Interpretation of commands 13B
HIGH SPEED FAN ASSEMBLY

AC153

There must be no present or stored faults:


Perform this fault finding after an engine cooling fault.
NOTES Engine stopped.
This command is only applicable for vehicles equipped with air conditioning.
See Wiring diagrams, Trafic II phase 2.

If command AC153 does not actuate the high speed fan assembly relay:
Check the condition of the mounting connectors of component 336.

If the fault is still present, check as follows that component 336 is controlled by component 120:
Disconnect the component 336, fit a 50 to 100 Ω resistor on its mounting instead of the coil, and connect
a voltmeter as follows:
– positive terminal to + 12 V battery,
– negative terminal to connection 49K of component 336.
Run command AC153.
If the voltmeter shows the battery voltage (4 ON-OFF cycles of 10 seconds), replace the relay.
If the voltmeter does not show the battery voltage (4 ON-OFF cycles of 10 seconds), contact the Techline.

If the high speed fan assembly relay is supplied using command AC153, but there is still a fan assembly
actuation fault, check using the wiring diagram:
The conformity of the fan assembly maxi-fuse.

Check the + 12 V battery feed to connection BP7 of component 336.


Check the conformity of the high-speed fan assembly relay.
Check the continuity of connection 49R between components 336 and 905.
Check the conformity of the fan assembly.
Check for complete earthing on connection MW of component 905.
If the connection or connections are faulty and there is a repair procedure (see Technical Note 6015A, Electrical
wiring repair, Wiring: Precautions for repair), repair the wiring, otherwise replace it.

AFTER REPAIR Repeat the conformity check from the start.

EDC16CP33_V0C_AC153/EDC16CP33_V10_AC153/EDC16CP33_V14_AC153/EDC16CP33_V16_AC153

MR-410-X83-13B000$816.mif
V5
13B-248
EDC16CP33 DIESEL INJECTION
Program No.: C4
Vdiag No.: 0C, 10, 14, 16 Fault finding – Interpretation of commands 13B
LOW-SPEED FAN ASSEMBLY

AC154

There must be no present or stored faults.


Perform this fault finding after an engine cooling fault or air conditioning fault.
NOTES
Engine stopped.
See Wiring diagrams, Trafic II phase 2.

If, when running command AC154, the low speed fan assembly relay does not operate:
Check the condition of the low-speed fan assembly relay mounting connectors.

If the fault is still present, check as follows that component 335 is controlled by component 120:
Disconnect the low-speed fan assembly relay, fit a 50 to 100 Ω resistor on the relay mounting in place of the coil,
and connect a voltmeter as follows:
– positive terminal to + 12 V battery
– negative terminal to connection 49J of component 335.
Run command AC154.
If the voltmeter shows the battery voltage (4 ON-OFF cycles of 10 seconds), replace the relay.
If the voltmeter does not show the battery voltage (4 ON-OFF cycles of 10 seconds), contact the Techline.

If the low speed fan assembly relay is supplied using command AC154, but there is still a fan assembly
actuation fault, check using the wiring diagram. The conformity of the fan assembly maxi-fuse.

Check the continuity of connection 49L between components 335 and 321.
Check the low speed resistor (resistance and connections).
Check the continuity of connection 49R between components 905 and 321.
Check for complete earthing on connection MW of component 905.
If the connection or connections are faulty and there is a repair procedure (see Technical Note 6015A, Electrical
wiring repair, Wiring: Precautions for repair), repair the wiring, otherwise replace it.

AFTER REPAIR Repeat the conformity check from the start.

EDC16CP33_V0C_AC154/EDC16CP33_V10_AC154/EDC16CP33_V14_AC154/EDC16CP33_V16_AC154

MR-410-X83-13B000$816.mif
V5
13B-249
EDC16CP33 DIESEL INJECTION
Program No.: C4
Vdiag No.: 0C, 10, 14, 16 Fault finding – Interpretation of commands 13B
RAIL PRESSURE REGULATOR

AC225

Perform this fault finding procedure:


– following interpretation of an unresolved fault,
– following an inconsistency recorded in the parameters,
– following a customer complaint (starting problems, engine speed instability,
NOTES
injection noise).

See Wiring diagrams, Trafic II phase 2.

Step 1
Check for continuity and the absence of interference resistance on the following connection:
– 3RG between the components 120 and 1198.
Check the + 12 V after relay supply on the following connection:
– 37X of component 1198.
If the connection or connections are faulty and there is a repair procedure (see Technical Note 6015A, Electrical
wiring repair, Wiring: Precautions for repair), repair the wiring, otherwise replace it.

Run command AC225, if you can hear a slight whistling noise and cracking from the pressure regulator, go to step
2, otherwise, ensure that the computer output stage is functioning correctly:
Vehicle with + after ignition, clear the faults displayed by the diagnostic tool.
With the voltmeter in the direct current position:
With the rail pressure regulator connected, connect the voltmeter earth lead to connection 3RG of component
1198 and the positive lead to connection 37X of component 1198. Run command AC225; the voltmeter should
display four successive voltages of 2.2 V ± 0.2 V.
If the measurement is not correct, contact the Techline.

STEP 2

AFTER REPAIR Repeat the conformity check from the start.

EDC16CP33_V0C_AC225/EDC16CP33_V10_AC225/EDC16CP33_V14_AC225/EDC16CP33_V16_AC225

MR-410-X83-13B000$816.mif
V5
13B-250
EDC16CP33 DIESEL INJECTION
Program No.: C4
Vdiag No.: 0C, 10, 14, 16 Fault finding – Interpretation of commands 13B
AC225
CONTINUED

Step 2
In the event of rail overpressure:
Check that there are no air bubbles in the diesel fuel low pressure circuit.
Check that the rail pressure sensor is operating correctly. Interpretation of parameter PR038 Rail pressure.
If these checks do not reveal any faults, replace the rail regulator.
In the event of rail underpressure:
Check that the rail pressure sensor is operating correctly. Interpretation of parameter PR038 Rail pressure.
Check the low pressure diesel circuit priming.
Check the conformity of the diesel filter connections.
Check the condition of the filter (clogging and water saturation).
Check that there are no air bubbles between the filter and the high pressure pump.
Check the low and high pressure diesel circuit sealing: use ALP 6 Fuel circuit leaks (visual inspection, touch
tests, odours, etc.) on: the pump casing, overpressure valve, pipes, injector and rail unions, injector wells, etc.
Check the conformity of the seal fitting on the pressure regulator.
Check the operation of the injectors: run Test 10: Incorrect injector operation.
Carry out the necessary repairs.

If the engine starts:


Clear any faults.
Check the rail pressure regulator using ALP 7 Rough idling.
With the engine warm, leave it running at idle speed a few minutes (3 to 5 minutes):
– If it stalls and the fault reappears, replace the rail pressure regulator.
– If it does not stall, stabilise the engine speed at 2000 rpm (1 minute) then accelerate under full load until it
cuts out.
If the engine stalls, contact the Techline
If the engine does not startor there is no timing:
replace, in the first instance, the rail pressure regulator, and if the fault is still present, contact the Techline.

AFTER REPAIR Repeat the conformity check from the start.

MR-410-X83-13B000$816.mif
V5
13B-251
EDC16CP33 DIESEL INJECTION
Program No.: C4
Vdiag No.: 0C, 10, 14, 16 Fault finding – Interpretation of commands 13B
PUMP PRESSURE REGULATOR

AC226

Perform this fault finding procedure:


– following interpretation of an unresolved fault,
– following an inconsistency recorded in the parameters,
– following a customer complaint (starting problems, engine speed instability,
NOTES
injection noise).

See Wiring diagrams, Trafic II phase 2.

Step 1
Check for continuity and the absence of interference resistance on the following connection:
– 3HI between the components 120 and 1105.
Check the + 12 V after relay feed on the following connection:
– 37X of component 1105.
If the connection or connections are faulty and there is a repair procedure (see Technical Note 6015A, Electrical
wiring repair, Wiring: Precautions for repair), repair the wiring, otherwise replace it.

Run command AC226. If there is a slight whistling noise and cracking from the pressure regulator, go to step 2,
otherwise, check that the computer output stage is operating correctly:
Vehicle with + after ignition, clear the faults displayed by the diagnostic tool.
With the voltmeter in the direct current position:
With the pump pressure regulator connected, connect the voltmeter earth lead to connection 3HI of
component 1105 and the positive lead to connection 37X of component 1105. Run command AC226;
the voltmeter should display four successive voltages of 2.2 V ± 0.2 V.
If the measurement is not correct, contact the Techline.

STEP 2

AFTER REPAIR Repeat the conformity check from the start.

EDC16CP33_V0C_AC226/EDC16CP33_V10_AC226/EDC16CP33_V14_AC226/EDC16CP33_V16_AC226

MR-410-X83-13B000$816.mif
V5
13B-252
EDC16CP33 DIESEL INJECTION
Program No.: C4
Vdiag No.: 0C, 10, 14, 16 Fault finding – Interpretation of commands 13B
AC226
CONTINUED

Step 2
In the event of rail overpressure:
Check that there are no air bubbles in the diesel fuel low pressure circuit.
Check that the rail pressure sensor is operating correctly. Interpretation of parameter PR038 Rail pressure.
If these checks do not reveal any faults, replace the pump regulator.
In the event of rail underpressure:
Check that the rail pressure sensor is operating correctly. Interpretation of parameter PR038 Rail pressure.
Check the low pressure diesel circuit priming.
Check the conformity of the diesel filter connections.
Check the condition of the filter (clogging and water saturation).
Check that there are no air bubbles between the filter and the high pressure pump.
Check the low and high pressure diesel circuit sealing: use ALP 6 Fuel circuit leaks (visual inspection, touch
tests, odours, etc.) on: the pump casing, overpressure valve, pipes, injector and rail unions, injector wells, etc.
Check the conformity of the seal fitting on the pressure regulator.
Check the operation of the injectors: run Test 10: Incorrect injector operation.
Carry out the necessary repairs.

If the engine starts:

Clear any faults.


Check the pump pressure regulator by applying (see ALP 7 Rough idle).
With the engine warm, leave it to idle for a few minutes (3 to 5 minutes):
– If it stalls and the fault reappears, replace the pump regulator.
– If it does not stall, stabilise the engine speed at 2000 rpm (1 minute) then accelerate under full load until it
cuts out.
If the engine stalls, contact the Techline.
If the engine does not startor there is no timing:
replace, in the first instance, the pump regulator and if the fault is still present, contact the Techline.

AFTER REPAIR Repeat the conformity check from the start.

MR-410-X83-13B000$816.mif
V5
13B-253
EDC16CP33 DIESEL INJECTION
Program No.: C4
Vdiag No.: 0C, 10, 14, 16 Fault finding – Interpretation of commands 13B
INHIBIT FUEL SUPPLY

VP036

This command enables you to disable the supply to the injectors.


NOTES
This command is carried out with the engine switched off, and ignition on.

This command allows the injectors to be locked, so that starting is not possible.
Command VP036 allows the engine compressions to be checked in complete safety without disconnecting
the injector connectors or the TDC sensor.

Procedure to follow: (cylinder no. 1 is located on the flywheel end)


– Remove all of the heater plugs, connect the compression gauge with the M9R flexible end piece,
part no. MOT 1772, to a cylinder.
– Position the gear lever in neutral (manual gearbox) or to position P (sequential gearbox).
– Depress the brake pedal and keep in depressed position.
– Activate command VP036.
– Attempt to start the vehicle (within 10 seconds of activating command VP036).
– Check the engine compressions.

Repeat the procedure for another cylinder.

WARNING
Keep the brake pedal depressed for the duration of the test.

This command is inhibited automatically after 10 seconds.

EDC16CP33_V0C_VP036/EDC16CP33_V10_VP036/EDC16CP33_V14_VP036/EDC16CP33_V16_VP036

MR-410-X83-13B000$816.mif
V5
13B-254
EDC16CP33
DIESEL INJECTION
Program No.: C4
Vdiag No.: 0C, 10, 14, 16 Fault finding – Customer complaints 13B
Only check the customer complaint after performing a complete check with the
NOTES
diagnostic tool.

NO DIALOGUE WITH ENGINE MANAGEMENT COMPUTER ALP1

STARTING FAULT OR STARTING IMPOSSIBLE ALP2

POOR PERFORMANCE ALP4

IRREGULAR ENGINE OPERATION ALP5

FUEL SYSTEM LEAKS ALP6

ROUGH IDLE ALP7

ENGINE STALLING ALP8

AIR CONDITIONING DOES NOT WORK ALP9

OIL LEAKS FROM THE TURBOCHARGER ALP10

TURBOCHARGER NOISE ALP11

SMOKE FROM THE EXHAUST ALP12

MR-410-X83-13B000$864.mif
V5
13B-255
DIESEL INJECTION
13B
EDC16CP33
Program No.: C4
Vdiag No.: 0C, 10, 14, 16 Fault finding – Fault Finding Chart

ALP1 No dialogue with engine management computer

Before following this ALP, repair the multiplex network (see 88B, Multiplexing).
NOTES
See Wiring diagrams, Trafic II phase 2.

STEP 1
Check the conformity of the vehicle type, and the domain selected on the tool.
Check that the tool is not faulty by trying to establish dialogue with a computer on another vehicle.
Check the supply to the diagnostic socket:
– + Before ignition.
– + After ignition.
– Earth.
Check the conformity of the + after ignition feed fuse.
– The conformity of the injection relay mounting supplies.
Check the conformity of the main relay (relay removed):
– Insulation between connections 3FB1 and BP10 of component 983.
– Measure the resistance between connections 3FAC and BP10 of component 983.
Replace the relay if its resistance is not: 65 Ω ± 5.
Disconnect the engine management computer and check that there are no conducting parts on the computer
studs. If this reveals any kind of impurity, rectify it and try to establish dialogue.
If the fault is still present, place the bornier Elé. 1681 on the engine harness:
Check for continuity and absence of interference resistance on the following multiplex connections:
– Multiplex line L, between components 120 and 225.
– Multiplex line H, between components 120 and 225.
Check the + 12 V after relay supply of the following connections:
– 37X of component 120,
– 3FB1 of component 120,
– 3FB2 of component 120.
Check for complete earthing on connections NF of component 120.
When shunting the "normally open" contact of the supply relay on connections BP38 and 3FB1 of component
983, check the + 12 V supply on the following connections:
– 37X of component 120 (via shunt test).
– 3FB1 of component 120 (via shunt test).
– 3FB2 of component 120 (via shunt test).
Check the continuity and absence of interference resistance of the following connection:
– 3FAC between components 120 and 983.
If the connection or connections are faulty and there is a repair procedure (see Technical Note 6015A, Electrical
wiring repair, Wiring: Precautions for repair), repair the wiring, otherwise replace it.

AFTER REPAIR Carry out a road test followed by a complete check with the diagnostic tool.

EDC16CP33_V0C_ALP01/EDC16CP33_V10_ALP01/EDC16CP33_V14_ALP01/EDC16CP33_V16_ALP01
MR-410-X83-13B000$912.mif
V5
13B-256
EDC16CP33 DIESEL INJECTION
Program No.: C4
Vdiag No.: 0C, 10, 14, 16 Fault finding – Fault Finding Chart 13B
ALP1
CONTINUED

Try to start communication with another computer on the same vehicle.

If dialogue is established with another computer on the same vehicle go to step 2.


If dialogue is not established with any other computer on the same vehicle, (see 88B, Multiplexing, ALP 1).

STEP 2
Contact the Techline.

AFTER REPAIR Carry out a road test followed by a complete check with the diagnostic tool.

MR-410-X83-13B000$912.mif
V5
13B-257
EDC16CP33 DIESEL INJECTION
Program No.: C4
Vdiag No.: 0C, 10, 14, 16 Fault finding – Fault Finding Chart 13B

ALP2 Starting difficult (or impossible)

Before dealing with this customer complaint, check that there are no faults,
and the conformity (or otherwise) of the parameters and statuses using the
diagnostic tool.
NOTES
If the customer complaint is not ironed out, perform the following checks:

See Wiring diagrams, Trafic II phase 2.

Impossible
Is it difficult or impossible to start the engine? PART B

Difficult

PART A:
Check the engine earths.
If the engine speed is less than 200 rpm, consult Technical Note 6014A, Checking the charging circuit,
then Technical Note 3632A, Starter fault finding.
If an engine speed of 200 rpm is achieved with the starter, consult the parameter PR055 Engine speed.
If the engine speed is zero with the diagnostic tool:
measure the resistance between connections 3BG and 3BL of component 149.
Replace the engine speed sensor if its resistance is not between 722 Ω and 978 Ω.
Check for continuity and absence of interference resistance of the following connections:
– 3BG between components 120 and 149.
– 3BL between components 120 and 149.

If the connection or connections are faulty and there is a repair procedure (see Technical Note 6015A, Electrical
wiring repair, Wiring: Precautions for repair), repair the wiring, otherwise replace it.

Check the conformity of the engine earths (oxidation, tightness, etc.).


Check the mounting and condition of the engine speed sensor (overheating).
Replace if necessary.

Check the synchronisation of the camshaft sensors and the engine speed sensors with the display of ET238
Synchronisation. If synchronisation is not active, refer to the checks described in DF195 Engine speed/
camshaft sensor consistency.

AFTER REPAIR Carry out a road test followed by a complete check with the diagnostic tool.

EDC16CP33_V0C_ALP02/EDC16CP33_V10_ALP02/
EDC16CP33_V14_ALP02/EDC16CP33_V16_ALP02
MR-410-X83-13B000$912.mif
V5
13B-258
EDC16CP33 DIESEL INJECTION
Program No.: C4
Vdiag No.: 0C, 10, 14, 16 Fault finding – Fault Finding Chart 13B
ALP2
CONTINUED 1

Test the high pressure fuel circuit:


Run scenario SC035 High pressure fuel circuit fault finding.
To interpret the result, apply the interpretation of command SC035 (see Interpretation of commands).

Check the fuel circuit for leaks using test 3 Low pressure circuit check.

Check that the heater plugs are actuated using the AC037 Preheating relay command.
Check the tightness and the condition of the inlet circuit, run test 4: Turbocharged air inlet circuit check
and follow the related fault finding procedure.

Check that the exhaust is not blocked, run test 1: Exhaust pipe check and follow the related fault finding
procedure.

Check the consistency of the signal from the engine coolant temperature sensor.

Check the operation of the rail pressure regulator (DRV) using command AC225 Rail pressure regulator and
then the operation of the pump pressure regulator (MPROP) using command AC226 Pump pressure regulator.

Check that the heating elements operate, and check the relevant electrical consumption with a current clamp.

Check the timing setting.

Check the efficiency of the cylinder compressions using command VP036 Inhibit fuel circuit supply.

End of part A

AFTER REPAIR Carry out a road test followed by a complete check with the diagnostic tool.

MR-410-X83-13B000$912.mif
V5
13B-259
EDC16CP33 DIESEL INJECTION
Program No.: C4
Vdiag No.: 0C, 10, 14, 16 Fault finding – Fault Finding Chart 13B
ALP2
CONTINUED 2

PART B

Fill the tank with diesel fuel.


Is there diesel in the tank? NO Bleed the low and high pressure
diesel circuit.

YES

Does the starter motor work properly? Consult Technical Note 6014A,
(Check that the engine speed reaches > ~ 200 rpm NO Checking the charging circuit, then
with the starter motor, PR055 Engine speed). Technical Note 3632A Starter fault
finding.

YES

Using the diagnostic tool, check the conformity of the immobiliser: ET003
Immobiliser must be INACTIVE.

ET003 not in order, or ET003 correct


immobiliser warning (immobiliser
light permanently on code warning
light off)

Consult the fault finding procedure for the UCH Continue the fault finding procedure
(see 87B, Passenger Compartment Connection Unit). with Part A of this fault finding chart.

AFTER REPAIR Carry out a road test followed by a complete check with the diagnostic tool.

MR-410-X83-13B000$912.mif
V5
13B-260
EDC16CP33 DIESEL INJECTION
Program No.: C4
Vdiag No.: 0C, 10, 14, 16 Fault finding – Fault Finding Chart 13B

ALP4 Poor performance

Before dealing with this customer complaint, check that there are no faults,
and the conformity (or otherwise) of the parameters and statuses using the
NOTES
diagnostic tool.
If the customer complaint is not ironed out, perform the following checks:

IMPORTANT
In the event of the engine overheating above 118˚C, the computer deliberately limits the fuel flow (overheating
warning light comes on from 115˚C).
– Please observe the cleanliness guidelines and safety advice.

If the vehicle speed is constantly limited, if necessary, reconfigure the float limit speed using command SC040
Speed limiter.

Perform the following road test (looking for a loss of power when accelerating under full load):
– in the highest gear ratio, accelerate fully,
– lift your foot off the accelerator pedal completely for at least 2 seconds,
– accelerate fully again,
– release the accelerator pedal completely,
– accelerate slightly.

If loss of power was not noted during slight acceleration and if there was a loss of engine power during each
acceleration at full load, replace the diesel injector fuel return rail and its overpressure valve (see MR 408
Mechanical, 13B, Diesel injection, Diesel injector fuel return rail: Removal - Refitting).

Is the poor performance accompanied by smoke? NO

YES

AFTER REPAIR Carry out a road test followed by a complete check with the diagnostic tool.

EDC16CP33_V0C_ALP04/EDC16CP33_V10_ALP04/
EDC16CP33_V14_ALP04/EDC16CP33_V16_ALP04
MR-410-X83-13B000$912.mif
V5
13B-261
EDC16CP33 DIESEL INJECTION
Program No.: C4
Vdiag No.: 0C, 10, 14, 16 Fault finding – Fault Finding Chart 13B
ALP4
CONTINUED 1

If the fault is still present, test the high pressure fuel circuit:
– Run scenario SC035 High pressure fuel circuit fault finding.
– To interpret the result, apply the interpretation of command SC035 (see Interpretation of
commands).

Check that the fuel tank is correctly filled and that the appropriate fuel is used.
Run test 8 Diesel fuel conformity check.

– Check that the injectors are correctly fitted (presence and conformity of the sealing washer).
Checking procedure:
– Take a straightedge approximately 40 cm long and place it on the 4 injectors. The straightedge should rest
on the 4 injectors.
– If one or more injector(s) are not in order, remove and check the conformity of the washer.
– If one injector does not touch the straight edge (clearance above 1 mm), remove the injector and check
for the washer.
– Clean the injector well and the injector, refit the injector and its correct sealing washer.

– Check the sealing and the condition of the inlet circuit, run test 4 Turbocharged air inlet circuit check.

– Check the condition of the air flowmeter, run test 5 Air flowmeter.

Check the turbocharger:


– run test 2 Air line at the turbocharger.
– run test 6 Turbocharger control solenoid valve check.
– run test 7 Turbocharger.

AFTER REPAIR Carry out a road test followed by a complete check with the diagnostic tool.

MR-410-X83-13B000$912.mif
V5
13B-262
EDC16CP33 DIESEL INJECTION
Program No.: C4
Vdiag No.: 0C, 10, 14, 16 Fault finding – Fault Finding Chart 13B
ALP4
CONTINUED 2

is the engine running on all cylinders?

NO

YES
Test the high pressure fuel circuit:
Run scenario SC035 High pressure fuel circuit fault finding. To interpret the result,
apply the interpretation of command SC035 (see Interpretation of commands).
If the fault is still present

C C

AFTER REPAIR Carry out a road test followed by a complete check with the diagnostic tool.

MR-410-X83-13B000$912.mif
V5
13B-263
EDC16CP33 DIESEL INJECTION
Program No.: C4
Vdiag No.: 0C, 10, 14, 16 Fault finding – Fault Finding Chart 13B
ALP4
CONTINUED 3

Check the conformity of the accelerator pedal position sensor, the brake pedal sensor, the atmospheric pressure
sensor, the exhaust gas recirculation valve and the damper valve.

– Check the consistency of the signal: from air flow sensor, engine coolant temperature sensor, fuel temperature
sensor and engine speed sensor.

Check the connections, the continuity and the absence of interference resistance of the air flowmeter (run DF056
Air flow sensor circuit), the engine coolant temperature sensor (run DF001 Coolant temperature sensor
circuit), the fuel temperature sensor (run DF098 Fuel temperature sensor circuit), and the engine speed
sensor (run DF195 Camshaft sensor/engine speed consistency).

Check: – That the diesel filter is not clogged.


– That there are no leaks on the high and low pressure diesel circuits: run test 3 Low pressure circuit check.
– That the oil vapour rebreathing system is connected.
– The pump pressure regulator (MPROP), (jamming - sticking); apply the interpretation of command AC226
Pump pressure regulator.
– The rail pressure regulator (DRV), (jamming - seizing); apply the interpretation of command AC225 Rail
pressure regulator.

– Check the engine timing (and the position of the high pressure pump sprocket).
– Check the engine compressions, run command VP036 Inhibit fuel circuit supply.
– Measure the engine compressions with the special tool.

If the fault is still present, contact the Techline.

AFTER REPAIR Carry out a road test followed by a complete check with the diagnostic tool.

MR-410-X83-13B000$912.mif
V5
13B-264
EDC16CP33 DIESEL INJECTION
Program No.: C4
Vdiag No.: 0C, 10, 14, 16 Fault finding – Fault Finding Chart 13B

ALP5 Irregular engine operation

Before dealing with this customer complaint, check that there are no faults,
and the conformity (or otherwise) of the parameters and statuses using
the diagnostic tool.
NOTES
If the customer complaint is not ironed out, perform the following checks.

See Wiring diagrams, Trafic II phase 2.

If the engine races during gear changes, check, if there is a floor carpet, that this is not blocking the accelerator
pedal, the brake pedal and the clutch pedal, then check the conformity of the clutch switch and the conformity of
the accelerator pedal sensor when the pedal is released.

Measure the resistance between connections 3BG and 3BL of component 149.
Replace the sensor if its resistance is not: 850 Ω ± 128 Ω at +20˚C.

Check for continuity and absence of interference resistance of the following connections:
– 3BG between components 120 and 149,
– 3BL between components 120 and 149.

If the connection or connections are faulty and there is a repair procedure (see Technical Note 6015A, Electrical
wiring repair, Wiring: Precautions for repair), repair the wiring, otherwise replace it.

Check the conformity of the engine earths (oxidation, tightness, etc.).


Check the attachment and the condition of the TDC sensor (heating).
Replace if necessary.

Check the low-pressure circuit: run test 3 Low pressure circuit check.

– Apply the procedure used for checking the air flow, (see conformity check).
Check the turbocharger:
– run test 2 Air line at the turbocharger.
– run test 6: Turbocharger control solenoid valve check.
run test 7 Turbocharger.

If the fault is still present, test the high pressure fuel circuit:
Apply scenario SC035 High pressure fuel circuit fault finding.
To interpret the result, apply the interpretation of command SC035 (see Interpretation of commands).

AFTER REPAIR Carry out a road test followed by a complete check with the diagnostic tool.

EDC16CP33_V0C_ALP05/EDC16CP33_V10_ALP05/
EDC16CP33_V14_ALP05/EDC16CP33_V16_ALP05
MR-410-X83-13B000$912.mif
V5
13B-265
EDC16CP33 DIESEL INJECTION
Program No.: C4
Vdiag No.: 0C, 10, 14, 16 Fault finding – Fault Finding Chart 13B

ALP6 Fuel system leaks

Before dealing with this customer complaint, check that there are no faults,
and the conformity (or otherwise) of the parameters and statuses using the
diagnostic tool.
NOTES If the customer complaint is not ironed out, perform the following checks.

IMPORTANT
Please observe the cleanliness guidelines and safety advice.

Procedure for checking for an external leak on the fuel circuit:


Clean away traces of grease with clean thinner and wipe the part or parts concerned with cleaning cloths.
Start the engine and increase the engine temperature until the diesel fuel reaches 40/50˚C.
Stop the engine and check for traces of grease on the part or parts concerned.
If this is the case, replace the part or parts concerned.
Bleed the fuel circuit and continue the checks.

Does the priming bulb show traces of grease? YES


(Visual and tactile inspections)

NO

Does the diesel filter show traces of grease? YES


(Visual and tactile inspections)

NO

Are there greasy marks on the return pipes? Check the assembly of the
(Visual and tactile inspections) YES components and the condition of the
seal at the union of the two
components, if the leak is at the seal.
NO Replace the part or the parts
concerned.
Bleed the fuel circuit and continue the
checks.
Check the counter pressure valve
located on the fuel return line, after the
injectors.

AFTER REPAIR Carry out a road test followed by a complete check with the diagnostic tool.

EDC16CP33_V0C_ALP06/EDC16CP33_V10_ALP06/
EDC16CP33_V14_ALP06/EDC16CP33_V16_ALP06
MR-410-X83-13B000$912.mif
V5
13B-266
EDC16CP33 DIESEL INJECTION
Program No.: C4
Vdiag No.: 0C, 10, 14, 16 Fault finding – Fault Finding Chart 13B
ALP6
CONTINUED 1

NO

Does the high pressure pump show traces of grease?


(Visual and tactile inspections) Location of the leak: Where does the
YES
leak appear?
On the On the
NO component union/join

Do the high pressure pipes and the injector rail show


YES – If the leak is on the
traces of grease?
component, replace this and
(Visual and tactile inspections)
the high pressure pipe(s) at
the same time as the
NO component.

Do the injectors show traces of grease? YES


– If the leak is on the join of a high
(Visual and tactile inspections) pressure pipe and the component,
remove the high pressure pipe and
perform a visual inspection of the
NO unions: if you find damaged unions,
change the faulty component and
the high pressure pipe(s) removed at
the same time as the component.
B
– For safety reasons, high pressure
pipes must not be refitted.

AFTER REPAIR Carry out a road test followed by a complete check with the diagnostic tool.

MR-410-X83-13B000$912.mif
V5
13B-267
EDC16CP33 DIESEL INJECTION
Program No.: C4
Vdiag No.: 0C, 10, 14, 16 Fault finding – Fault Finding Chart 13B
ALP6
CONTINUED 2

Run command SC035 High pressure fuel circuit fault finding.


While running the test, check that there are no leaks from the high pressure circuit.

Is there a leak from the high pressure circuit?

NO

End of fault finding.

Reminder:
Only replace the rail, pump or injector if there is damage to the union and this damage is visible
during checks.
Bleed the fuel circuit and continue the checks.

AFTER REPAIR Carry out a road test followed by a complete check with the diagnostic tool.

MR-410-X83-13B000$912.mif
V5
13B-268
EDC16CP33 DIESEL INJECTION
Program No.: C4
Vdiag No.: 0C, 10, 14, 16 Fault finding – Fault Finding Chart 13B

ALP7 Rough idle

Before dealing with this customer complaint, check that there are no faults,
and the conformity (or otherwise) of the parameters and statuses using the
NOTES diagnostic tool.

If the customer complaint is not ironed out, perform the following checks:

Check the sealing and the condition of the inlet circuit Check the engine parameters:
using test 4: Turbocharged air inlet circuit check.
Check the low pressure circuit using test 3: Low – check the update of the engine
pressure circuit check. management computer calibration
(last calibration).

– Check the connections and wiring of the injectors. – Check the charging circuit, apply
– Check the connections and wiring of the engine
Technical Note 6014A, Checking
management computer to the injectors. If one of the
the charging circuit.
connectors is faulty and there is a repair procedure
(see Technical Note 6015A, Electrical wiring – Check that the engine speed signal
repair, wiring: precautions for repair), repair the is correct using an oscilloscope: no
connector, otherwise replace the wiring. interference, broken tooth, etc.
If not correct, check:
– The wiring.
– The flywheel position and the
Check the high pressure circuit (external leaks). condition of the flywheel teeth.
(See the end of the Fuel circuit external leaks – Check the position and tightness
fault finding chart). of the engine speed sensor.

– Check the conformity of the


IMA codes.
– Check the engine timing (and the position of the
high pressure pump sprocket).

Check the lower engine:


– Check the compressions using the command
VP036 Inhibit fuel circuit supply.
– Check the engine mountings.
If the checks are correct, contact the Techline.

AFTER REPAIR Carry out a road test followed by a complete check with the diagnostic tool.

EDC16CP33_V0C_ALP07/EDC16CP33_V10_ALP07/
EDC16CP33_V14_ALP07/EDC16CP33_V16_ALP07
MR-410-X83-13B000$912.mif
V5
13B-269
EDC16CP33 DIESEL INJECTION
Program No.: C4
Vdiag No.: 0C, 10, 14, 16 Fault finding – Fault Finding Chart 13B

ALP8 Engine stalling

IMPORTANT

Fault mode:

– Injector is switched off while charging, then injection is restarted when the charge drops.
– No CLIP fault is reported, except sometimes DF569 Turbocharging circuit (turbocharging loop difference as
no longer enough energy for the turbine). Do not deal with this fault DF569 which is an indirect result of the fault
mode described in this section.
– The Diesel return rail is faulty (injector outlet to 10 bar valve), and is no longer able to correctly provide the
counter pressure required for injector operation.
– The injector's hydraulic amplifier drains and the injectors no longer open, even though they conform electrically
and the rail pressure is correct.
– However, when the charges are smaller, the hydraulic amplifier starts again and the injectors operate again.

Cause:

– The Diesel return rail is faulty (injector outlet to 10 bar valve).

Action:

Replace the return rail.

AFTER REPAIR Carry out a road test followed by a complete check with the diagnostic tool.

EDC16CP33_V0C_ALP08/EDC16CP33_V10_ALP08/
EDC16CP33_V14_ALP08/EDC16CP33_V16_ALP08
MR-410-X83-13B000$912.mif
V5
13B-270
EDC16CP33 DIESEL INJECTION
Program No.: C4
Vdiag No.: 0C, 10, 14, 16 Fault finding – Fault Finding Chart 13B

ALP9 Air conditioning does not work

With the ignition on, does the air conditioning control Check that the other control panel
warning light come on when it is activated? NO functions operate and check the
electrical supply and earth of the table.
If the connection is faulty and if there
YES is a repair procedure (see Technical
Note 6015A, Electrical wiring repair,
Wiring: Precautions for repair).
Switch on the + after ignition feed with the air
conditioning button pressed and use the diagnostic
tool to check the air conditioning request ET018 Air
conditioning request.

Is the air conditioning request recognised by the engine Check the connection between the
management computer? NO control panel and the engine
management computer.
If the connection is faulty and if there
YES is a repair procedure (see Technical
Note 6015A, Electrical wiring repair,
Wiring: Precautions for repair).
Display the following parameter values:
ET752 Air conditioning cut-off
PR064 Coolant temperature
PR037 Refrigerant pressure
PR074 Battery voltage

Are the parameters within the recommended ranges? NO If the refrigerant pressure is too low,
carry out a sealing test to locate any
possible leaks.
YES Perform a complete test on the air
conditioning system (with a road test)
until a satisfactory level of cold is
Contact the Techline reached.
Check the cabin filter.

AFTER REPAIR Carry out a road test followed by a complete check with the diagnostic tool.

EDC16CP33_V0C_ALP09/EDC16CP33_V10_ALP09/
EDC16CP33_V14_ALP09/EDC16CP33_V16_ALP09
MR-410-X83-13B000$912.mif
V5
13B-271
EDC16CP33 DIESEL INJECTION
Program No.: C4
Vdiag No.: 0C, 10, 14, 16 Fault finding – Fault Finding Chart 13B

ALP 10 Oil leaks from the turbocharger

Before dealing with this customer complaint, check that there are no faults,
and the conformity (or otherwise) of the parameters and statuses using the
NOTES
diagnostic tool.
If the customer complaint is not eliminated, perform the following checks.

Check the area around the turbocharger


Note:
An oil leak does not correspond always to a turbocharger fault, the oil leak can arise from the area around the
turbocharger.
According to the vehicle type, maximum visual access will either be from above or from below.

1- Do not start the engine.


Check the area around the turbocharger and identify the origin of the leaks.
Clean the oil traces on the turbocharger.
2- Start the engine and let it warm up several minutes.

IMPORTANT
If the air filter was removed previously, refit it before starting the engine (risks foreign matter entering the air inlet
circuit).
Accelerate with no load several times, progressively increasing the duration before releasing the accelerator
pedal.
Visually inspect the exterior condition of the fuel supply pipes and the turbocharger oil return and the area
around it.
Identify the origin of the leaks.

Is an oil leak present at the air compressor inlet or outlet?

YES NO

Check the air compressor inlet or outlet


Check for a loose interface (inlet or outlet) that is the cause
of the air leak. Tighten the interface or the
Note: NO concerned pipe.
it is normal to find traces of oil inside the pipes at the end of the procedure
turbocharger inlet or outlet as the air passing into the
compressor is laden with oil from the engine rebreathing
circuit.
Is the suspected interface properly tightened? Replace the pipe concerned
(see MR 408, Mechanical, 12B,
YES
Turbocharging).

AFTER REPAIR Carry out a road test followed by a complete check with the diagnostic tool.

EDC16CP33_V0C_ALP10/EDC16CP33_V10_ALP10/
EDC16CP33_V14_ALP10/EDC16CP33_V16_ALP10
MR-410-X83-13B000$912.mif
V5
13B-272
EDC16CP33 DIESEL INJECTION
Program No.: C4
Vdiag No.: 0C, 10, 14, 16 Fault finding – Fault Finding Chart 13B

ALP 10
CONTINUED 1

Is an oil leak present only at the casing of the compressor section?

YES NO

The turbocharger is not faulty. The oil leak is from


another engine component and the oil is flowing
onto the turbocharger.

AFTER REPAIR Carry out a road test followed by a complete check with the diagnostic tool.

MR-410-X83-13B000$912.mif
V5
13B-273
EDC16CP33 DIESEL INJECTION
Program No.: C4
Vdiag No.: 0C, 10, 14, 16 Fault finding – Fault Finding Chart 13B

ALP 10
CONTINUED 2

Is an oil leak present at the turbocharger oil supply inlet or outlet?

YES NO

Check the turbocharger oil supply inlet


and outlet
Check for a loose interface (inlet or outlet)
that is the cause of the oil leak. Tighten the pipe concerned.
NO
End of procedure.
Is the suspected interface properly tightened?

YES

Replace only the seal or the pipe of the section


concerned (see MR 408, Mechanical, 12B,
Turbocharging).

Is an oil leak present at the interfaces of the turbine casing and the exhaust pipes?

YES NO

The turbocharger is not faulty. There is probably End of procedure.


another fault in the engine.
Mark the component that is the source of the leak
and refer to the repair manual (see MR408,
Mechanical, 10A, Engine and peripherals).

AFTER REPAIR Carry out a road test followed by a complete check with the diagnostic tool.

MR-410-X83-13B000$912.mif
V5
13B-274
EDC16CP33 DIESEL INJECTION
Program No.: C4
Vdiag No.: 0C, 10, 14, 16 Fault finding – Fault Finding Chart 13B

ALP 11 Noise from the turbocharger

Apply Technical Note 5164A, Noise fault finding.

Note:
Pay close attention to faulty components that might result in unjustified replacement of the turbocharger.
For example, whistling does not necessarily indicate damage to the turbocharger (this could be coming
from the exhaust, the timing, the gearbox, etc.).

AFTER REPAIR Carry out a road test followed by a complete check with the diagnostic tool.

EDC16CP33_V0C_ALP11 / EDC16CP33_V10_ALP11 /
EDC16CP33_V14_ALP11 / EDC16CP33_V16_ALP11
MR-410-X83-13B000$912.mif
V5
13B-275
EDC16CP33 DIESEL INJECTION
Program No.: C4
Vdiag No.: 0C, 10, 14, 16 Fault finding – Fault Finding Chart 13B

ALP 12 Exhaust fumes

Run test 2 Air line at the turbocharger.


Run test 6: Turbocharger control solenoid valve check.

Is the vehicle equipped with a particle filter?

NO YES

Start the engine and warm it up at idle speed for 10 minutes. Perform fault finding on the "particle
filter" function, consult the TESTS or
IMPORTANT corresponding ALP.

If the air filter was previously removed, refit it before starting the
engine (risk of aspirating foreign bodies into the air inlet circuit).

Perform several rapid and brief accelerations under no load.

Note:
The presence of smoke is often normal.
It is the quantity, density, colour and persistence that are deciding
factors.

Is the exhaust outlet producing abnormal smoke?

YES NO

Consult test 7 Turbocharger. The turbocharger is not


faulty. There is probably
another fault in the engine.
Refer to the
corresponding TEST or
ALP.

AFTER REPAIR Carry out a road test followed by a complete check with the diagnostic tool.

EDC16CP33_V0C_ALP12 / EDC16CP33_V10_ALP12 /
EDC16CP33_V14_ALP12 / EDC16CP33_V16_ALP12
MR-410-X83-13B000$912.mif
V5
13B-276
EDC16CP33
DIESEL INJECTION
Program No.: C4
Vdiag No.: 0C, 10, 14, 16 Fault finding – Test 13B

EXHAUST SYSTEM CHECK TEST1

AIR LINE AT THE TURBOCHARGER TEST2

LOW PRESSURE CIRCUIT TEST TEST3

TURBOCHARGED AIR INLET CIRCUIT CHECK TEST4

AIR FLOWMETER TEST5

TURBOCHARGER CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE CHECK TEST6

TURBOCHARGER TEST7

DIESEL FUEL CONFORMITY CHECK TEST8

POOR INJECTOR OPERATION TEST10

MR-410-X83-13B000$960.mif
V5
13B-277
EDC16CP33 DIESEL INJECTION
Program No.: C4
Vdiag No.: 0C, 10, 14, 16 Fault finding – Test 13B
TEST1 Exhaust system check

Special note:
NOTES
This test is only carried out on vehicles which are not fitted with a particle filter.

Engine stopped: Check that the silencer outlet is not


blocked. Repair or replace the silencer, if necessary.

Check the seal of the exhaust manifold on the contact


surface between the turbocharger and the exhaust
manifold. NO Repair or replace the defective part.
Is the seal in order?

YES

Loosen the catalytic converter on the turbocharger side.


Place a wooden block between the two parts. If the exhaust system is not the cause
Start the vehicle and check if the engine runs better. NO of the fault, see ALP5 Irregular
Is the engine running normally? engine operation

YES

Retighten the catalytic converter.


Loosen or disconnect the intermediate chamber on
the catalytic converter side. Put a wooden block
NO Replace the catalytic converter.
between the two parts if necessary.
Start the vehicle and check if the engine runs better.
Is the engine running normally?

YES

Retighten the intermediate chamber.


Loosen or disconnect the silencer on the intermediate
chamber side. Place a wooden block between the two
NO Replace the intermediate chamber.
parts, if necessary.
Start the vehicle and check if the engine runs better.
Is the engine running normally?

YES

Replace the silencer.

EDC16CP33_V0C_TEST01/EDC16CP33_V10_TEST01/EDC16CP33_V14_TEST01/EDC16CP33_V16_TEST01

MR-410-X83-13B000$960.mif
V5
13B-278
EDC16CP33 DIESEL INJECTION
Program No.: C4
Vdiag No.: 0C, 10, 14, 16 Fault finding – Test 13B

TEST2 Air line at the turbocharger

Check that the air filter is present.


Check the replacement interval of the air filter on the maintenance booklet.
Compare the part nos. of the fitted air filter on the vehicle and of the air filter recommended by the manufacturer.
Check the direction of fitting of the air filter.

Is the air filter correctly fitted on the vehicle?

YES

Check the condition of the air filter NO


Visually inspect the condition of the filtering section of
the air filter.
Is the air filter or its seal damaged? Replace the air filter (see MR 408,
Is the air filter fouled (does it contain a lot of YES Mechanical, 12A, Fuel mixture, Air
impurities)? filter, Removal - Refitting).

NO

Low pressure circuit check


Note: Replace the defective parts (see MR
Depending on the vehicle type, the best visual access YES 408, Mechanical, 12B,
will be either from above or from below. Turbocharging).

Visually inspect the condition of the following


components:
- fresh air inlet scoop on the front panel of the vehicle,
- air inlet pipe to the air filter,
- air pipe of the filter up to the compressor inlet,
- air flowmeter mountings.

Is one of these components incorrect (pipes


dislodged, torn, bent, pierced or kinked)?

NO

EDC16CP33_V0C_TEST02 /EDC16CP33_V10_TEST02/EDC16CP33_V14_TEST02/EDC16CP33_V16_TEST02

MR-410-X83-13B000$960.mif
V5
13B-279
EDC16CP33 DIESEL INJECTION
Program No.: C4
Vdiag No.: 0C, 10, 14, 16 Fault finding – Test 13B
TEST2
CONTINUED

High pressure circuit check


Note:
Depending on the vehicle type, the best visual access
will be either from above or from below.
Visually inspect the condition of the following
components:
– outlet pipe of the compressor to the turbocharging air
cooler,
– outlet pipe of the turbocharging air cooler to the inlet
manifold,
– inlet manifold,
– pressure and temperature sensors.
Is one of these components incorrect (pipes
dislodged, torn, bent, pierced or kinked)?
Replace the defective parts (see MR
YES 408, Mechanical, 12B,
NO Turbocharging).

Exhaust circuit check


Visually inspect the condition of the following engine
sections:
– from the exhaust manifold circuit to the turbocharger
turbine,
– from the turbine outlet pipe to the end of the exhaust
pipe,
– from the inlet manifold to the EGR valve,
– pressure and temperature sensors connected.
Do certain of these components have blackish or
whitish traces?

NO

Run test 6: Turbocharger control solenoid valve


check.

MR-410-X83-13B000$960.mif
V5
13B-280
EDC16CP33 DIESEL INJECTION
Program No.: C4
Vdiag No.: 0C, 10, 14, 16 Fault finding – Test 13B

TEST3 Low pressure circuit check

Check the fuel filter:


– Conformity of the fuel filter (correct part number and RENAULT filter).
– Positioning and amount of clogging in the filter element.
– Positioning and condition of the seals.
– If there is metal swarf in the filter:
Replace the fuel filter, bleed the circuit and continue the fault finding procedure.

Supplying the injection system with fuel from an additional tank.

This operation aims to detect possible faults in the low pressure supply system of a vehicle by replacing it entirely
with an additional tank.

Mode:

– Disconnect the diesel fuel supply pipe at the fuel filter inlet and seal it with a plug.
– Connect a tube to the fuel filter inlet and insert the other end into a clean container which is approximately
5 litres in volume.
– Disconnect the diesel fuel return pipe from the diesel fuel temperature sensor (pump return and injector return
junction), and seal it off with a plug.
– Connect a transparent tube to the diesel fuel temperature sensor union and insert the other end in the
container.
– Fill the container with clean diesel fuel.
– Start the engine and let the system drain itself of its air (there must not be any air bubbles in the return pipe).

If the low pressure circuit is in order,


Is the customer complaint still present? YES reconnect the various pipes of the low
pressure circuit and repeat the fault
finding chart fault finding or of the fault
NO
that referred you to this test.

Are the low pressure circuit connections in order and in


NO Carry out the necessary repairs.
good condition?

YES

EDC16CP33_V0C_TEST03/EDC16CP33_V10_TEST03/EDC16CP33_V14_TEST03/EDC16CP33_V16_TEST03

MR-410-X83-13B000$960.mif
V5
13B-281
EDC16CP33 DIESEL INJECTION
Program No.: C4
Vdiag No.: 0C, 10, 14, 16 Fault finding – Test 13B
TEST3
CONTINUED

Check the condition of the priming bulb, and that it is working properly.
Perform repairs if necessary and continue the test.

Check the condition of all of the low pressure circuit pipes from the tank to the injection pump (in particular,
the pipes should not be pinched).

If the fault is still present with a low fuel level, check the consistency of the actual fuel level and that indicated on
the instrument panel.
– The bailing unit is supplied via a venturi valve located beneath it.
Check that the opening of the venturi (6 to 8 mm in diameter) is not blocked by dirt contained in the fuel tank.

Check the priming of the low pressure diesel circuit.

Check that the fuel tank is correctly filled and that the appropriate fuel is used.
Run test 8 Diesel fuel conformity check.

Low pressure circuit correct.

MR-410-X83-13B000$960.mif
V5
13B-282
EDC16CP33 DIESEL INJECTION
Program No.: C4
Vdiag No.: 0C, 10, 14, 16 Fault finding – Test 13B

TEST4 Checking the turbocharged air inlet circuit

Engine stopped: Check the tightness Check the parts that are abnormally greasy of
(air leak or intake) of the low and high the circuit and reveal a lack of tightness.
pressure air circuit (before/after the
turbocharger). Check:
– the condition and fitting of the ducts (foreign,
clogged, not joined, kinked, broken, pierced, cut
bodies, tightness of the mounting bolts, etc.).
– the presence, condition and fitting of the seals.
– the present and tightening of the clamps.
– The fitting of the turbocharging pressure sensor.
– The pipe and the take-off point between the air duct
and the turbocharging sensor.

Carry out the necessary repairs.

Check:
– That the air filter unit inlet and outlet are not blocked.
Checking the air filter. – the condition and the assembly of the air filter unit
(disconnected, broken, pierced …).
– The cleanliness, conformity and the absence of
Check: deformation of the filter element.
– the condition of the damper valve, – The air flowmeter: run test 5 Air flowmeter.
– the tightening of the mounting bolts,
– cracks in the damper valve. Carry out the necessary repairs.
Carry out the necessary repairs.
Replace if necessary. Check that there is no leakage on the exhaust manifold,
in particular at the exhaust manifold / turbocharger
interface.
Check the exhaust: run test 1 Exhaust pipe check.
Carry out a visual inspection of the EGR Carry out the necessary repairs.
circuit sealing.
Check the condition of the intercooler:
Note: the operating play in the EGR heat
– clogging,
exchanger valve shaft produces small
– leaks (vehicle stationary, stabilise the engine speed
black marks due to a slight leak of no
between 3500 rpm and 4000 rpm and check that
importance. Do not replace this part.
there are no leaks).
Replace if necessary. Replace if necessary.

Check that the turbocharging pressure sensor take-off


point is not blocked.
Replace if necessary.
END OF TEST.

EDC16CP33_V0C_TEST04/EDC16CP33_V10_TEST04/EDC16CP33_V14_TEST04/EDC16CP33_V16_TEST04

MR-410-X83-13B000$960.mif
V5
13B-283
EDC16CP33 DIESEL INJECTION
Program No.: C4
Vdiag No.: 0C, 10, 14, 16 Fault finding – Test 13B

TEST5 Air flowmeter

Damage to electrical components

Visual inspection: remove the flow sensor - the components should not be broken.

Replace the air flowmeter if necessary.

Oxidation of the electrical components

Visual inspection: remove the air flowmeter, there should not be any green deposits on the electrical components.

Replace the air flowmeter if necessary.

Clogging of the air flowmeter

Test:
– Check the values for conformity:
– During the first 5 seconds after starting,
– PR064 Coolant temperature: 80˚C,
– PR055 Engine speed: idling,
– PR059 Inlet air temperature between 30 and 70˚C,
– PR132 Air flow: 24 ± 4 kg/h,
– PR051 EGR valve position feedback 26 ± 4%,
– PR023 Air flow difference between - 50 and + 50 mg/stroke.

Replace the air flowmeter if necessary.

END OF TEST.

EDC16CP33_V0C_TEST05/EDC16CP33_V10_TEST05/EDC16CP33_V14_TEST05/EDC16CP33_V16_TEST05

MR-410-X83-13B000$960.mif
V5
13B-284
EDC16CP33 DIESEL INJECTION
Program No.: C4
Vdiag No.: 0C, 10, 14, 16 Fault finding – Test 13B

TEST6 Turbocharger control solenoid valve test

Start the engine and let it run at idle speed for 1 minute.
Check the battery voltage.
If the value of the PR071 Computer power supply voltage is greater than 13 V, continue the test.
Otherwise, check the charge circuit, then perform a road test to confirm the disappearance of the fault.

Checking the vacuum at the pressure regulator inlet


Run the engine at idle speed.

Check the engine temperature using the CLIP parameter PR064 Coolant temperature.
Let the engine warm up until the temperature reaches 80˚C.

Disconnect the vacuum pipe from the end piece of the pressure regulator.
Connect a vacuum pressure gauge to the end of the disconnected pipe and put it in the vacuum
measurement position.

Perform a quick acceleration by depressing the accelerator pedal completely and then releasing it immediately.
The total duration of pressing and holding in the full load position must not exceed 1 second.
During this acceleration, the engine speed must reach a value between 3000 and 4000 rpm.

Repeat the operation 3 times.

Read the maximum vacuum posted by the pressure gauge during the increase and decrease in the speed
and after the return to idle speed.

Tolerance intervals for the vacuum are:


-1 bar < CORRECT vacuum value < -0.6 bar
-0.6 bar < INCORRECT vacuum value < 0 bar

Is the vacuum at the turbocharging pressure regulator inlet, posted by the pressure gauge within
the tolerance interval?

NO YES

The solenoid valve is in order.


If the customer complaint is Smoke from the exhaust,
run ALP12 Smoke from the exhaust. Otherwise, run
test 7 Turbocharger.

EDC16CP33_V0C_TEST06/EDC16CP33_V10_TEST06/EDC16CP33_V14_TEST06/EDC16CP33_V16_TEST06

MR-410-X83-13B000$960.mif
V5
13B-285
EDC16CP33 DIESEL INJECTION
Program No.: C4
Vdiag No.: 0C, 10, 14, 16 Fault finding – Test 13B

TEST6
CONTINUED 1

Reconnect the vacuum pipe on the turbocharging pressure regulator.

Checking the vacuum at the solenoid valve outlet


Leave the engine running at idle speed.

Disconnect the vacuum pipe from the end piece of the solenoid valve outlet.
This pipe connects the solenoid valve to the turbocharging pressure regulator.

Connect a vacuum pressure gauge to the solenoid valve outlet and put it in the vacuum measurement
position.

Perform a quick acceleration by depressing the accelerator pedal completely and then releasing it immediately.
The total duration of pressing and holding in the full load position must not exceed 1 second.
During this acceleration, the engine speed must reach a value between 3000 and 4000 rpm.

Repeat the operation 3 times.

Read the maximum vacuum posted by the pressure gauge during the increase and decrease in the speed
and after the return to idle speed.

Tolerance intervals for the vacuum are:


-1 bar < CORRECT vacuum value < -0.6 bar
-0.6 bar < INCORRECT vacuum value < 0 bar

Is the vacuum displayed by the pressure gauge at the solenoid valve outlet within the tolerance interval?

NO YES

Reconnect the vacuum pipe on the turbocharging Replace the vacuum pipe between the
pressure regulator. solenoid valve and the turbocharging
pressure regulator (see MR 408,
Mechanical, 12B Turbocharging).

MR-410-X83-13B000$960.mif
V5
13B-286
EDC16CP33 DIESEL INJECTION
Program No.: C4
Vdiag No.: 0C, 10, 14, 16 Fault finding – Test 13B

TEST6
CONTINUED 2

Visual inspection of the electrical connector of the solenoid valve


Switch off the engine.
Note:
The requested checks are only visual.
1 Check that the connector is correctly connected and locked.
2 Check the absence of damage to the electric wires where they leave the insulation.
Disconnect the connector to continue the checks.
3 Check the absence of thermal damage to the unit and mechanical damage to the lock.
4 Check the absence of deformations of the contacts (clips and tabs).
5 Check the sealing of the connector.
Do the visual inspections show any damage?

NO YES

If there is a repair procedure (see Technical


Note 6015A, Electrical wiring repair, Wiring:
Precautions for repair), repair the connector,
otherwise replace the wiring.
After the repair, repeat the test from the start.

Checking the vacuum at the solenoid valve inlet


Run the engine at idle speed.
Disconnect the vacuum pipe from the end piece of the solenoid valve inlet.
This pipe connects the vacuum pump to the turbocharger solenoid valve.
Connect a vacuum pressure gauge to the end of the disconnected pipe and put it in the vacuum measurement
position.
Read the vacuum posted by the pressure gauge.
Tolerance intervals for the vacuum are:
-1 bar < CORRECT vacuum value < -0.85 bar
-0.85 bar < INCORRECT vacuum value < 0 bar
Is the vacuum displayed by the pressure gauge at the solenoid valve inlet within the tolerance interval?

NO YES

Carry out the following operations. Replace the solenoid valve.


- reconnect the vacuum pipe to the turbocharger solenoid
valve.
- Check the conformity of the vacuum pipe connections.
- visually check the condition of the vacuum pipes leaving the
vacuum pump to the different supplied components.
Refer to the repair manual

MR-410-X83-13B000$960.mif
V5
13B-287
EDC16CP33 DIESEL INJECTION
Program No.: C4
Vdiag No.: 0C, 10, 14, 16 Fault finding – Test 13B

TEST7 Turbocharger

IMPORTANT
Perform these checks without removing the turbocharger and with the vehicle ignition switched off.

Checking the turbocharger shaft

WARNING
Observe the following safety precautions:
- wear high temperature protective gloves when the engine is hot,
- do not wear oversize or baggy clothing or hanging jewellery,
- watch out for possible triggering of the motor-driven cooling fan unit and the operation of the accessories belt or
belts.

Note:
The turbocharger shaft is the shaft that connects the compressor wheel and the turbine wheel.
Depending on the vehicle type, the best visual access will be either from above or from below.

Disconnect the air pipe located between the turbocharger and the air filter.

Wearing gloves, check the operation of the turbocharger shaft by turning the vanes manually without forcing.

Does the shaft have a kickdown point in rotation?

Does the compressor wheel touch the casing of the turbocharger?

If for these 2 questions the response is NO If YES for one of these 2 questions

Replace the turbocharger (see MR 408,


Mechanical,12B Turbocharging,
Turbocharger: Removal - Refitting
and Technical Note 3938A, Broken
turbocharger: Replacement
instructions).

EDC16CP33_V0C_TEST07/EDC16CP33_V10_TEST07/EDC16CP33_V14_TEST07/EDC16CP33_V16_TEST07

MR-410-X83-13B000$960.mif
V5
13B-288
EDC16CP33 DIESEL INJECTION
Program No.: C4
Vdiag No.: 0C, 10, 14, 16 Fault finding – Test 13B

TEST7
CONTINUED 1

Checking the condition of the turbocharger vanes.

Note:
This check is facilitated by using a mirror and a bulb.
Depending on the vehicle type, the best visual access will be either from above or from below.
Visually check that the compressor vanes are in good condition.
Are the vanes damaged or twisted?

NO YES

Replace the turbocharger (see MR 408,


Mechanical,12B Turbocharging, Turbocharger:
Removal - Refitting and Technical Note 3938A,
Broken turbocharger: Replacement instructions).

Which type of turbocharger is it?

Variable geometry turbocharger Fixed geometry turbocharger

MR-410-X83-13B000$960.mif
V5
13B-289
EDC16CP33 DIESEL INJECTION
Program No.: C4
Vdiag No.: 0C, 10, 14, 16 Fault finding – Test 13B

TEST7
CONTINUED 2

Checking the turbocharging pressure regulator to determine if it is a variable geometry turbocharger

Note:
The pressure regulator rod of a variable geometry turbocharger is orthogonal to the turbocharger shaft.
Variable geometry turbochargers are controlled by a solenoid valve.
Depending on the vehicle type, the best visual access will be either from above or from below.

Note:
If necessary, according to the vehicle type and the accessibility of the pressure regulator, connect the vacuum
pump to the end of the pressure regulator pipe at the solenoid valve outlet.

Using a manual vacuum pump, apply a vacuum on the turbocharging pressure regulator of approximately
650 mbar.

1 Check that the fitting is completely leaktight.


2 Check that the control rod is resting against its stop.
3 Lock the vacuum device and check that the pressure variation is not greater than 100 mbar in 10 seconds.
4 Release the pressure and check that the control rod comes back to its initial position without jerking.

Repeat the complete sequence 3 times.

Is the pressure regulator leaktight and is the rod movement correct?

YES NO

The turbocharger is correct. Replace the turbocharger (see MR 408,


End of procedure. Mechanical,12B Turbocharging,
Turbocharger: Removal - Refitting
and Technical Note 3938A, Broken
turbocharger: Replacement instructions).

MR-410-X83-13B000$960.mif
V5
13B-290
EDC16CP33 DIESEL INJECTION
Program No.: C4
Vdiag No.: 0C, 10, 14, 16 Fault finding – Test 13B

TEST7
CONTINUED 3

Checking the turbocharging pressure regulator to determine if it is a fixed geometry turbocharger

Note:
The pressure regulator rod of a fixed geometry turbocharger is aligned with the turbocharger shaft.
Fixed geometry turbochargers are controlled by a solenoid valve.
Depending on the vehicle type, the best visual access will be either from above or from below.

Note:
If necessary, according to the vehicle type and the accessibility of the pressure regulator, connect the vacuum
pump to the end of the pressure regulator pipe at the solenoid valve outlet.

Using a manual vacuum pump, apply a vacuum on the turbocharging pressure regulator of approximately
650 mbar.

1 Check that the fitting is completely leaktight.


2 Check that the control rod moved several millimetres.
3 Lock the vacuum device and check that the pressure variation is not greater than 100 mbar in 10 seconds.
4 Release the pressure and check that the control rod comes back to its initial position without jerking.

Repeat the complete sequence 3 times.

Is the pressure regulator leaktight and is the rod movement correct?

YES NO

The turbocharger is correct. Replace the turbocharger (see MR 408,


End of procedure. Mechanical,12B Turbocharging,
Turbocharger: Removal - Refitting
and Technical Note 3938A, Broken
turbocharger: Replacement instructions).

MR-410-X83-13B000$960.mif
V5
13B-291
EDC16CP33 DIESEL INJECTION
Program No.: C4
Vdiag No.: 0C, 10, 14, 16 Fault finding – Test 13B
TEST7
CONTINUED 4

Deformed, twisted blade ("soft" foreign body)

Broken blades ("hard" foreign body)

MR-410-X83-13B000$960.mif
V5
13B-292
EDC16CP33 DIESEL INJECTION
Program No.: C4
Vdiag No.: 0C, 10, 14, 16 Fault finding – Test 13B

TEST8 Diesel fuel conformity check

WARNING
During this operation, it is essential to:
– refrain from smoking or bringing incandescent objects close to the work area,
– protect yourself against fuel splashes due to residual pressure in the pipes,
– wear safety goggles with side guards,
– wear leaktight gloves (Nitrile type).

IMPORTANT
– To avoid any corrosion or damage, protect the areas on which fuel is likely to run.
– To prevent impurities from entering the circuit, place protective plugs on all fuel circuit components
exposed to the open air.

Preparations:
Weigh an empty 1300 ml plastic cup (part no. 77 11 171 413) with its cover (part no. 77 11 171 416) using
electronic scales similar to those used in body paint workshops (for example: PANDA part no. 77 11 224 995).
Record the weight of the empty plastic cup.
This type of plastic cup is used to prepare paint.

Remove 1 l of fuel at the diesel filter outlet, using a pneumatic transfer pump
(part no. 634-200) and place it in the 1300 ml plastic cup.
Cover the plastic cup with its cover and let the fuel settle for approximately 2 minutes.

The diesel fuel contains water and is not


Is the fuel cloudy or does it separate into two
YES compliant.
parts?
Drain the fuel circuit, including the tank.

NO

EDC16CP33_V0C_TEST08 / EDC16CP33_V10_TEST08 /EDC16CP33_V14_TEST08 / EDC16CP33_V16_TEST08

MR-410-X83-13B000$960.mif
V5
13B-293
EDC16CP33 DIESEL INJECTION
Program No.: C4
Vdiag No.: 0C, 10, 14, 16 Fault finding – Test 13B
TEST8
CONTINUED 1

Weigh the diesel fuel and note the fuel weight after subtracting the weight of the empty plastic cup and its cover.
Does the fuel weight fall between the minimum and maximum weights given in the table below?
Calculated weight (g.) Fuel
temperature
Min. weight Max. weight (˚C)

821 846 13

821 846 14

820 845 15

819 844 16

819 844 17

818 843 18

817 842 19

816 841 20

816 841 21

815 840 22

814 839 23

814 839 24

813 838 25

Check the fuel temperature by immersing a thermometer in the plastic cup.

YES NO

MR-410-X83-13B000$960.mif
V5
13B-294
EDC16CP33 DIESEL INJECTION
Program No.: C4
Vdiag No.: 0C, 10, 14, 16 Fault finding – Test 13B
TEST8
CONTINUED 2

The fuel is not correct.


If the fuel weight is less than the minimum value then there is petrol
in the diesel fuel.
End of test.
If the fuel weight is greater than the maximum value then there is oil
in the diesel fuel.
Drain the fuel circuit, including the tank.

Note:
If the weight measured reaches the upper and lower limits, the measurement can be performed with a 2230 ml
plastic cup (part no. 77 11 171 414) and its cover (part no. 77 11 171 417):
– Carry out a quick test drive in order to mix the fuel, then remove 2 l of fuel.
– Perform the test again and check the results by multiplying the limit values by 2.

Contact the Techline if you have doubts or problems with the customer.

MR-410-X83-13B000$960.mif
V5
13B-295
EDC16CP33 DIESEL INJECTION
Program No.: C4
Vdiag No.: 0C, 10, 14, 16 Fault finding – Test 13B
TEST10 Incorrect injector operation

Part A:

Run SC031 Cylinder operational fault finding.


YES The injectors are correct
Is SC031 correct?

NO

Check the engine compressions: use a compression gauge,


the M9R hose end piece, part number Mot.1772 and run
command VP036 Fuel supply inhibition
(see Interpretation of commands).

Run the compressions on all cylinders.


Are the compressions correct?
NO YES

Check the cylinder block. Check the fitting of the injector concerned and repair if necessary.
Otherwise change the concerned injector.
After replacing the injector, follow the injector code programming
procedure (see Replacement of components), run
SC036 Reinitialise programming, and select the number of
the injector replaced.

Repeat Part B of Test 10 to confirm the repairs.

IMPORTANT:
When removing or refitting the injectors, observe the cleanliness guidelines and safety advice (see MR 408
Mechanical, 13B, Diesel injection, Diesel injectors: Removal - Refitting).

EDC16CP33_V0C_TEST10/EDC16CP33_V10_TEST10/EDC16CP33_V14_TEST10/EDC16CP33_V16_TEST10
MR-410-X83-13B000$960.mif
V5
13B-296
EDC16CP33 DIESEL INJECTION
Program No.: C4
Vdiag No.: 0C, 10, 14, 16 Fault finding – Test 13B
TEST10
CONTINUED

Part B

Confirmation of flow correction fault finding for each injector: (individual correction)

Clear the fault(s) and carry out a test with the engine idling and fuel temperature > 50˚C, check that no faults
appear on the diagnostic tool and that the correction values do not reach ±5 mg/stroke to confirm the repair.
– If any other cylinders have injector flow correction values which exceed ±5 mg/stroke, follow the fault finding
procedure described in Part A. Fuel regulation balance check for each injector (individual).
– If any other cylinders have injector flow correction values which do not exceed ±5 mg/stroke, follow the fault
finding procedure detailed in Part C.

Part C

Injector nozzle sealing check:

– Check the level and condition of the engine oil.


– If there is diesel fuel contamination, the leaking injector nozzle will be "greasy".
– Disconnect the preheating relay.
– Check that these traces are not caused by rising engine oil, by checking the engine compression values.
– Check the condition of the heater plug: this must not be wet. If it is, change the defective injector.
– If the cylinder compression values are correct, locate the faulty injector by looking at the condition of the
cylinders and the pistons through the heater plug wells (greasy cylinder, overheating, starting to incur damage,
etc.).
– If the cylinder - piston examination is not conclusive, remove the injectors and change the one with the "greasy"
nozzle.
– If the fault finding checks do not enable the engine to be repaired, contact the Techline.

Note:
Before replacing an injector, check for the sealing washer and its conformity (see the Fault finding chart
ALP4 Poor performance).

IMPORTANT
When removing or refitting the injectors, observe the cleanliness guidelines and safety advice (see MR 408
Mechanical, 13B, Diesel injection, Diesel injector: Removal - Refitting).

MR-410-X83-13B000$960.mif
V5
13B-297

Das könnte Ihnen auch gefallen